College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2 0 0 0 - 2 0 0 1 Contact Information

WRITE Office of Admissions Pacific 2043 Way Forest Grove, OR 97116

CALL 503-359-2218 or toll-free 877-PAC-UNIV (877-722-8648) has made every effort to VISIT OUR WEBSITE ensure that the information is accurate at the time of publication, but reserves the right to change the provisions in this catalog. This www.pacificu.edu includes the right to discontinue courses, change requirements for admission and graduation, adjust fees or change any other E-MAIL regulation or policy in this catalog. The information and policies in this catalog are for [email protected] informational purposes only and do not constitute an agreement or contract between Pacific University and students, staff, or faculty.

NOTICE OF NONDISCRIMINATION It is the policy of Pacific University not to discriminate on the basis of sex, disability, race, color, national origin, sexual orientation, age, religious preference or disabled veteran or Vietnam Era status in admission and access to, or treatment in employment, educational programs or activities as required by Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1072, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title VII of the Civil Rights act of 1964, the Age Discrimination Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 and their implementing regulations. Questions or complaints may be directed to the Vice President for Academic Affairs, 2043 College Way, Forest Grove, 97116, 503-357-6151.

Periodical Postage Paid at Forest Grove, Oregon

© 2000 Pacific University. All rights reserved.

2 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 ACCREDITATIONS & MEMBERSHIPS ■ Accreditation & Memberships

ACCREDITATIONS MEMBERSHIPS Pacific University is accredited by the Pacific is a member of the National Commission on of the Northwest Association of Independent Colleges and Association of Schools and Colleges. In , the Oregon Independent addition, selected programs have received Colleges Foundation, the Oregon Indepen- specialized accreditation from: dent Colleges Association, the American Optometry Association of University Women, the Council on Optometric Education of Council for Higher Education of the United the American Optometric Association Church of Christ, the College Scholarship Service, the of Music Independent Colleges, the National National Association of Schools Collegiate Athletics Association and the of Music Association of Independent Liberal Arts Physical Therapy Colleges for Teacher Education. Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education of the American Physical Therapy Association Occupational Therapy Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education of the American Occupational Therapy Association, Inc. Professional Psychology Committee on Accreditation of the American Psychological Association Education Teacher Standards and Practices Commission of the State of Oregon Physician Assistant Studies Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 3 Officers & Trustees

Senior Officers of Administration Senior officers of the Board of Trustees Faith Gabelnick William H. Stoller ’74 President Chairman of the Board Larry Clausen A.E. “Gene” Brim Vice President for Academic Affairs Chairman Emeritus Len Hightower Steven R. Rogel Vice President for Enrollment Management Vice Chairman of the Board Irene M. Moszer Tim Schauermann ’66 Vice President for Finance and Administration Secretary Timothy O’Malley Vice President for University Relations Daiva A. Banaitis Program Director, School of Physical Therapy Thomas D. Beck Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Leland W. Carr Dean, College of Optometry Michel Hersen Dean, School of Professional Psychology Willard M. Kniep Dean, School of Education Eva C. Krebs Dean of Students Christine Legler Program Director, School of Physician Assistant Studies Molly McEwen Program Director, School of Occupational Therapy

4 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 OFFICERS & TRUSTEES ■

Pacific University Board of Trustees Senior Trustees Ernest “Wayne” Atteberry Steven C. Boone ‘73 Doris Burlingham A.E. “Gene” Brim Robert E. Epler George W. Burlingham Ron Fraedrick Mindy Cameron ‘65 Robert E. Gillis ‘61 Eleanore A. Chong Tom F. Hartung Max K. Evans ‘58 Thomas J. Holce ‘58 Mary Fehrs Elizabeth H. Johnson Faith Gabelnick Roy Lieuallen ‘40 Elizabeth Goldblatt James G. Reynolds Ronald L. Greenman Thomas J. Sloan Stephen A. Gregg Leslie F. Stevens Lawrence W. Harris III Loran L. Stewart Joseph H. Howell Jean B. Tate ‘52 Eng Lock Khoo Dean M. Wilcox ‘50 John G. King Eric Knutson ’66, OD ‘67 Honorary Trustees Kenneth Lewis A. J. Buttrey John R. Meyer ‘49 Roy B. Clunes, OD ’39 Paul V. Phillips ‘78 Louis B. Perry Lee Ann Remington ’83, OD’84 Ralph H. Shumm John D. Ritchie Newton K. Wesley, OD ’39 Steven R. Rogel Dwight A. Sangrey Tim Schauermann ‘66 Bryce Seidl Sherry H. Smith ‘64 Bonita Squires William H. Stoller ‘74 Douglas C. Strain Thomas J. Tomjack Benjamin R. Whiteley Kimberly Williams

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 5 Table of Contents

Accreditation and Memberships ...... 3 Administrative Officers and Trustees ...... 4 Introduction to the University ...... 8 Entering the University ...... 13 Tuition and Fees ...... 15 Room and Board ...... 16 Business Policies on Tuition and Fees ...... 17 Financial Aid ...... 19 Degree Requirements ...... 24, 26

Academic Programs ...... 28 Anthropology...... 150 Media Arts and Communications ... 102 Applied Science ...... 30 Journalism ...... 103 Art ...... 31 Video Production ...... 103 Athletics ...... 36 Film Studies ...... 103 Biology ...... 38 Integrated Media ...... 104 Business ...... 43 Music ...... 110 Economics ...... 43 Symphony Conducting Chemistry ...... 51 Apprenticeship Program ...... 119 Geology Courses ...... 54 Occupational Therapy ...... 121 Education ...... 55 Optometry and Visual Science ...... 122 Engineering ...... 59 Peace and Conflict Studies ...... 125 English ...... 60 Philosophy ...... 127 Creative Writing ...... 61 Physical Therapy ...... 131 Environmental Studies Program ...... 67 Physician Assistant Studies ...... 133 Exercise Science ...... 68 Physics ...... 135 Sports Medicine ...... 70 Politics and Government ...... 139 Feminist Studies ...... 74 Pre-Medical Studies ...... 144 History ...... 76 Psychology ...... 145 Honors Program ...... 82 Sociology and Anthropology ...... 150 Humanities ...... 85 Social Work ...... 151 International Programs Theatre ...... 156 and Study Abroad ...... 87 Dance ...... 158 International Studies ...... 92 World Languages and Literatures ..... 159 Mathematical Sciences ...... 95 Japanese ...... 160 Computer Science ...... 95 Chinese ...... 160 Spanish ...... 160 French ...... 161 German ...... 161

6 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 TABLE OF CONTENTS ■

Academic Policies and Procedures ...... 169 Academic Advising ...... 174 Academic Conduct Policies ...... 177 College and University Resources ...... 181 Student Services ...... 185 Faculty of the College of Arts & Sciences ...... 191 Academic Calendar ...... 198 Telephone Directory ...... 200 Map ...... 202 Index ...... 204

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 7 Introduction

MISSION OF PACIFIC UNIVERSITY internships, practica and research pro- grams. Our graduate programs in educa- The mission of Pacific University is to tion and the health professions emphasize provide an education of exceptional the principles of liberal learning. Pacific quality in liberal arts and sciences, and in history is richly steeped in a tradition of selected professional programs to prepare community service, and we have identified students for service to a changing commu- the above mission and values as those we nity, nation and world. will embrace in all of our programs and In addition to our mission, Pacific Univer- initiatives to build upon our legacy. sity values: Pacific University offers exceptional • A community of faculty, staff, and academic value. Independent analyses of students dedicated to high academic the university’s quality, its cost and the standards, integrity, lifelong learning, ready availability of financial aid have and service to the community and the determined that Pacific is among the best integration of liberal arts and profes- values in the nation. Strengthening sional education; quality, keeping costs in check and offering additional opportunities for • A community that embraces creativity, financial assistance are top priorities. flexibility and change and that honors diversity of viewpoints; Pacific provides a caring community where friendships are a priority and • A community that respects our tradi- faculty are committed to helping students tions, our environment and our succeed. The university is small enough relationships beyond the campus. that opportunities abound for students to get involved but big enough that students working together can have a PACIFIC: AN OVERVIEW meaningful impact. Pacific University, founded in 1849, is an independent, comprehensive university A History of Pacific University recognized nationally for its exemplary Pacific University was established by the programs and as one of the best values in Legislative Assembly of the Territory of higher education west of the Mississippi. Oregon in 1849, but traces its beginnings With an enrollment of almost 2,000 Pacific to an orphan school established in 1842 is pioneering new developments in the by the Reverend and Mrs. Harvey Clarke, delivery of higher education. We are Congregational missionaries who came creating a dynamic, new learning commu- to the Northwest from Chester, Vermont. nity that will explicitly prepare our With the help of Alvin T. Smith they students for competitive and compassion- built a log cabin for a school on a site at ate professional lives. one corner of what are now 15th and Pacific’s curriculum is a distinct model of Elm Streets in Forest Grove. education that links theory with practice. In 1847 Mrs. Tabitha Moffett Brown Our undergraduate liberal arts programs reached Oregon by wagon train and connect classroom education with visited the Clarkes. She became interested professional preparation through in their work and assisted in teaching the

8 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 INTRODUCTION ■ children. Inspired by her assistance, The College of Arts and Sciences has a Mr. Clarke and Mr. Smith made arrange- curriculum which affirms in practice that a ments for the children to be taught in a log broad educational experience is both an church that they built on what is now the end in itself and a means to set personal campus of the University. In 1848 Mrs. and professional directions. Within four Brown had become “house-mother” for divisions — the Arts, Humanities, Natural the young students. Sciences, and Social Sciences — the In the summer of 1848 The Reverend College offers a carefully constructed George H. Atkinson arrived in Oregon, range of courses with breadth and depth commissioned by the Home Missionary in basic fields. Studies are supported by a Society of Boston to “found an academy strong advising program, from academic that shall grow into a college.” The development through career counseling Reverend Clarke and several others drew and placement. The College is essentially up plans for the new institution. residential, and provides the kind of living-learning experience which charac- On September 26, 1849, the Territorial terizes the best smaller, independent Legislature granted a charter establishing liberal arts colleges. Tuality Academy, and in 1854 a new charter was issued granting full privileges In a world which increasingly asks not to “ and Pacific Univer- what you know but how quickly can you sity.” Thirty acres of land were donated as learn, Pacific prepares its students, no a building site by Reverend Clarke and matter what their pre-professional Elkanah Walker. Dr. Atkinson secured The orientation, to communicate clearly, to Reverend Sidney Harper Marsh of Union analyze problems, to synthesize informa- Theological Seminary of New York to tion and to understand people, systems serve as the first president of the new and cultures. school. Mr. Marsh was the son of the The College has traditionally encouraged president of the University of Vermont, off-campus learning. Pacific undergradu- and grandson of the first president of ates may study abroad, may pursue Dartmouth College. Sidney Harper Marsh independent research projects, and may served as president from 1853 to 1879. undertake career internships with credit Pacific University has evolved into a toward graduation. comprehensive, independent University The College offers the Bachelor of Arts and that provides both undergraduate and Bachelor of Science degrees. In addition to professional graduate programs. At the the regular program, the College offers heart of the University is the College of three intensive 4-week summer terms. A Arts and Sciences, offering a broad variety of classes are available which curriculum in the liberal arts and sciences. apply to undergraduate degree require- Surrounding the College are the School of ments. Summer term provides an afford- Education and a select cluster of graduate able option for earning additional credits schools in the health professions, includ- or accelerating degree completion. The ing Occupational Therapy, Optometry, Summer Sessions catalog is available in Physical Therapy, Physician Assistant mid-March and may be obtained from the Studies, and Professional Psychology. Registrar’s Office.

School of Education ACADEMIC ORGANIZATION The School of Education offers an array of College of Arts and Sciences graduate degrees. The Master of Arts in Teaching with Standard Certification is Pacific’s base in the liberal arts is clearly available for licensed teachers through reflected in the more than 25 different evening and summer classes. Liberal arts programs in the College of Arts and graduates who wish to teach may enroll in Sciences. The College is the largest unit the full-time Fifth Year M.A.T. degree, and the core of the University. As such, it which provides certification after twelve provides a broad spectrum of opportuni- months of study and internship. The ties to match individual interests and Masters in Curriculum Studies is designed career plans. for students who want a graduate educa-

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 9 tion degree without a teaching license. The College of Optometry Master of Education: Visual Function in The College of Optometry offers the Learning prepares optometrists to work Doctor of Optometry degree in a four-year with vision problems in the schools. course of study, and a Master of Science in Undergraduates in the College of Art and Clinical Optometry degree. Pacific offers Science may also earn a teaching license many distinctive features to the profes- during their bachelor’s degree program. sional optometry student including additional specialized academic programs, School of Occupational Therapy all of which form a special kind of The School of Occupational Therapy at university environment. Pacific University offers a 29-month entry In addition to maintaining an optometry level masters degree in Occupational clinic on campus, the college operates Therapy. The School has created an environ- three fully-staffed clinics in nearby ment for educating and preparing future Portland, as well as three additional clinics occupational therapists for the next century. within various public health facilities. Consistent with the philosophy of Pacific Students regularly complete professional University, the School of Occupational preceptorships in Alaska, Arizona, Therapy seeks to promote values of California, Colorado, Florida, Hawaii, leadership, quality and service. Occupa- Montana, Minnesota, New Mexico, North tional Therapy focuses on those activities Dakota, South Dakota, Washington, in which people engage on a day-to-day Germany, and Guam. basis. Through successful engagement in The master’s degree program in Clinical meaningful and valued daily occupations, Optometry is designed to prepare indi- an individual experiences a sense of viduals for careers in optometric educa- competency, self-fulfillment and subse- tion, research and specialty practice. It quent health and well-being. usually requires a minimum of 27 months The School of Occupational Therapy at of study to complete. Pacific holds firmly to the founding Residency programs leading to a certifi- philosophy of the profession. The roots of cate in Primary Care Optometry, Geriatric occupational therapy are in occupation — a Optometry, Ocular Disease/Refractive and powerful tool that every human possesses. Ocular Surgery, and Cornea and Contact The curriculum emphasizes dynamic Lenses are available at the College of interactions among faculty, students, and Optometry. The Cornea Contact Lens the community. Direct clinical experiences residency is provided directly by Pacific are integrated throughout the curriculum University College of Optometry. The and involve excellent community/clinical Ocular Disease/Refractive and Ocular facilities. Fieldwork experiences provide Surgery residency is provided through a students the opportunity to study and joint program with Eye Care Associates of engage in a variety of settings where Nevada. All others are provided through people across the age span maintain, a joint program with the Veterans Admin- promote or regain health. istration Medical centers in both Oregon The Occupational Therapy curriculum and Washington. focuses on the study of occupational function/dysfunction and its impact on School of Physical Therapy health. This emphasis, along with a The School of Physical Therapy offers the commitment to facilitate critical thinkers Master of Science degree in a three year and problem solvers, prepares graduates course of study. Pacific University’s for a future in traditional and community- location in Forest Grove offers physical based practices. Graduating therapists therapy students the values associated from Pacific University’s School of with a small town environment as well as Occupational Therapy are well qualified to some of the excitement of a large city, utilize occupation as a powerful tool for Portland. The campus itself has many facilitating health in our communities. cultural, sports, and social events and opportunities.

10 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 INTRODUCTION ■

The students of the School of Physical The program is proud to acknowledge the Therapy are bright, enthusiastic and active participation of the medical committed to the profession resulting in a community in all aspects of the develop- very high retention rate. Over the years, ment and implementation of the program. graduates have made many important Community providers are involved in the contributions to the health care of Oregon advisory and admissions committees and and the surrounding states. serve as lecturers and preceptors. The The School of Physical Therapy has a Program is actively establishing affilia- strong and caring faculty dedicated to tions with hospitals, managed care providing a quality educational experience organizations, medical groups, community to its students. Special faculty strengths clinics, nursing homes and private practice are in geriatrics, motor control, stroke physicians throughout Oregon and treatment, biomechanics, research and surrounding states. orthopedic physical therapy. Many of the The Physician Assistant (PA) is a respected faculty have regional recognition and member of the health care team who several are known nationally for their works with his or her supervising physi- clinical skills or research contributions. cian to provide diagnostic and therapeutic In addition to the professional program, patient care in a variety of medical the School of Physical Therapy offers a settings. The physician assistant is ranked Masters of Science in Health Sciences as one of the top careers in growth degree for practicing physical therapists potential by the U.S. Department of Labor. as well as several continuing education Positions are available in both primary programs for the professional community and specialty care at a variety of practice annually. These programs are staffed by settings such as community clinics, private the School’s faculty and by other authori- practice, medical groups, hospitals, ties in the field. managed care organizations, prisons and other government agencies. In addition to clinical practice, physician assistants may School of Physician Assistant Studies advance into positions in research, The School of Physician Assistant Studies academics, public health and health care strives to prepare students for service in a administration. changing healthcare environment through an education based in primary care School of Professional Psychology medicine with a focus on critical thinking. The 27-month master’s degree curriculum The School of Professional Psychology is designed to provide the student with the provides a comprehensive and integrated didactic and clinical skills needed to assist educational experience which grounds the in the practice of medicine while stressing development of clinical competence in the the importance of understanding and knowledge base and methods of inquiry of valuing the diversity of cultures, peoples scientific psychology. The program also and life-styles. Students are provided the fosters an appreciation of human function- foundation of medical knowledge from ing as it occurs in natural settings, which to begin lifelong learning to meet including awareness of personal, interper- the needs and challenges of a changing sonal, and societal influences operating healthcare system. within those settings. The School thus orients students to scholarship that The Faculty of the School of Physician contributes to an understanding of human Assistant Studies includes physicians, nature, to research that informs the clinical physician assistants, psychologists, endeavor, and to services to a variety of pharmacists, nurses, physical therapists, populations. other health care providers along with basic in anatomy and physiol- In addition, the School recognizes that the ogy. Through this team approach to person and values of the practitioner are education, the physician assistant student central to effective and socially responsible learns to value the roles of other members practice. It strives to promote the develop- of the team. ment and integration of both professional

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 11 competence and humanitarian values. The OTHER ACADEMIC PROGRAMS School seeks to be responsive to the real needs of the many diverse peoples in a AND RESOURCES rapidly changing society and works to maintain a close connection with the Continuing Education community which it serves. Pacific University offers both hourly and The School’s curriculum provides students transcript-quality continuing education with a solid foundation for both profes- credits to practitioners and other licensed sional practice and continuing profes- professionals in the health care fields that sional growth. Doctoral graduates of the are served by Pacific University’s profes- School possess the knowledge and skills to sional programs in Occupational Therapy, provide psychological services to indi- Optometry, Physical Therapy, Physician viduals, groups and the community in a Assistant Studies and Professional variety of contexts, including the tradi- Psychology. tional areas of professional psychology: The office furnishes continuing education psychological assessment, psychotherapy, transcript information to state boards or and applied research. They are encour- other professional licensing agencies as aged to seek out new and innovative needed for an individual’s license renewal professional roles. Training is structured to or upgrading. prepare graduates to enter the Programs are held both on campus and in postdoctoral licensing process. various communities in the U.S. and The School of Professional Psychology at Canada and consist of lectures on topics of Pacific offers doctoral studies in Clinical current interest to the professions. Psychology, leading to the Doctor of Additionally, smaller clinical sessions on Psychology (Psy.D.) degree with an specific aspects of patient and client care emphasis on preparing graduates for are available. Certification courses are also service careers as professional psycholo- offered which may allow for expanded gists. The School also offers the Master of license privileges for some professions. Arts in Counseling Psychology from its Programs range from one-hour lectures to location in downtown Portland. Specialty week-long conferences. Some continuing tracks in Behavior Analysis and Organiza- education offerings are available by tional Behavior develop skills in current videotape for independent study. Continu- practice areas. Emphasis on community ing Education faculty members include involvement and practical applications of nationally respected guest lecturers as well theoretical and scientific psychology make as faculty from the various professional the school unique in the . schools. Information about currently The School maintains a Psychological scheduled programs may be obtained by Service Center, located in downtown writing the Director of Continuing Portland. This clinic offers psychological Education. services to the community while provid- The Division of Continuing Education also ing supervised training experiences to its administers the Community School practicum and internship students. program, which offers non-credit classes Professional psychology complements and for personal and professional growth. strengthens the other health profession programs among Pacific’s graduate English Language Institute offerings. Pacific’s English Language Institute offers For more detailed information on offerings an intensive language study program and requirements in the University’s for foreign students learning English. graduate and professional programs, The ELI has in residence approximately please refer to the Graduate and Profes- 40 students from Asia, Europe and Latin sional Programs catalog. America. ELI students live with American roommates in the residence halls and may take regular university classes as soon as their English skills allow. The ELI also provides special summer study programs.

12 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 ENTERING THE UNIVERSITY ■

Harvey W. Scott Memorial Library The Library at Pacific offers a welcoming atmosphere and a variety of information Entering the and research resources. Library faculty and staff work regularly with students and faculty to assist them in locating, evaluat- ing and using today’s world of informa- University tion—both traditional and electronic. The Library’s collections include books, periodicals, and databases as well as government documents, videos, and ADMISSION AS A FRESHMAN sound recordings. The Library is also the home of the Margaret McChesney Scott We seek to admit students who demon- Music Library and the University archives. strate the necessary skills to be successful While the Library strives to build strong, in a rigorous academic environment. In core collections, it also participates in area selecting students for the freshman class, library consortia to meet the considerable Pacific gives primary consideration to research needs of our students and faculty. academic preparation and potential for Through courier services and interlibrary successful study at the college level. loans, students and faculty can efficiently Preparation is assessed by evaluating the tap the substantial research resources of high school transcript of college prepara- our region and beyond. For additional tory work, counselor recommendation, information about the Library and its standardized test scores, a written essay services, please visit the University’s web and other information submitted by the site at www.pacificu.edu. applicant. Pacific will not consider an individual for Upward Bound admission unless one of the following Upward Bound is a Federally funded three criteria has been achieved: 1) a high college preparatory program that offers school diploma or its equivalent 2) a educational assistance to high school passing grade on the General Education students. Since 1966, Pacific University’s Development (GED) examination, or Upward Bound program — the oldest in 3) a passing score on an independently Oregon — has helped high school students administered, federally approved ability to develop the skills and motivation needed benefit test. to succeed in college. The project provides Applications may be obtained by writing academic skills courses; in-school contact; the Office of Admissions, Pacific Univer- individual tutoring and counseling; sity, 2043 College Way, Forest Grove, college and career planning; cultural and Oregon 97116-1797, or by calling educational activities; help applying to 503-359-2218 or 1-800-677-6712. Applica- college and for financial aid; a six week tions are also available on-line at residential summer school; and experience www.pacificu.edu. in college classes for seniors. Preferred application deadline is February 15. Notification of decision will be made on a rolling basis beginning November 15.

ADMISSION AS A TRANSFER STUDENT Pacific considers transfer applicants based on their academic record and level of preparation, as well as academic recom- mendations. Based upon evaluation by the Registrar’s Office, transfer students from accredited institutions may receive full or partial credit for arts and sciences courses

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 13 at the baccalaureate level. These courses 3. Complete official academic records must be completed with a grade of C- or (with official English translation) higher. Academic departments decide covering all work taken at the second- which transfer courses satisfy requirements ary and university level (such as for majors and minors at Pacific. Students secondary school records, certificates of should consult the department chair in education, final government examina- their major field. Students who transfer tions, college, university, and technical from an unaccredited college or university school records) must successfully complete 30 hours of 4. Certification of Finances Form stating work at Pacific before consideration will be that sufficient financial resources exist given to granting credit for course work to pay for all educational and personal completed at the previous institution. In expenses. (e.g., letter from bank, etc.) computing transfer credit, 1.5 quarter hours is equal to 1 semester hour. 5. An official score report of the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) for those students for whom English is APPLICATION PROCEDURES a second language. Results must come directly from the Educational Testing FOR FRESHMEN AND Service. No student copies will be TRANSFER STUDENTS accepted. To enroll as an undergraduate student, an 1. Forward completed application form applicant must earn a TOEFL score of 550 and the nonrefundable $30 application or higher. Students whose academic fee to the Admissions Office. qualifications are sufficient but who need 2. Give recommendation form to counse- further language training may attend the lor or appropriate faculty member to be English Language Institute prior to completed and returned to Pacific entering the undergraduate or graduate University Admissions Office. programs. All students who enter the 3. Request that official transcripts for all on a student visa are academic work be forwarded to the required to carry at least 12 semester hours Admissions Office. Transfer students of course work in each semester. with less than 30 semester or 45 quarter hours of transferable credits should submit their final high school tran- DEPOSIT POLICY script, standardized test scores and all All degree seeking students who are college transcripts. admitted by the Admissions Office are 4. Submit SAT I or ACT scores. Transfer required to post a $200 deposit no later students are waived from this require- than the Uniform Candidate Reply Date of ment if 30 semester hours or 45 quarter May 1, to secure their place in the incom- hours have been completed by the time ing class on a space-available basis. The of application. deposit will be credited to the student’s tuition payment charges for the first semester. New students may receive a INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS refund of the $200 deposit if requested before May 1. It is not refundable after Pacific University welcomes international that date. students. Admission is based on academic preparation and proficiency in English. International students must submit: CAMPUS VISITS 1. An Application Form, available from the Admissions Office. A visit to campus is the best way to 2. The application fee of $30. learn about Pacific. Students are encour- aged to make arrangements through the Admissions Office to attend classes, meet with students and faculty, talk with an admission counselor, tour the campus,

14 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 TUITION & FEES ■ dine in the university commons, and spend an evening in one of our residence halls. Accommodations for overnight visits are available Sunday through Tuition Thursday. Priority will be given to high school seniors. & Fees READMISSION To apply for readmission after an absence of one semester or more, a student must SCHEDULE OF FEES AND COSTS complete a brief Application for Readmis- FOR ACADEMIC YEAR 2000/2001 sion form, and submit official transcripts from all colleges attended during a Tuition student’s absence from Pacific to the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences. Annual (two 14-week terms)* Tuition for students for the academic year ...... $17,305 COLLEGE LEVEL Semester (one 14-week term)* EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP) Tuition for students for the semester ...... $8,652.50 Each department or school will decide Part-time, per semester hour whether a specific CLEP examination (1 through 11 credit hours) ...... $575 may substitute for a specific course or Summer, per semester hour ...... $325 entrance requirement. Credit may be granted for both subject and general Audit, per semester hour ...... $310 CLEP examinations. Fees

LIMITED ENROLLMENT Student Government/Activities** FOR HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS Annual ...... $120 Academically talented high school Semester ...... $60 students may enroll as non-admitted students through the registrar’s office Health service ** for one course per semester with approval Annual ...... $130 of the high school principal and the Pacific University course instructor. Fall or Spring Semester ...... $65 These students may apply for admission upon meeting requirements for degree Technology ** seeking students. Fall or Spring Semester ...... $100 Summer Term ...... $35 Annual (Fall, Spring & Summer) ...... $235

Recreational ** Annual ...... $50 Semester ...... $25

Medical insurance*** August 23, 2000 to August 22, 2001 (U.S. citizen) ...... $425 August 23, 2000 to August 22, 2001 (International) ...... $576

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 15 Music and lunches with an ala carte pricing. This allows students to pay for only what they One half-hour lesson per week want for the breakfasts and lunches. (14 sessions, 0.5 credits) ...... $180 Organ practice rental per semester ...... $50 Level A * Overloads: There is a credit plateau from 12-18 hours where tuition charges remain at $250 dining dollars per semester; the 12-credit level. Students enrolled for more $40 dining dollars for Winter term than 18 credit hours are charged full-time Level B tuition, plus the part-time semester hour $375 dining dollars per semester; charge for each credit hour above 18 hours. $70 dining dollars for Winter term ** Applies to all students enrolled in 6 or Level C more credits for the term. *** Mandatory for all full-time students unless $500 dining dollars per semester; student provides evidence of other health $100 dining dollars for Winter term insurance coverage and signs a waiver by Level D the stated due date. (See Student Informa- $625 dining dollars per semester; tion Worksheet.) $130 dining dollars for Winter term Note: Students whose accounts are in Students may change their meal plan level delinquent status will not be eligible to before the end of the second week of the register for the following semester. fall and spring semesters. The account balance will be carried over from fall semester to winter term, and then to 2000/2001 ROOM/BOARD spring semester, but not transferred to the next year’s fall semester. There is no Room Rates refund of dining dollars at the end of the spring semester. However, bulk buying of ROOM RATES ACADEMIC YEAR SEMESTER food items will be available for students to use up any remaining declining balance at Double, Triple or Quad ...... $ 2,360..... $ 1,180 the end of the spring semester. Single ...... $ 2,690..... $ 1,345 Double Suite/Triple Suite ...... $ 2,800..... $ 1,400 TUITION AND FEE Double/Single PAYMENT OPTION (Double Room-one occupant) or Quad w/2 persons ...... $ 3,010..... $ 1,505 I. Semester Plan Single Suite ...... $3,110..... $ 1,555 This plan allows you to pay “in full” Vandervelden Studio ...... $ 3,260..... $ 1,630 before the beginning of each semester. Due dates for the 2000-2001 Academic Year are: Vandervelden Suite ...... $ 3,800..... $ 1,900 SEMESTER TOTAL PAYMENT DUE DATE

Board Rates Fall/Winter ...... August 15, 2000

LEVEL A LEVEL B LEVEL C LEVEL D Winter ...... January 5, 2001* (for students entering Winter Term) Semester ...... $1,007 .. $1,141 .. $1,273.. $1,403 Spring ...... January 15, 2001 Winter Term ...... $206 ..... $237 ..... $268..... $299 Summer ...... May 15, 2001 Annual ...... $2,220 .. $2,519 .. $2,814.. $3,105 The meal plan is a combination of a *Students entering the University during the traditional board plan and “dining Winter Term will pay the tuition and fees prior dollars.” The traditional board plan to registration. If the student is enrolled full- includes all dinners and the weekend time during the Spring Semester, the spring brunches (nine meals per week) in an all- invoice will reflect a credit in the amount of the you-can-eat style. “Dining Dollars” can Winter Term tuition and fees. If you do not then be utilized for weekday breakfasts make the payment according to schedule, a late

16 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 TUITION & FEES ■ fee of $50 will be assessed to your account for BUSINESS POLICIES each month that the payment is past due. The University will assess a return check charge in ON TUITION AND FEES the amount of $25 for checks returned to the The University strives to maintain high University for non-payment. educational standards at the lowest reasonable cost. Contributions from II. Monthly Payment Plan individual alumni, parents and friends of the University, and support from founda- This plan allows you to pay tuition and tions and corporations help to reduce costs fees for the academic year. For the fall to students and their families through the term, payments begin on August 15, 2000 University’s development and fund with additional payments due the 15th of raising programs. each month. For spring term, payments begin on December 15, 2000; for summer The Board of Trustees reserves the right to term, April 15, 2001. There is a annual set- adjust costs after giving students due up fee of $55 for choosing this option. If notice. The University reserves the right to you sign up for this payment option after modify or terminate the academic pro- the first payment due date, it will be gram in which the student is enrolled. necessary to make up the payments from Students should make the necessary the previous months in order to become arrangements for the payment of all fees and current on the payment plan. If you do charges in accordance with one of the not make the payment according to University’s payment options. All payments schedule, a late fee of $50 will be assessed must be made in United States funds. to your account for each month that the payment is past due. The University will Admissions Expenses assess a charge of $25 for checks returned to the University for non-payment. When a student applies for admission to the University, an “application fee” as Note: (the following information is applicable determined by the College must accom- to both the Semester Payment Plan and the pany the application. Monthly Payment Plan) When a student is admitted to the Univer- Disbursement of Federal Direct Stafford sity, a non-refundable advance payment Loan (subsidized and unsubsidized), deposit is required to complete the Federal Perkins Loan and Health Profes- admission process. The deposit will sion Student Loan cannot occur until the reserve the student’s place in the incoming borrower completes a promissory note. class on a space available basis and will be Disbursement of Federal Direct Parent credited to the student’s tuition payment Loan for Undergraduate Students and charges for the first semester. alternative loans such as CitiAssist occur only after credit approval of the loan Business Office Policies application. Students enrolling at Pacific University Anticipated disbursements of accepted have a Business Office account opened and approved loans may be considered in their name. Timely payment of the when calculating payment of student account is the responsibility of the student. accounts. Student employment (Federal A student’s registration in a new semester Work-study and Pacific Work-study) will not be complete until the previous earnings are paid directly to the student semester’s financial obligations have and should not be considered in determin- been satisfied. ing student account payment. Pacific University’s philosophy on All checks to be credited to the student’s payment reflects the educational element account, including outside scholarship of assuming and meeting one’s fiduciary checks, Pacific University checks, and all obligations carefully and completely. other sources of payment must be en- Payment due dates are established, dorsed and credited to the student’s depending on the tuition payment plan account in advance of the semester or as agreed to between the student and the soon as they are available or received for University. Students receiving financial aid the semester in order to avoid late fees.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 17 of any kind — including Pacific funds, Past due Accounts loan funds, and/or outside scholarship The University reserves the right to deny funds — must be certain that all funds access to class, to withhold transcript of intended for their account have been record or diploma, or to withhold registra- processed and delivered to the University tion for a subsequent term until all Business Office and credited to the university charges and appropriate loans student’s account. This covers endorse- have been paid and a student’s account ment of all checks to be credited to the has been cleared. student’s account. Please visit our website at Withdrawal and Refund Policy nellie.pacificu.edu/finance/bo/ or email us at [email protected]. Students who completely withdraw from all classes may be eligible for a refund of Student Information Worksheet all or a portion of their University charges. Students must contact the Dean of Each student must complete a student Students’ Office to formally withdraw information worksheet with the Business from the University. Office at the beginning of each academic The policy of refunding University charges year they are enrolled at Pacific University. reflects the formula, prescribed in Federal This worksheet will provide the student’s law, that governs the return of Federal name, ID number, and authorization for funds to the appropriate financial aid information and payment plan selected. programs. Refunds on all charges will be This form must be completed and signed prorated on a per diem basis up to the 60% by the student in order to be valid. point in the semester. Students who Without a completed form on file the withdraw on or before the first day of Business Office will not release informa- classes will be refunded 100% of their tion to any person other than the student. charges; students who withdraw after the 60% point in the semester will not be Insurance eligible for a refund. A copy of the refund Medical insurance coverage is required for schedule is available from the Financial all full-time students. Students with their Aid Office. own personal medical insurance coverage A hall presence fee of $25 per day may be are exempt from participation in the assessed against the student account for University’s group plan if they properly additional time residing in the University complete and file a waiver form for each Housing or participating in the University academic year by the stated due date. Meal Plan. Group medical coverage is available both Note: If a cash disbursement is issued to a for dependents of full-time students and student as a result of excess financial aid and during summer vacation. Contact the local the student subsequently withdraws from the insurance agent, Waltz Sheridan University, the student may be required to Crawford, at (503) 357-3154 for premium repay the cash disbursement to Pacific in order rates and applications. to return funds to the applicable financial Personal property insurance is recom- aid programs. mended. If parents’ insurance policies do not already cover students in school, several low-cost policies are available from local insurance companies. The University is not responsible for the property of students or employees and thus cannot be held accountable for any losses.

18 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 FINANCIAL AID ■

Change in Credit Hours When a student modifies their schedule to change from an overload to full-time Financial Aid standing or from a full-time to a part-time standing, but does not completely withdraw from all classes, the following will apply: • If the changes are completed prior to The financial aid program at Pacific University the last day of the add/drop period the is designed to help students meet their appropriate refund will be given. educational expenses. While the primary • If the changes are completed after the responsibility for meeting educational expenses stated add/drop period no refund will belongs to the student and family, Pacific be given for the reduction in courses. The student will forfeit all tuition considers itself a partner in that process. refund resulting from the change in We understand that a family’s financial strength standing. may not be sufficient to meet the student’s Short-term Loans educational expenses. Pacific therefore has a strong commitment to a financial aid program Short-term loans are available to full-time based on need as well as academic performance. students of the University who are in Of course, financial aid is also governed by annual temporary need of financial assistance. In order to qualify for this loan, students availability of resources and is affected to some cannot be delinquent or be in default on extent by the need for students to apply early. their Business Office account, and must be Financial “need” is the difference between a able to demonstrate a means of repaying the loan within 120 days. Loans are student’s total educational expenses and the available for up to $500. Interest is charged resources the student and parents of dependent at an annual rate of 5%, beginning 30 days students have to meet those expenses. The after the issue date. amount of a student’s financial need is determined Students may borrow more than one loan, by information submitted on the Free Application but may not have more than $500 out- for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Students whose standing at any time. Failure to repay the FAFSA is submitted by February 15 will receive loan on the agreed upon repayment priority in the allocation of available funds. schedule will cancel the student’s privilege to borrow further from the Short-Term All students should apply for financial assistance to Loan or Emergency Loan programs for the attend Pacific. Admission will be granted without remainder of the academic year. regard to financial status. A prospective student Academic transcripts and/or diplomas does not have to be admitted to apply for financial will not be released for students who are aid; however, the student must be accepted for delinquent on their loan at the time they are requesting the transcript or leaving the admission to receive a financial aid offer. University. Students who terminate their Financial aid offers are made through an award enrollment at the University will have letter, with the amount of the award (except their loan due date changed to reflect their last day of enrollment. work-study funds) credited to the student’s account at the beginning of each semester. Applications for the loan can be made through the Business Office. The loan Information regarding payment of fees may be application fee is $10. obtained from the Business Office. The University encourages all financial aid applicants to seek assistance from other sources — such as community, state, and church — in order to supplement their total aid package. Students may also wish to search for scholarships on Wide Web. Since all resources must

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 19 be taken into account in determining financial Students must also report in writing to the need, outside scholarship and grant awards must Financial Aid Office any change in their be reported to the Financial Aid Office and may enrollment plans. Such changes may also affect a student’s financial aid eligibility. result in a revision of the student’s award. An offer of financial assistance may be modified or rescinded at any time if there is evidence that conditions of need and APPLICATION PROCEDURES merit are not as presented in the original financial statement. A student who is in 1. All students applying for financial aid default on a federal loan or who owes a should submit the Free Application for refund on a federal grant is not eligible for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) as soon as financial assistance. possible after January 1, listing Pacific University (Federal School Code 003212) as one of the schools that can Correspondence receive the information. The FAFSA The Financial Aid Office generally sends may be obtained from Pacific’s Finan- all correspondence to the student’s cial Aid Office or from any secondary University Center mailbox while classes or post-secondary school. The FAFSA are in session. Students participating in or renewal application can also be internships or preceptorships are required submitted electronically at to notify the Registrar’s Office of their www.fafsa.ed.gov. temporary addresses and their dates of 2. Apply for Admission. Admission departure and return. requires a separate application from Pacific’s Admissions Office. 3. Students continuing their education at SOURCES AND KINDS OF Pacific must complete the FAFSA each FINANCIAL AID year as soon after January 1 as possible. Grants, loans, and opportunities for part- time employment are available to eligible GENERAL REQUIREMENTS students. The type of program in which the student is enrolled and the student’s class Conditions of Award standing determine the types and amounts of assistance available to each student. An offer of financial assistance is contingent upon the availability of funds from the Federal government, the State of Oregon, Grants and Awards and Pacific University. Financial assistance Federal Pell Grants — The largest grant based on need is evaluated and offered program administered by the Federal yearly if students provide the appropriate government, Federal Pell Grants are information, show financial need, and available to undergraduate students on the make satisfactory academic progress. basis of need. The U.S. Department of Education sends a Student Aid Report (SAR) Satisfactory Academic Progress directly to the student to inform the student of potential eligibility for this program. Students receiving financial assistance at Pacific are expected to meet the satisfac- Federal Supplemental Educational tory academic requirements as outlined in Opportunity Grants (FSEOG) — Institu- the Academic Regulations section of this tionally controlled Federal grants for catalog. Students who are suspended on undergraduate students with exceptional the basis of their academic performance need. Priority is given to students who will have their aid eligibility terminated. receive Federal Pell Grants. Awards range from $500 to $1,500. Changes in Information Oregon State Need Grants and State Grant Supplemental Awards — Funds Students are required to report any awarded on the basis of need to eligible additional assistance they receive. Receipt Oregon resident undergraduates. Parents of additional resources may affect the offer of dependent students must also be of financial assistance from the University.

20 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 FINANCIAL AID ■

Oregon residents for the student to receive standing, financial need and dependency consideration. Students must complete status. Annual loan limits are $2,625 for the FAFSA to apply for state awards; a freshmen, $3,500 for sophomores and separate application is not required. $5,500 for juniors and seniors. Indepen- Pacific Grants — University funds dent students may borrow up to an awarded to undergraduates on the basis of additional $4,000 as freshmen and need. This award is renewable as long as sophomores and $5,000 as juniors and the student continues to demonstrate seniors. Most graduate students are sufficient need and remains in good eligible for $18,500 in a combination of academic standing. subsidized and unsubsidized loan, up to $8,500 of which can be subsidized. Talent Awards — Institutionally funded Doctoral students in optometry and grants awarded to undergraduate students clinical psychology can borrow on the basis of outstanding talent and unsubsidized loan up to their entire cost participation in music, forensics, and minus subsidized loan and other aid. theatre arts. Federal Direct Parent Loan for Under- graduate Students — The Federal Direct Loans PLUS is available to parents of dependent Federal Perkins Loans — Institutionally undergraduate students. Parents with controlled Federal loans awarded to acceptable credit history may borrow on students demonstrating exceptional behalf of their dependent student up to financial need. Undergraduate students the full cost of attendance, minus any may borrow up to $4,000 per year, with a financial aid the student is eligible to maximum loan ceiling of $20,000 as receive. Interest begins accruing upon undergraduates. Graduate students may disbursement of the funds. The interest borrow up to $6,000 per year, with a rate is variable but will not exceed 9%. maximum loan ceiling of $40,000 for Repayment begins 60 days after the loan is graduate and undergraduate work fully disbursed. combined. Repayment on principal and interest (fixed rate of 5%) begins nine Scholarships months after the borrower ceases enroll- ment. Academic Scholarships — institutional scholarships (Honors, Presidential, Federal Direct Stafford Loans — Under Trustee, and University) awarded on the the Federal Direct Loan program the basis of academic merit to students Federal government makes loans directly entering the College of Arts and Sciences. to students through the school. Loans The kinds and amounts of these awards have an interest rate that varies annually are determined by such measures as but will not exceed 8.25%. Students who cumulative grade point averages and demonstrate financial need are eligible to standardized test scores. Recipients must borrow subsidized Federal Direct Stafford enroll full-time each semester (defined as Loans. No interest accrues on this type of at least 12 hours of coursework) and loan during the borrower’s enrollment maintain satisfactory academic progress as and for a six month grace period after- described in the Academic Regulations ward. Unsubsidized Federal Direct section of this Catalog to maintain their Stafford Loans are offered to students who eligibility for academic scholarships. do not demonstrate financial need or Academic scholarships are renewable for whose need has been met with other aid, up to four years. and to independent students who may borrow at increased loan levels. Borrow- UCC Tuition Scholarships — Funds ers of the unsubsidized loan are respon- awarded to entering students who are sible for repayment of the interest, which dependents of will accrue during enrollment although clergy members. These awards are repayment can be deferred until after the equivalent to 50% of the student’s tuition student’s grace period. Students may be charge and are renewable for up to four offered a combination of subsidized and years of undergraduate study. unsubsidized loan. The amount and type of loan offered is determined by class

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 21 Endowed Scholarships McGill Scholarship (Careers in the health sciences) Endowed scholarships are sources of financial assistance made available to Meredith “Mac” McVicker Scholarship undergraduate students through the Harold and Ann Meyer Scholarship generosity of good friends of the Univer- Tom Miles Scholarship (Theater backstage) sity. Awards from endowed funds are made periodically as income permits. The Drusilla Montgomery Scholarship endowed scholarships and a brief descrip- (Mathematical sciences) tion of their restrictions are listed below. Maybel Moore Scholarship The Alumni Legacy Scholarship (Direct Harry W. Olson Memorial Scholarship descendants of Pacific alumni) (Physical therapy) Lucien P. Arant Scholarship (Journalism) Parents Club Scholarship Claire Argow Scholarship (Career goal of social Ruby Peregrine Scholarship service/law enforcement) Carol Pratt Scholarship (Optometry) Charles Kay Bishop Scholarship (Music) Henry F. Price Memorial Scholarship Tabitha Moffatt Brown Scholarship Richard Frost Reath Scholarship (Political Louis P. Busch Memorial Scholarship (MAT) science) Kathrin Cawein Scholarship (Visual and Walter Reif Scholarship (Philosophy) performing arts) Ernest A. Rueter Scholarship Frances B. Clapp Scholarship (Music) Annie Roberts Scholarship Maud E. Collier Scholarship (Entering student Eric Ross Scholarship (Business with from Columbia County, Oregon) marketing preference) Herbert and Frances Cooper Scholarship Patrick Maloney Scholarship (Pre-medicine) T. Bruce Denny Memorial Scholarship Dr. Fred Scheller Scholarship (Debate/ (Optometry) Forensics) Dr. James Dundas Scholarship (Canadian Miles Shishido Scholarship (Hawaiian student) optometry student) Barbara F. Sowers Scholarship William K. Eaton Scholarship (MAT minority student) Edith Clare Steele Scholarship (Minority student) Robert A. Edwards Scholarship (Optometry) Barbara Story Scholarship (Theatre) Esther B. Evans Memorial Scholarship (English) Irving Story Memorial Scholarship (English) Lester L. Fordham Sr. Scholarship (Business Elbridge and Mary Stuart Scholarship with accounting preference) Hermon and Jean Swartz Endowed Forest Grove Women’s Club Scholarship Scholarship (Biology, Biological Chemistry) (Forest Grove High School graduate) Wiberta Teeter (“Help from Mrs. T”) Friends of Music Schwedja/Trombley Scholarship (Optometry) Scholarship (Music) Thomas Thompson Scholarship Jane Brown Haskell Scholarship (Ministry as Joseph B. Vandervelden Scholarship career goal) William Robertson Warren Memorial Hap Hingston Scholarship (Debate) Scholarship Thomas J. Holce Scholarship Wellington Wallace Washburn Memorial Lawrence and Bertha Lommasson Scholarship Scholarship Narcissa Jewett and Carl G. Washburne Scholarship Eugene A. and Alyce L. LaMont Scholarship Hazel Jones Wolf Endowed Memorial Loren Leach-Linda Leach Scholarship (Hood Scholarship River County or Tillamook County, Oregon) Beatrice Young Memorial Scholarship (Foreign Martynse Hanapepe Hawaii Christian Church languages) Scholarship (Hawaiian student) Glenn Zurcher Scholarship Viola McCready Scholarship

22 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 FINANCIAL AID ■

Special Awards and Scholarships Student Employment A limited number of special awards are Student employment is offered in the form available to students on the basis of need of Federal Work-Study (FWS) or Pacific (except where specifically noted), aca- Work-Study (PWS) depending on demon- demic achievement, contributions to the strated financial need and the availability campus community, and/or any addi- of funding. The majority of student tional qualifications specified by the employment positions are located on- donors of individual awards. campus although students with FWS Ben B. Cheney Foundation Scholarship awards may be able to work in community — Awarded to one outstanding senior service positions off-campus. An allocation student in each of the academic divisions: of FWS or PWS is not a guarantee of Arts, Humanities, Natural Sciences, and employment. It is the student’s responsi- Social Sciences. Awards are for one year bility to secure a job and work the hours only. necessary to earn the student employment allocation. Earnings are paid directly to the Portland General Electric (PGE) Enron student. Students may not work over 20 Scholarship — Awarded to one academi- hours per week while classes are in cally outstanding entering freshman for session, and may not work over 40 hours four years. Applications are available from per week during breaks. high school counselors. Scholarships — For students certified by the President of Pacific University as being “worthy students”, meaning students who are generally good scholars and of good character and a credit to the University, but not necessarily in need of funds. Forest Grove Rotary Club Scholarships — Awards in varying amounts are given annually to outstanding graduates of Forest Grove, Banks, and Gaston High Schools. Funds for these scholarships are made available by the Forest Grove Rotary Club. United Church of Christ Matching Scholarships — Students who receive grants or scholarships from a United Church of Christ are eligible to receive matching scholarships from Pacific University. Students with demonstrated financial need are eligible to have awards up to $1,500 matched by University funds, provided that the total does not exceed the student’s need. For students without need, awards of up to $500 will be matched. Dollars for Scholars Matching Awards — Awards of up to $1,000 provided to recipients of Dollars for Scholars awards given by the Citizen’s Scholarship Foundation of America.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 23 College of Arts & Sciences

MISSION STATEMENT • Participate as an informed person and citizen in the arts, business, fitness and The College of Arts and Sciences, through health, politics, and the sciences; effective teaching built on close faculty/student • Engage in the practices of a discipline relationships, provides, in a residential setting, with knowledge of the discipline and a broad liberal arts education with a strong an understanding of how such knowl- edge is constructed and used; and emphasis on service and application of • Progress toward a productive and knowledge that produces graduates with the meaningful professional life. intellectual capabilities and personal qualities The Faculty of the College of Arts and that enable them to participate in rewarding Sciences has established the College’s careers and to contribute to their communites. degree requirements in order to ensure that each student accomplishes these Curricular Goals curricular goals. Every graduate of the College of Arts and Sciences shall have a command of the basic tools of thought and language: BACHELOR OF ARTS • Inquiry, critical thinking, DEGREE REQUIREMENTS and critical analysis; • Modeling, abstract thinking, and I. Credit Hours structural thinking; 124 semester hours are required for • Quantitative reasoning; graduation • Creativity; and II. College Core Requirements • Written and oral language so that ideas, knowledge, emotions, and experiences All students are expected to undertake a can be clearly articulated, persuasively broad course of study by completing with defended, and imaginatively conveyed. at least a “C-” each of the requirements Every graduate shall be prepared for a life listed below. No course can be counted for of educated engagement, such that he or more than one requirement. she will be able to: A. MATHEMATICS (3 semester hours) • Interpret and experience with an All Math courses numbered 165 or historical consciousness; higher, Psych 350 (Behavioral • Cultivate creative means of expression Statistics), Soc 301 (Social Statistics), and comprehension; or equivalent statistics courses. • Develop and reflect on his/her own set B. WRITING (3 semester hours) of values; English 201 Expository Writing • Understand multicultural, diverse, and Those students who achieve less than global perspectives; 35 on the TSWE are required to take • Access and evaluate information Eng 101 in their first semester. necessary to make informed decisions;

24 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 COLLEGE OF ARTS & SCIENCES ■

C. FOREIGN LANGUAGE H. THE HUMANITIES (6 semester hours) (6 semester hours or proficiency) Two courses from two different A proficiency in a language other than disciplines chosen from Literature, English must be demonstrated by the History, Media Arts (MedA 111, 112, successful completion of a 102-level 120, 121, 401 only), Philosophy, course or its equivalent. Humanities. A student may satisfy this requirement I. THE NATURAL SCIENCES by passing a proficiency test adminis- (6 semester hours) tered by the World Languages depart- Two courses from two different disci- ment. plines chosen from Biology, Chemistry, Students who have two years of high Environmental Science, Exercise school study in a single language will Sciences, Physics, Science or two courses be advised to take the 102-level course. with laboratory in the same discipline. The instructor for the 102-level course Biol 190 and Exsc 190 cannot be used to can approve a shift to a 101-level satify this requirement. course, if required to meet the best J. SENIOR CAPSTONE educational achievement. (2 or more semester hours) A student whose native tongue is not A senior project, internship (with a English can be exempted from the presentation), or performance/show in Foreign Language Core requirement by the major. obtaining approval from his/her advisor, and the Chair of the World Languages and Literatures department. III. A Major The advisor shall notify the Registrar. Majors require at least 24 hours, including D. FIRST YEAR SEMINAR ON ORIGINS, 16 upper division hours (exclusive of IDENTITY, AND MEANING: courses numbered 475, 478). Major (4 semester hours) requirements are listed under the appro- priate department. All freshmen must take Humanities 100 in the fall semester. Transfer students IV. Grade Point Average of 2.0. need to substitute six semester hours in A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in literature, history, philosophy, or all coursework earned at Pacific. In humanities. addition, a 2.0 GPA is required in all E. CROSS CULTURAL STUDIES: majors and minors; check major and minor (3 semester hours) requirements because some departments All students must take three semester may have adopted a higher minimum hours in courses designated by a “CC” than 2.0. All courses required for the in the Schedule of Classes or catalog. bachelor’s degree and major must be The courses that qualify are those on included in the 124 hours presented for the culture of Asia, Africa, Latin graduation. Only grades of “C-” or higher America, or aspects of American will transfer as credit toward the degree. culture that draws upon these areas or V. Upper Division Hours the culture of the indigenous peoples of 40 hours of upper-division courses North America, excluding foreign (numbered 300 and above), with no more language instruction. than 10 hours of courses numbered 475 or F. THE ARTS (3 semester hours) 478 counting toward this forty-hour Three semester hours in Art, Music, or requirement. Theatre. All Study Abroad coursework through G. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES Pacific University or affiliates will be (6 semester hours) counted as upper-division. The first 31 credits of study abroad course work Two courses from two different earned through Pacific University will disciplines chosen from Anthropology, count as Pacific University credit; the Economics, Political Science, Psychol- remainder of study abroad credit will be ogy, Sociology, Social Sciences. treated as transfer work and evaluated accordingly.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 25 VI. Residency majors to satisfy interests and more effectively prepare for a profession. A. Students must complete at least 6 credits from Pacific University in Forms for declaration of majors and upper division courses in their major minors are available from the Dean’s and 6 credits from Pacific University in office in Bates House, from the upper division courses for any minor. Registrar’s Office or from Division Individual departments may require a Assistants. greater number of credits be completed Degree requirements for students prepar- at Pacific University. For these require- ing to teach are listed in the Education ments, consult the list of requirements section. for each major or minor. B. Students must complete 30 of the last Waiver of Departmental 40 hours counted towards their degree Requirements and Prerequisites at Pacific University. Upon application, academic departments may waive requirements for a major or BACHELOR OF SCIENCE minor, if faculty are satisfied that the student has already achieved the knowl- DEGREE REQUIREMENTS edge expected. Similarly, prerequisites may be waived at the discretion of the I. Core and Other Requirements instructor. Course waivers do not reduce Candidates must meet all requirements for the number of credits needed for any the Bachelor of Arts degree. requirement. II. Major Declaration 48-Hour Rule Satisfy requirements for a major or a minor from the Division of Natural A maximum of 48 hours in a single Sciences, or a major in Psychology with department, with the exception of depart- two additional science laboratory courses. ments that include more than one disci- pline (Business and Economics, World Students may earn only one Bachelor’s Languages and Literature, and Mathemati- Degree at the College of Arts and Sciences. cal Sciences), where students may take up to 60 hours but no more than 48 in a single discipline, and Music, where students may DEGREE POLICIES take up to 60 hours. Declaration of Majors and Minors A program of more than 48 hours which includes an internship may be approved 1. Major requirements are listed else- by the Dean of Arts and Sciences upon where in the catalog under the appro- petition. priate departmental headings. The minimum requirement is 24 hours of which 16 hours must be upper division. Activity Courses 2. A Minor may be earned by meeting the A maximum of 4 hours in 1-hour activity requirements listed by a department. courses are allowed. Music courses for The minimum requirement is 15 hours of students pursuing a Bachelor of Arts which 6 hours must be upper-division. degree with a major in music are exempt from this activity hour limitation. Activity Every student must have a declared courses are: HPER 150, MUS 150, MUS major, with a schedule approved by a 151, MUS 158, MUS 153, MUS 163, MUS faculty advisor in the major department, 165 and MUS 167. by the end of the sophomore year. Students are urged to plan wisely for a major program well before that time, in consultation with the faculty advisor. Minors must be declared by the end of the junior year, and must be approved by a faculty member in the minor subject. Minors may be combined with

26 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ■

Internships Graduation/Persistence Data A maximum of 17 hours of internship In accordance with the Student Right To credit will count towards graduation of Know Act DCL of August, 1991, Pacific which no more than 14 credits can be University is required to publish gradua- taken in any one semester. A maximum of tion and persistence rates of the cohort of 10 hours may count toward upper first time freshmen. While most students division. graduate in four years, the six-year graduation rate for the entering class of Changes in Requirements 1993 is calculated to be 58%. Students must meet the requirements for the Core and majors and minors from the Advancement to Candidacy for Degrees catalog from their year of original matricu- Pacific University offers three degree lation or a subsequent year. If more than conferment dates during the academic ten years has elapsed since a student’s year: fall, winter and spring. Formal original matriculation, then the original commencement is held in spring only. All date of matriculation will be replaced by degree candidates must submit an the date of re-entry in the implementation Application for Degree form to the of this policy. Registrar’s Office by January 15 for spring; A student may choose different catalogs to June 15 for summer; or October 15 for satisfy the Core and majors and minors winter graduation. Students who are not requirements. graduating in spring but who wish to march in commencement must submit an The Oregon Teacher Standards and Application for Degree as above. Practices Commission set requirements for prospective teachers. Students expecting to teach must satisfy those rules in effect at Graduation with Honors the time of graduation. Students receiving an Arts and Sciences baccalaureate degree will be designated Student Status cum laude if they achieve a cumulative grade point average of 3.50 to 3.69; magna Students who register for fewer than 12 cum laude if they achieve 3.70 to 3.90; and credits by the end of the add/drop period summa cum laude if they achieve 3.91 to will be considered part-time students. 4.00. Students receiving the Doctor of Part-time status can adversely affect Optometry or Masters of Physical financial aid awards and athletic eligibility. Therapy, Occupational Therapy, or Physician Assistant Studies degrees will be Petitions designated with distinction if they achieve Students may seek exceptions to college a cumulative grade point average of 3.50 requirements in extraordinary circum- or above. stances upon consultation with their advisors by petitioning the Faculty Time Limit for Completion of Standards and Advising Committee. Graduate Degrees Information on the process may be obtained from the Associate Dean of the Unless otherwise noted within specific College of Arts and Sciences whose office programs, all work for graduate degrees is located in Bates House. (including transferred credits, dissertation and examination) must be completed within a period of seven calendar years.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 27 Academic Programs

The College of Arts and Sciences is organized in four academic divisions and offers the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees. Students can obtain an Oregon teaching license through the School of Education. Students interested in a teaching career should consult with the School of Education as early as possible. Programs are available at both the undergraduate and graduate level. Students must apply for admission to the School of Education separately from their admissions to the College of Arts and Sciences. Under- graduates typically apply for admission to the School of Education during the sophomore year.

28 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ■

DIVISIONS, DEPARTMENTS Natural Sciences Division AND MAJORS DEPARTMENTS MAJORS Arts Division Applied Science

DEPARTMENTS MAJORS Biology Biology Environmental Biology Art Art Chemistry Chemistry Music Music Emphases in: Emphases in: • Chemistry • Music • Biological Chemistry • Performance • Chemical Physics • Music Education • Environmental Chemistry Theatre Theatre Exercise Science Exercise Science Humanities Division Emphases in: Exercise Science DEPARTMENTS MAJORS Human Performance Coordinated Studies Sports Medicine in Humanities Mathematical Media Arts & Sciences Computer Science Communications Media Arts Mathematics Emphases in: • Film Studies Physics Physics • Film Production • Integrated Media Social Sciences Division • Journalism DEPARTMENTS MAJORS • Media Arts • Video Production International Studies English Creative Writing Business Literature & Economics Business Administration: Emphases in: World Languages & Literatures • Accounting Chinese Studies • Finance French Studies • Management German Studies • Marketing Japanese • Economics Modern Languages: • Chinese, French, History History • German, Japanese, Politics • Spanish & Government Political Science Philosophy Philosophy Psychology Psychology Emphases in: • Philosophy Sociology • Bioethics & Anthropology Anthropology & Sociology Sociology Social Work

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 29 APPLIED SCIENCE

The Applied Science program leads to a well- Requirements rounded cross-disciplinary degree in science. 1. All requirements for two minors within It is well-suited for students seeking technical the Division of Natural Sciences. For employment in areas where a cross- students choosing physics as one of the disciplinary background in science is desirable. two minors, the requirements for the Applied Physics minor must be It is also appropriate for students interested in completed. a career in the high-tech industry, those 2. Sci 285, Applied Science Seminar planning further work in a specialty via a joint 3. CS 150, Introduction to Computer B.S./M.S. (particularly in engineering) or those Science I or CS 230, Advanced Software transfering into programs in the health Tools sciences. Students interested in teaching 4. 28 upper-division hours within the science via the integrated science norm or Division of Natural Sciences selected to those interested in cross-disciplinary areas meet specific career or interdisciplinary such as environmental science may choose objectives. These courses must be approved by a faculty advisor in this program. science. Courses in engineering or other In most cases, cooperative programs have approved science-related professional programs may be counted in this total, additional requirements beyond those of the but no more than 7 hours of internship Applied Science major. Any student interested may be counted here. in such a program should carefully review its 5. Seven hours of internship or one year requirements and consult with members of the of course work in an approved science- Department of Physics. related professional program (e.g. engineering, etc.).

30 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 APPLIED SCIENCE • ART ■

DEPARTMENT OF ART study under individualized contracts where creative projects in the studio and internships are developed. Jan Shield, Chair, of Art Patricia Cheyne, Assistant Professor of Art Expanding the human dimensions in Art continues to lead our graduates into various Jim Flory, Instructor, Photography* careers in art, as arts directors, teachers, or in Steve O’Day, Instructor, Computer Graphics* preparation for graduate school. The program Terry Fischer O’Day, also seeks to provide art experience for Assistant Professor of Art application to problem solving, use of leisure time, and therapy. We look forward to your Ann Wetherell, Assistant Professor of Art History* participation in our program. *adjunct faculty Students planning to prepare to teach in public schools should consult subject matter and professional requirements listed under the ART Division of Education. In today’s world the well-rounded liberally- The Art Department at Pacific University seeks educated individual is becoming increasingly in to prepare students for: demand. The truly educated person is one with • lifelong interest, appreciation and a broad background. The Art program at Pacific understanding of art; University is equipped to provide students with a strong conceptual base, expressive direction, and • a life of creative involvement in expressive instruction in artistic processes and techniques. and technical artistic processes; Through the visual and tactile nature of Art the • being functionally literate in the language of faculty tries to integrate the consciousness of art — reading, writing, speaking related to personal expression into every liberal arts and the expressive processes and terminology; professional student. The Art program offers • Expanding ability to critique creative projects the opportunity for a major or minor concentrating and artistic works by one’s self and others; in either a two- or three-dimensional emphasis for • Broadening the awareness of Art history and the working artist. Other opportunities include cultural heritage; certification in teaching art at the secondary level, an integral Fine Arts curriculum, or a focus • Using artistic technologies related to one’s in Graphic Arts and Media Arts by the availability areas of interest; of a double major or major/minor in the two • Increasing the nature of human perception, departments. Pacific University also offers motivation and creation as a necessity for specialized classes through a cooperative program personal growth and well-being; with Oregon School of Arts and Crafts. For further • Doing independent and collaborative artistic information please contact the Art Department. research and projects; The Art faculty plant the seeds of artistic growth • Discovering the relationships between the for all students through their offerings of arts and other academic disciplines and the concentrated singular and sequence course world; work. Students are expected to use the studio • Graduate study in art with a focus on two- facilities on their own for at least two hours for and/or three-dimensional artistic work; every one hour of class instruction. In addition, • Pursuing expressive directions for individual advanced art students can work on directed creative growth as well as careers in art.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 31 MAJOR IN ART Course Descriptions In addition to meeting the general Univer- Art 105 Understanding Art sity degree requirements, the major in Art This course will introduce various basic art must complete the following courses. media (both academically and artistically) to enhance understanding of the artistic process. Requirements The course will also present an art historical survey to help students appreciate how the Art 105 Understanding Art (or) ...... 3 media previously discussed were used in Art 201 Seeing: different cultural contexts to create art. Adventures in Art ...... Strongly recommended as an introduction to other art history courses. No prerequisites. Art 110 Basic Design ...... 3 Meets arts core requirement. 3 hours. Cheyne Art 210 Drawing I ...... 3 Art 270-272 History of Art 110 Basic Design Western Art I, II, or III ...... 3 Introduction to the basic elements of design through a concentrated study of its theory and Art 270-280 Art History ...... 3 application and by assignments in two- and Art 495 Senior Show ...... 3 three-dimensional mediums. The course is Additional courses in Art, open to all students. 3 hours. Staff. including a concentration of upper- division courses in two-dimensional Art 201 Seeing: Adventures in Art and/or three-dimensional creative This course will survey the dynamics of visual work, Independent Studies, as expression with respect to the historical approved by the student’s advisor ...... 24 traditions and influences of Art in the 20th century. Emphasis is placed on awareness, 42 * understanding, and appreciation of artistic style, content, and expressive direction from the basis of modern art into the age of the * Note: A minimum of 16 upper-division electronic image. No prerequisite. 3 hours. hours must be included. Shield.

Art 210 Drawing I MINOR IN ART General studio instruction in drawing covering work in pencil, conte crayon, This minor can be structured to enhance a charcoal, pen and ink, and brush and ink. number of academic majors and provide Design, composition, the rendering of light, creative options to both the liberal arts and perspective are explored, as well as and professional programs of study. working from the human figure. 3 hours. Shield/Cheyne/T O’Day. Requirements Art 217 Computer Graphics Art 105 Understanding Art (or) Image Design Art 201 Seeing: Adventures in Art . 3 Studio work introducing the computer as a Art 110 Basic Design ...... 3 creative tool. Software applications related to design and painting will be explored. The Art 270-280 Art History ...... 3 student will be expected to complete a portfolio Electives: Selected additional arts of computer generated images. No prerequisite. courses, two of which must 3 hours. S O’Day. be upper-division 12 Art 218 Computer Graphics I 21 Illustration Studio work introducing the computer as a creative tool. Software applications related to drawing and illustration will be explored. The student will be expected to complete a portfolio of computer generated images. No prerequisite. 3 hours. S O’Day.

32 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 ART ■

Art 219 Painting : Watercolor Art 235 Illustration I Studio course in expressive and illustrative An introduction to illustration, including watercolor painting techniques. Students drawing techniques, type/fonts, compositional explore and develop handling and control of reduction, structural studies, various transfer watercolor processes and learn numerous and printing processes. Emphasis is placed on painting techniques as well as the analysis of acquiring skills in, and for use in a wide various papers and working surfaces. 3 hours. variety of artistic, commercial and occupa- Shield. tional areas. 3 hours. Shield.

Art 220 Painting I: Oil/Acrylic Art 238 Papermaking Studio work investigating methods and This course is an introduction to the creation techniques related to acrylic, polymer, and/or of handmade paper as an art form. Sheet oil-base paints. Each student generates a series formation and decoration will be introduced. of studies and original painting. Readings and The processing of natural and recycled discussion explore the essence of painting. materials to create paper will also be taught. 3 hours. Shield. Uses of handmade paper in art forms such as sculpture and the artist book will be explored. Art 225 Sculpture I The goal in offering this course is to enable Developing a working understanding of students to explore handmade paper as a fine sculptural form, working with clay, wood and art media. 3 hours. Cheyne. other mediums. Through reading, discussion, critique, and individual sculpting projects the Art 240 Ceramics I student explores geometric, abstract and Introduction to clay with an emphasis on organic form. 3 hours. Shield. handbuilding techniques and an exploration of historical and contemporary directions. Art 226 Photography I Included are discussions of how surface A thorough nuts and bolts course to teach embellishment and firing processes affect both students basic camera handling operations as the function and aesthetics of the ceramic well as introductory photography concepts. object. 3 hours. T O’Day. Offered fall semester. The “great themes” of photography are introduced to provide a historical perspective. Art 250 Stained Glass This course is intended for Art majors and Designed to acquaint the student with three non-majors. A 35mm SLR camera is a basic areas in the study and construction of requirement for the course. 3 hours. Flory. stained glass; history, design concepts, and the acquisition of skills in cutting, soldering, and Art 230 Printmaking I: Relief and fitting glass. 3 hours. T O’Day. Offered Silk-screen Printmaking Winter III. This course will explore relief printmaking processes including but not limited to stamp Art 260 Jewelry/ prints, linoleum block prints, and woodcut Metals Fabrication I prints. In addition, it will teach the basics of Introduction to non-ferrous metals fabrication one color silk-screen techniques. The history of techniques as applied to jewelry making and printmaking and traditions of the multiples metalsmithing. Learn to solder, saw and form will also be discussed. Offered concurrently metal, as well as basic stonesetting techniques. with Art 330. 3 hours. Cheyne. Historical overview of the meaning and use of jeweled and metal objects and their relation- Art 233 Printmaking I: Collagraph ship to various cultures. 3 hours. T O’Day. and Intaglio Printmaking Offered fall semester. This class is designed to introduce the student to the basic techniques of collagraph prints, Art 265 Jewelry/Casting I intaglio prints (engraving, etching etc.), Introduction to the lost wax casting process as monoprints, and multimedia printmaking. The applied to jewelry making and metalsmithing. history of printmaking and traditions of Learn wax carving and mold-making proce- multiples will also be discussed. Offered dures to produce models for casting. Historical concurrently with Art 333. 3 hours. Cheyne. overview of the meaning and use of jeweled and metal objects and their relationship to various cultures. 3 hours. T O’Day. Offered spring semester.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 33 Art 270 History of Western Art I: Art 274 Art and Architecture Paleolithic through Late of Medieval This class covers sculpture, painting, This class covers the major monuments in art printmaking, ceramics, architecture, and of western civilizations, beginning with the landscape architecture from the Neolithic age earliest paintings and sculptures of the through the great Ukiyo-e printmakers of the Paleolithic period and continuing through the Edo period. The interrelationship of literature, architecture, sculpture, and painting of the philosophy, religion, and the arts is empha- late Medieval period. Social, political, and sized. Students emerge with an understanding cultural context for the art are a major focus. of Japanese art in the cultural and historical 3 hours. Wetherell. context of Japanese society. Meets cross- cultural core requirement. 3 hours. Wetherell. Art 271 History of Western Art II: Renaissance through Art 275 Art and Architecture Impressionism of India This class examines the development and This class surveys the sculpture, architecture, proliferation of the arts from the proto- and painting of India, starting with the Renaissance in Italy in the 13th century and ancient Indus Valley civilization and Vedic through the French Impressionists of the 19th period and ending with the art and architec- century. Painting, sculpture, and architecture ture of the Shah Jahan era (mid 17th century). will be discussed in relation to style and how It covers indigenous art of the Buddhist and they reflect the social, political, economic, and Hindu periods, and Indo-Islamic architecture religious values of the culture. 3 hours. and painting. A basic introduction to Wetherell. Buddhist, Hindu, and Islamic religion is included. Meets cross-cultural core require- Art 272 History of Western Art III: ment. 3 hours. Wetherell. Post-Impressionism through Twentieth Century Art 280 Women in Art This course examines the development and This course is designed to explore the place of diversity of art in the late 19th and 20th women in art. The course investigates both the centuries. The pluralism of society and image of women in art and women as artists. culture, and the development of science and The class explores how women have been technology are reflected in the variety of visual portrayed in the art at different times and in arts. The social, political, and technological different cultures. The goal of the class is to context of the art is a major focus. 3 hours. shine a light on material that has often been Wetherell. overlooked by the traditional art history cannon. No prerequisites — Feminist Theory Art 273 Art and Architecture class desirable. Meets Feminist study minor of requirement. 3 hours. Cheyne. This survey of the arts of China concentrates on painting, sculpture, metalwork, and Art 300 Art Education: ceramics from the Neolithic period through the Class and Practicum 18th century. Major examples of architecture This class is designed to teach methods of art are also considered briefly. Emphasis is given instruction to the prospective elementary to the development of Chinese landscape school teacher. Topics covered are creativity, painting from the Tang dynasty up through developmental levels, Discipline Based Art the Qing period. The important philosophical Education, state and national standards, and and religious movements of Daoism, Confu- lesson plan creation. There are hands-on cianism, Buddhism and Chan (Zen) Buddhism experiences with different art media. In are discussed in relation to Chinese art and addition, Pacific students have the opportu- society. Works of art are presented in their nity to work with children ages 4-12 in an social and historical context so that students after-school Art Workshop. No prerequisite. emerge with an appreciation for Chinese art 4 hours. Cheyne and a general understanding of the culture of historical China as well. Meets cross-cultural core requirement. 3 hours. Wetherell.

34 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 ART ■

Art 310 Drawing II: Art 333 Printmaking II: Advanced Drawing Advanced Collagraph and An advanced drawing class that challenges Intaglio Printmaking students to expand on the skills learned in This class challenges the advanced Drawing I. Prerequisite: Art 110, Art 210 or printmaking students to develop their own consent of instructor. 3 hours. Shield/Cheyne/ personal artistic voice in the mediums taught T O’Day. in 233. Prerequisite: 233. 3 hours. Cheyne.

Art 317: Computer Graphics II: Art 335 Illustration II Advanced Image Design Continuation of Art 235. Further development Designed for the student to further explore the of illustration skills, and advanced techniques processes taught in 217. Portfolio will contain related to professional illustration. Student more advanced work. Prerequisite for 317: prepare a portfolio of illustrations related to Art 217 or consent of instructor. their discipline. Prerequisite: Art 235. 3 hours. Shield. Art 318 Computer Graphics II: Advanced Illustration Art 338 Advanced Papermaking/ Art 318 is designed for the student to further Bookmaking explore the processes taught in 218. Portfolio This course is designed to further explore the will contain more advanced work. Prerequi- creation of handmade paper as an art form. site: Art 218 or consent of instructor. Taking the basic skills learned in Art 238 the students will use the media of papermaking to Art 320 Painting II : Oil/Acrylic. express their own personal artistic voice. An Continuation of Art 220. Further study of the extensive investigation into the artist book will processes involved in painting using oil and also be a part of this class. The goal in offering acrylic colors and mediums. Emphasis on this course is to have students become more creation of original advanced works. Prerequi- sophisticated in their understanding of paper- site: Art 220. 3 hours. Shield. making and book creation. 3 hours. Cheyne.

Art 325 Sculpture II Art 340 Ceramics II Advanced concepts and techniques of Continued study of ceramic media with an sculpting are explored, including the expres- emphasis on wheelworking techniques. Study sive and structural elements of man-made of firing techniques, glaze application and form. Emphasis on the expressive potential to formulation to further an understanding of be found in sculpting. Prerequisite: Art 110, how surface decoration can enhance form. 210, or 225, or consent of the instructor. Students are challenged to use this informa- 3 hours. Shield. tion to express their creativity. Prerequisite: Art 240 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Art 326 Photography II T O’Day. Offered spring semester. This course is intended for those students who have completed Photography I. The major Art 350 Stained Glass II emphasis is to give students a solid foundation This course is designed to encourage experi- for black and white photography. Film mentation with glass through slump molds, processing, printing, and darkroom use are a fusion and three-dimensional construction major part of the course. The course takes an application. Prerequisite: Art 250 or consent artistic approach and is intended for Art of instructor. 3 hours. T O’Day. Offered majors and/or non-majors. Historical aspects Winter III. of American photographers working in black and white are introduced. Prerequisite: Art 356 Color Photography Art 226. Offered Yearly. 3 hours. Flory. A comprehensive advanced course covering all aspects of color photography. From the Art 330 Printmaking II: Advanced technical aspects of film emulsions, exposure Relief and Silk-screen to the artistic potential of color, composition, This class involves the more advanced light, and subject matter. Color transparency printmaking student in further exploring the printing will be covered in the lab. Students processes taught in 230. It also challenges the will be encouraged to investigate their own students to explore their own artistic voice emotional response to color. Prerequisite: Art through the relief and silk-screen processes. 226, and 326. 3 hours. Flory. Prerequisite: Art 230. 3 hours. Cheyne.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 35 Art 360 Jewelry/ Metals Fabrication II ATHLETICS Continued study of the techniques learned in Fabrication I with a more complex application The athletic program’s primary purpose is to of skills. The emphasis is on the use of acquired provide a wide range of opportunities for skills to produce objects that become a personal students and members of the broader expression. Prerequisite: Fabrication I or consent of instructor. 3 hours. T O’Day. community to participate in physical Offered fall semester. conditioning, athletic competition, support or spectatorship at levels appropriate to the Art 365 Jewelry/Casting II individual’s own development and interests. A continuation of the study of the techniques learned in Casting I with a more complex These opportunities should complement the application of skills. Emphasis on the use of student’s academic pursuits as co-curricular learned techniques to produce objects that activities and enrich their overall experience at communicate a personal interpretation of the Pacific University. ideas and theory presented in class. 3 hours. T O’Day. Offered spring semester. In the spirit of the pursuit of excellence through the joy of sports, Pacific offers 16 Art 426 Photography III intercollegiate sports, fielding men’s and This upper-level course deals with several advanced areas of photography. Students will women’s teams in basketball, cross country, work with medium and large format cameras, golf, soccer, tennis, track and field and men’s studio lighting techniques for portraiture and teams in baseball and wrestling and women’s still-life, and use Polaroid films in a variety of teams in softball and volleyball. Club teams are photography related activities. Prerequisite: also offered in handball and men’s volleyball. Art 226 and Art 326. 3 hours. Flory. Over one third of the undergraduate student Art 485 Individualized Study/ body participates in sports at the intercollegiate Seminar level. Pacific is a member of the Northwest This course is designed for the advanced art Conference, one of the best athletic student who wants to pursue intensive in- depth study developing a body of individual- conferences in the nation, and is affiliated with ized projects in one area of art. Students study the NCAA Division III. under an instructor’s supervision, and in addition the student will be required to The Pacific Atheltic complex, commonly participate in Seminar. Seminar is designed to referred to as “The PAC” is the home for create an artistic community for the advanced athletic activities at Pacific. It is a newly art student. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior remodeled and spacious athletic center which standing, art major or minor, or instructor houses a gymnasium with three activity areas; consent. It is strongly recommended that all art majors take Art 485 in the fall of their a state of the art fitness center; a field house senior year. 4 hours. Shield/Cheyne/T O’Day/ with an indoor softball/baseball facility including Flory/Wetherell. two batting cages, four volleyball courts, two basketball courts, two tennis courts, and an Art 495 Senior Show indoor walking track. There are also three This class is the capstone experience for art majors. It gives the senior art major an handball/racquetball courts, saunas, dance opportunity for concentrated study to prepare studio, and wrestling room. The sports a body of art work to be displayed in a senior medicine/training room has such equipment as: show. A portfolio to document that show will whirlpools, electric stimulation unit, ultra sound, also be required. Each student will also present hydrocultator and Cybex. a thesis presentation on Senior Project Day. In addition, the student will be required to The outdoor facilities include four tennis courts, participate in Seminar, designed to create an practice soccer fields, and a soccer game field artistic community for the advanced art student. 3 credits. Staff. near the heart of campus. Baseball and softball

36 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 ATHLETICS ■ are played in Lincoln Park which is located CLUB SPORTS adjacent to the Pacific Athletic Center. Jason Morganthaler, Men’s Volleyball Pacific’s athletic programs have achieved Dr. Mike Steele, Handball excellence on and off the court or field of play. In the 1990’s, Pacific teams won 11 conference Pacific University provides opportunities for participation in the sports of Handball championships, five district or regional titles, and Men’s Volleyball at the club level. The and participated in national championship club sports compete against club level competitions 23 times. Pacific’s athletes also programs from other institutions and in excel in the classroom, holding a combined some cases, intercollegiate programs. The grade point average of 3.15. Handball Club annually sends club players to the Intercollegiate National Judy Sherman, M.Ed., Athletic Director Tournament. Ken Schumann, M.Ed., Assistant Athletic Director INTRAMURAL SPORTS Linda McIntosh, M.S., ATC-R, Head Athletic Trainer Providing quality participatory experi- ences for the entire student body, the Richard Rutt, M.S., Athletic Trainer Intramural Program at Pacific offers several activities for men and women Kim Williams, Mitsutaka Machida, ATC-R, throughout the academic year. Flag Athletic Trainer Football, Volleyball and 3-on-3 Basketball MaryGrace Brosnan, Athletic Secretary are offered in the fall, 5-on-5 Basketball in the winter, and Softball in the spring. Jean Rix, Administrative Assistant Additional activities will be announced on Dave Cassady, Ph.D., Faculty Athletic a yearly basis. Representative ACTIVITY COURSES INTERCOLLEGIATE PROGRAM Hper 150 Activity Courses Greg Bradley, Baseball Coach A number of aerobic and anaerobic activities are included under this heading and are Jim Brazeau, Men’s Soccer Coach announced each term in the class schedule. (e.g. Tennis, Weight Training, Aerobics, Yoga, Tim Copeland, Women’s Soccer Coach Tai Chi, Tai Kwon Do, Walking, Handball etc.) Frank Johnson, Wrestling Coach Graded P/NP. 1 hour. May be repeated*. Staff. Melissa Jones, Softball Coach *Only four activity courses may count toward Bradley Jones, Volleyball Coach the 124 credits required for graduation. LeeAnn Kriegh, Women’s Basketball Coach Steve Morrison, Men’s Golf Coach Jim Pyle, Director of Tennis and Men’s Tennis Coach Richard Warren, Women’s Golf Coach Ken Schumann, Men’s Basketball Coach Staff, Women’s Tennis Coach Staff, Men’s and Women’s Cross Country Coach and Men’s and Women’s Track and Field Coach

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 37 BIOLOGY Goals for the Major In successfully completing a major in biology, students must demonstrate: Edmond Alkaslassy, Assistant Professor • an understanding of the basic Deke Gundersen, Assistant Professor principles and concepts of biology. Tom Haner, Instructor • an in-depth knowledge of three areas of biology: Pamela T. Lopez, Associate Professor and 1) subcellular/cellular; Thomas J. and Joyce Holce Professorship in 2) multicellular organisms; Science 3) populations. Marlene Martinez, Assistant Professor • the ability to think critically and synthesize information from a variety Lori Rynd, Professor of different sources. Lisa Sardinia, Associate Professor • the ability to communicate effectively in the discipline both orally and in Jon Schnorr, Assistant Professor writing. Robert E. Stockhouse II, Professor • the ability to design and conduct biological research. The Biology Department provides unique educational experiences for students in biology and related fields. The faculty in the department MAJOR IN BIOLOGY has particular expertise in ecology, botany, molecular biology, genetics, physiology, Requirements developmental biology, anatomy, invertebrate (Courses designated with the symbol zoology, vertebrate zoology, marine biology, R include an independent research experience.) animal behavior, and microbiology. Biol 190 Biology Passport ...... 1 The courses in Biology are designed to provide Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 the basic knowledge, skills, and training Biol 204 General Biology II ...... 4 necessary for students who intend to pursue Biol 304 General Biology III (R) ...... 4 professional study in the health sciences, Biol 490 Capstone Experience ...... 2 graduate study in biological sciences, or Students must also take one course from professional employment in some field of each of the following three groups (I, II biology. All students will have independently and III): designed research experiences in upper- Group I division classes designated by the symbol (R). Subcellular/Cellular Biology ...... 4 The Biology Department encourages students Biol 308 Microbiology (R) to obtain additional experience in the Biol 310 Medical Microbiology (R) specialized area of their choice, through career Biol 400 Molecular Biology (R) internships or through independent research Biol 320 Cell Biology (R) projects. Field courses provide direct experience through field trips to Henry Blodgett Group II Arboretum, Malheur Field Station, and other Biology of Multicellular Organisms ...... 4 habitats throughout Oregon. Biol 316 General Botany ...... (R) Biol 350 Principles of The Biology Department sponsors the Omicron Development ...... (R) Xi Chapter of Beta Beta Beta, a national Biol 410 Invertebrate Zoology biological honor society, and a Biology Club. Biol 420 Vertebrate Zoology The purpose of these organizations is to promote student interest in biology and participation in research.

38 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 BIOLOGY ■

Biol 460 Comparative MINOR IN BIOLOGY Vertebrate Anatomy Biol 470 Animal Physiology ...... (R) Requirements Group III Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 Biology of Populations ...... 4 Biol 204 General Biology II ...... 4 Biol 305 General Ecology ...... (R) Biol 304 General Biology III ...... 4 Biol 450 Tropical Rainforest Chem 220 General Chemistry I ...... 4 Biology ...... (R) Chem 230 General Chemistry II ...... 4 Biol 340 Animal Behavior ...... (R) Biology electives: ...... 7-8 Biol 345 Marine Biology ...... (R) Two additional upper-division Biology Biol 430 Plant Systematics ...... (R) classes excluding Biol 490 and 495. Group IV Biology Electives ...... 7-8 27-28 Two additional upper-division Biology Restrictions: In order to receive a Biology classes excluding Biol 490. Up to 5 hours minor from Pacific University a student ofBiology 495 may be used toward must complete Biol 304 General Biology III elective hours. and two additional upper-division Biology Additional courses outside of Biology: courses on campus. General Chemistry I and II Any student interested in a Biology minor should consult with a faculty member in Chem 220, 230 ...... 8 the Biology Department. Organic Chemistry Either Chem 310-311, 320-321; or Chem 240-241 ...... 4-8 MAJOR IN Physics I and II ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY Either Physics 202, 204; or Physics 232, 242 ...... 8 Requirements Computer Science ES 100 Environmental Seminar ..... 1 CS 130 ...... 2 ES 200 Our Global Environment ... 4 ES 301 Environmental Biology ...... 4 55-61 Chem 220 General Chemistry I ...... 4 Restrictions: In order to receive a Biology Chem 230 General Chemistry II ...... 4 degree from Pacific University a student Organic Chemistry must complete Biol 304 General Biology Either Chem 310-311,320-321; III, Biol 490 Capstone Experience, and at or Chem 240-241 ...... 4-8 least two additional upper-division Biology courses on campus. Students can Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 not receive a degree in both Biology and Biol 204 General Biology II ...... 4 Environmental Biology. Biol 304 General Biology III ...... 4 Though not a requirement for a major, it is Biol 305 Ecology ...... 4 strongly recommended that Biology majors planning graduate work include a Either Biol 410 Invertebrate Zoology or statistics course and independent re- Biol 345 Marine Biology ..... 4 search. Either Biol 420 Vertebrate Zoology or Biol 340 Animal Behavior .. 4 Either Biol 430 Plant Systematics or Biol 316 General Botany ..... 4 Biol 308 Microbiology ...... 4 Pols 355 Environmental Politics ...... 3

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 39 Econ 355 Environmental stresses the history of microbiology and the Economics ...... 3 diversity within the microbial world. It CS 130 Introduction to includes some aspects of medical, ecological Software Tools ...... 2 and industrial microbiology. (Does not count toward Biology major or minor.) 3 hours. Staff. ES 490 Environmental Science Capstone ...... 2 Biol 145 Marine Biology for Nonscience Majors 63-67 This course is designed to acquaint students with the spectrum of marine organisms Internship or research experiences inhabiting the littoral waters of the coast. are recommended. Organismal adaptations and interactions of Restrictions: In order to receive an organisms with the environment are stressed. Environmental Biology degree from Some weekend field trips required. Additional Pacific University a student must com- fee required. (Does not count toward Biology plete Biol 304 General Biology III, two major or minor.) 3 hours. Martinez. additional upper-division Biology courses, ES 301 Environmental Biology, Biol 180 Biology of Human and Biol 490 Capstone Experience on Reproduction campus. Students can not receive a degree A study of the biology of human reproduction, in both Biology and Environmental designed primarily for the non-science major. Biology. This course emphasizes the anatomy, develop- Recommended: ment and physiology of human reproduction. Some aspects of psychology and sociology are • Introductory Physics introduced as they relate to birth control, or General Physics venereal disease, and control of reproduction. • An introductory Statistics course (Does not count toward Biology major or • Technical Writing course, if available minor.) 3 hours. Rynd. Biol 190 Biology Passport Course Descriptions An introductory course for students interested in the biological sciences as a major or minor. Biology (Biol) Activities and faculty/guest speakers will Courses designated with the introduce students to the biology program at symbol R include an independent Pacific University and to the diversity of research experience. possible biological careers. Open only to Biol 105 Biology is Life freshmen. 1 hour. Staff. This course provides non-science majors with an introduction to four fundamental aspects of Biol 202 General Biology I biology: the scientific method, genetics, A survey of ecology, evolution, the diversity of evolution, and environmental issues. There are life on earth, and the structure of plants and no prerequisites. (Does not count toward a animals. Laboratory is integrated with lecture. Biology major or minor.) 3 hours. Staff. (NOTE: there are no prerequisites for this course. However, Biol 204 has prerequisites of Biol 110 Human Biology Chem 220, Chem 230, and Biol 202 — all with An introduction to basic anatomy and grades of C- or better.) 4 hours. Staff. physiology of the human organism. This course is designed for non-science majors. Biol 204 General Biology II Laboratory is integrated with lecture. There Basic principles of cell and molecular biology are no prerequisites. (Students cannot receive for both prokaryotes and eukaryotes. The credit for Biol 110 and any combination of Biol course includes cell structures and functions, 224, 240, 300 or 302.) (Does not count toward metabolism, classical genetics, and molecular Biology major or minor.) 4 hours. Staff. genetics. Laboratory experiences are integrated in the course. Prerequisite: Biol 202, Chem Biol 115 Microbiology for 220, and Chem 230 — all with grades of C- or Nonscience Majors better. 4 hours. Staff. An introductory biology course to meet the Natural Science core requirement. This course

40 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 BIOLOGY ■

Biol 224 Human Anatomy Biol 310 Medical Microbiology (R) An examination of gross and histological A study of the systematics and the fundamen- structure of the systems of the human body. tals of morphology and physiology of medi- Laboratory is an integrated part of the course. cally-important microorganisms. Basic (Students cannot receive credit for both Biol principles of immunology and host response to 110 Human Biology and Biol 224/300 Human infection are stressed. A diagnostic laboratory Anatomy.) Prerequisite: Biol 202 (with a grade to study microbial pathogens is included. of C- or better.) 4 hours. Staff. Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade of C- or better). 4 hours. Staff. (G) Biol 240 Human Physiology A study of the physiological phenomena of the Biol 316 General Botany (R) human body from the molecular level of Fundamental principles of plant biology with cellular metabolic functions to the operation of emphasis on morphology, anatomy, taxonomy, primary and specialized organ systems. physiology and evolution of algae, fungi, non- Laboratory experiences are integrated in the vascular and vascular plants. Includes course. (Students can not receive credit for laboratory and field experiences. Prerequisite: both Biol 110 Human Biology and Biol 240/ Biol 304 (with a grade of C- or better). 302 Human Physiology.) Prerequisite: Biol 4 hours. Stockhouse. (G) 224 (with a grade of C- or better). 4 hours. Staff. Biol 320 Cell Biology (R) A study of the functions of biological systems Biol 304 General Biology III (R) from the molecular to the tissue level. The This course utilizes a hands-on, application- molecular biology of cells and the regulatory oriented approach to enhance student mechanisms for physiological processes are understanding of: emphasized. Laboratory experiences are 1. the scientific method, integrated in the course. Prerequisite: Biol 304 2. how to conduct searches for and effectively and organic chemistry (Chem 240/241 or use the primary biological literature, and Chem 320/321) all with grades of C- or better. 3. how to present biological research in the 4 hours. Rynd. (G) form of scientific papers, oral presentations and posters. Laboratory experiences are Biol 330 Genetics integrated in the course. Prerequisite: Biol 204 A study of the principles of heredity with (with a grade of C- or better). 4 hours. Staff. emphasis upon transmission genetics, quantitative inheritance, the molecular basis of Biol 305 Ecology (R) inheritance, and population genetics. Labora- An introduction to the basic principles and tory experiences are integrated in the course. fundamentals influencing interactions Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade of C- or between plants and animals and their better). 4 hours. Staff. (G) environment. Includes laboratory and field experiences. Includes a required four day field Biol 340 Animal Behavior (R) trip to Malheur National Wildlife Refuge. A study of the ecology and evolution of animal Additional fee required. Prerequisite: Biol 304 behavior, including such topics as foraging (with a grade of C- or better). 4 hours. strategies, predator-prey interactions, mating Stockhouse. (G) systems, sexual selection and communication. Mechanisms of animal behavior (such as Biol 308 Microbiology (R) endocrinology, genetics and neurobiology) are A survey of microorganisms with emphasis on also discussed. Includes laboratory and field bacterial and viral forms. Basic concepts in experiences which are integrated into the micro structure, physiology, genetics and course. Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade of classification will be covered. Laboratory C- or better). 4 hours. Lopez. (G) involves the development of techniques specific to the area of microbiology as well as morpho- logical and biochemical analysis of bacterial species. Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade of C- or better). 4 hours. Sardinia.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 41 Biol 345 Marine Biology (R) Biol 440 Human Histology This course is designed to acquaint students A coordinated lecture and laboratory course. with the spectrum of marine organisms The study of cellular and tissue structure and inhabiting the littoral waters of the coast. the interrelationships of tissues in the organ Organismal adaptations and interactions of systems of the human body. Prerequisite: Biol organisms with the environment are stressed, 224 (with a grade of C- or better). 3 hours. with field trips to the marine intertidal zones. Staff (G) Some weekend field trips required. Laboratory experiences are integrated in the course. Biol 450 Tropical Rainforest Additional fee required. Prerequisite: Biol 304 Biology (R) (with a grade of C- or better). 4 hours. A study of tropical rainforest ecology and Martinez. natural history, and current biological research in tropical rainforests. The course meets during Biol 350 Principles of the fall semester for 1 credit, during which Development (R) students gain the background required for the A study of molecular and cellular aspects of field component of the course held in Costa Rica development and embryological differentiation during January. Additional fee required. of selected species. Laboratory experiences are Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade of C- or integrated in the course. Prerequisite: Biol 304 better) and consent of instructor. Alternate (with a grade of C- or better). 4 hours. Rynd. years. 4 hours. Lopez/Alkaslassy. (G) Biol 460 Comparative Vertebrate Biol 400 Molecular Biology (R) Anatomy A laboratory-intensive course focusing on A comparative study of the functional anatomy nucleic acid biology, recombinant DNA and of the vertebrates, including their skin, skeleton, biotechnology. Prerequisite: Biol 304 and muscles, digestive systems, respiratory systems, organic chemistry (Chem 240/241 or Chem circulatory systems, urogenital systems, 320/321) — all with grades of C- or better. nervous systems, sensory systems and 4 hours. Sardinia. (G) endocrine systems. In lab, students will dissect and conduct experiments on a variety of Biol 410 Invertebrate Zoology vertebrates, which may include the dogfish A study of invertebrate organisms including shark, the mudpuppy, the bullfrog, the pigeon their systematics, morphology and ecology. and the cat. Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade Laboratory experiences are integrated in the of C- or better). 4 hours. Staff. (G) course. Some weekend field trips required. Additional fee required. Prerequisite: Biol 304 Biol 470 Animal Physiology (R) (with a grade of C- or better). 4 hours. The study of physiological function (molecular, Martinez. (G) cellular, and organ systems) in animals. The focus will be on the diversity of mechanisms Biol 420 Vertebrate Zoology used by animals for : water and solute A study of vertebrate organisms, including regulation, gas exchange and transport, their systematics, life histories, morphological temperature regulation and tolerance, and physiological adaptations, and behavior. circulation, feeding and digestion, metabolism, Includes laboratory and field experiences with excretion, neural control and integration, a four day required field trip to Malheur senses, and locomotion. Laboratory experiences National Wildlife Refuge. Additional fee are integrated in the course. Prerequisite: Biol required. Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade 304 and organic chemistry (Chem 240/241 or of C- or better). 4 hours. Lopez. (G) Chem 320/321) — all with grades of C- or better. 4 hours. Rynd. (G) Biol 430 Plant Systematics (R) Identification and classification of the vascular plants represented in the flora of the Pacific Northwest. Includes laboratory and field experiences. Some weekend field trips required. Additional fee required. Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade of C- or better). 4 hours. Stockhouse. (G)

42 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS ■

Biol 480 Advanced Methods in Cell Biology (R) BUSINESS & ECONOMICS This course is a laboratory course designed to introduce the student to a variety of cellular Charles O’Connor, Chair, Professor of and biochemical techniques for investigating Business Administration the behavior and function of living cells. Students will be required to understand the Michelle Baron, Assistant Professor of concepts of the techniques used, as well as to Business Administration demonstrate hands-on competence in the Jamie R. Haag, Assistant Professor of laboratory. This course is strongly recom- Economics mended for those students interested in undergraduate research projects, graduate Philip J. Ruder, Associate Professor of school, or employment as a laboratory techni- Economics cian. Prerequisite: grade of C- or better in Biol John Suroviak, Associate Professor of 308, Biol 310, Biol 320 or Biol 400. Junior Business Administration standing recommended. 3 credits. Staff. (G) A major within the Department of Business and Biol 490 Capstone Experience Economics is designed to prepare the student Designed to allow students to expand on research projects from upper-division biology to enter business or government as a courses by more thoroughly examining the beginning professional or to enter a graduate primary literature, reanalyzing data, writing program in business administration or in an annotated bibliography, and presenting in a economics. The department attempts to public forum. Prerequisite: Senior standing develop a broadly-educated individual who is and an approved data set. 2 hours. Staff. flexible, well versed in problem-solving Biol 495 Research methods, and responsive to the pressures and Faculty supervised, student-conducted, challenges of the modern world. individual research project. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 1-6 hours. (G) The department offers a major in business and a major in economics. Students majoring in business have the option of concentrating in one of the following areas: marketing, accounting, finance or management. The major students will plan electives in consultation with their adviser in order to improve skills in speech and writing, develop the strongest possible background in the area of concentration, and achieve a well-rounded liberal arts education. Off-campus full-time internships during a semester in the senior year are available for responsible students who have identified specific career goals. The off- campus experience is intended to provide an opportunity for the student to be involved in the practical application of classroom concepts. The department also offers part-time internship experiences called practiums. This allows juniors and seniors to spend approximately ten hours per week in an off-campus experience working for a corporation and receiving three semester hours (one course) of credit. Students may have two practiums in two

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 43 different semesters. Normally, students are encouraged to take a year of calculus. required to obtain an overall grade point Students planning a career as a Certified Public Accountant must complete 150 average of 3.0 or higher to be eligible for an semester hours of college course work, internship or a practicum. which is the equivalent of five years of college, prior to taking the CPA exam. Goals Requirements A successful graduate of the department will be able to: Econ 101 Principles of • read and understand standard text- Macroeconomics ...... 3 books and general publications Econ 102 Principles of covering topics in business and Microeconomics ...... 3 economics. Econ 300+ Upper-Division • write essays, short papers and major economics elective ...... 3 research papers in a clear and concise BA 201 Financial Accounting fashion with emphasis on content, Principles ...... 3 style, and analytical ability. BA 202 Management Accounting • organize and present ideas and Principles ...... 3 information orally in small group BA 305 Business Finance ...... 3 settings, and as a sole presenter. BA 309 Marketing ...... 3 • use data and statistics in order to understand and analyze relevant BA 405 Business Policy ...... 3 problems. BA 450 Organizational Behavior.. .. 3 • use contemporary information Math 207 General technology effectively including the Elementary Statistics ...... 3 library, the internet, and computer software applications. One of the following ...... 2-3 • design and carry out independent and CS 120 The Information Era collaborative projects. CS 130 Introduction to Software Tools CS 230 Introduction to MAJOR IN BUSINESS Advanced Software Tools ADMINISTRATION 32-33 The Business and Economics Department offers a major in Business Administration with the option of concentrating in one of four areas or to complete the program with MAJOR WITHOUT no specific concentration. Each major in CONCENTRATION Business Administration must complete at least 39 hours (of which 18 hours of upper Additional courses in business level courses must be taken at Pacific) in andeconomics,including at least business and economics courses and 3 6 hours of upper-division ...... 15 hours in statistics. A minimum 2.0 grade point average is required in all business 47-48 and economics courses; only grades “C-” or above may be used to satisfy depart- ment requirements, including Math 207. Normally, majors are required to complete MAJOR WITH CONCENTRATION satisfactorily BA 201, 202, Econ 101, 102, and Math 207 prior to taking any of the Students may elect to concentrate in one of upper-division core requirements. Excep- a number of areas: accounting, finance, tions to this rule must be approved by the marketing, or management. department chair. Students who are Only one concentration is noted on the planning to attend graduate school are student’s official transcript (e.g., major

44 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS ■

Business Administration, concentration in BA 312 International Business Accounting). BA 443 Special Topics in Marketing Unless otherwise stated, each student MedA 260 Elements of must complete the required core courses Multimedia Design ..... 47-48 for the major in Business Administration, plus the courses listed under the appro- priate concentration area. CONCENTRATION IN MANAGEMENT

CONCENTRATION IN ACCOUNTING Business Core Courses ...... 32-33 At least five of the following ...... 15 Business core courses ...... 32-33 BA 306 Business Law BA 313 Intermediate Accounting ... 3 BA 302 Small Business Management BA 314 Intermediate Accounting ... 3 BA 312 International Business At least three of the following ...... 9 BA 320 Human Resource BA 316 Cost Accounting Management BA 306 Business Law BA 350 Operations Management BA 357 Income Tax Accounting BA 351 Services Management BA 415 Auditing Psy 308 Social Psychology BA 425 Advanced Accounting 47-48 BA 430 Financial Accounting Topics

47-48 MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CONCENTRATION IN FINANCE The Business and Economics Department offers a minor in Business Administration Business core courses ...... 32-33 which requires completion of 21 hours of departmental courses including 9 hours of At least five of the following ...... 15 electives. A minimum 2.0 grade point BA 352 Investments average is required. Any student inter- ested in a Business Administration minor Econ 331 Money and Banking should consult with a faculty member in BA 334 Real Estate Principles the Business and Economics Department. BA 313 Intermediate Accounting Econ 321 Introduction to Requirements Econometrics Econ 101 Principles of Econ 327 Microeconomic Theory Macroeconomics ...... 3 BA 316 Cost Accounting Econ 102 Principles of Microeconomics ...... 3 47-48 BA 201 Financial Accounting Principles ...... 3 BA 202 Management Accounting CONCENTRATION IN MARKETING Principles ...... 3 BA 300+ Upper-Division electives ... 9 Business core courses ...... 32-33 BA 333 Consumer Behavior ...... 3 21 BA 410 Marketing Research ...... 3 Note: One of the electives can be an upper BA 440 Promotion Management .... 3 level economics course. At least two of the following ...... 6

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 45 MAJOR IN ECONOMICS MINOR IN ECONOMICS The major in economics requires comple- The Business and Economics Department tion of 30 hours in economics courses, 3 offers a minor in Economics which hours in accounting, 3 hours in statistics requires completion of 18 hours of and 2-3 hours in computer science. departmental courses including 9 hours of Principles of Microconomics and Macro- electives. A minimum 2.0 grade point economics are the basic prerequisites for average is required. Any student inter- all department courses. Elementary ested in an Economics minor should Statistics, Math 207, must be completed consult with a faculty member in the prior to enrolling in Econometrics, Econ Business and Economics Department. 321. Pre-Calculus, Math 125, is a prerequi- site for Microeconomic Theory, Econ 327. Requirements A minimum 2.0 grade point average is required in all major courses; only grades Econ 101 Principles of “C-” or above may be used to satisfy Macroeconomics ...... 3 department requirements, including Econ 102 Principles of Math 207. Microeconomics ...... 3 The department advises that students Econ 327 Microeconomic Theory ...... 3 intending to do graduate work in econom- Econ 328 Macroeconomic Theory ..... 3 ics should complete the calculus sequence and other selected math courses. Econ 300+ Economics Electives ...... 9

Requirements 21 Econ 101 Principles of Macroeconomics ...... 3 Course Descriptions Econ 102 Principles of Economics (Econ) Microeconomics ...... 3 Econ 101 Principles of BA 201 Financial Accounting Macroeconomics Principles ...... 3 An introduction to the U.S. economic system Mat 207 General Elementary with emphasis on understanding the forces Statistics ...... 3 that cause economic problems and the policies Econ 321 Introduction to that can be used to solve them. The causes and Econometrics ...... 3 effects of inflation and unemployment, the role Econ 327 Microeconomic Theory ...... 3 of money and banks in the economy and the causes and consequences of economic growth. Econ 328 Macroeconomic Theory ..... 3 No prerequisites. 3 hours. Econ 300+ Economics Electives 15 Econ 102 Principles of One of the following ...... 2-3 Microeconomics CS 120 The Information Era An introduction to the economics of choice in CS 130 Introduction to Software a private enterprise economy. How individuals Tools and firms make decisions in a world of scarce resources. The limitations of the market in CS 230 Introduction to Advanced dealing with problems such as pollution, Software Tools monopoly power, and income distribution. The role of government in correcting market 38-39 failure. An examination of the international economy including balance of payments and Note: One of the electives may be selected exchange rates. No prerequisites. 3hours. from outside economics with departmental approval.

46 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS ■

Econ 180 Contemporary Economic tive behavior and pricing policy, technology Problems and obsolescence, entry and size; the implica- Seminar in current economic conditions and tions of trade practices for public policy. problems, analysis of economic policies and Prerequisite: Econ 101 and Econ 102. 3 hours. practices affecting such problems; contribution of the social sciences toward understanding Econ 331 Money and Banking and providing solutions to such problems. Analysis of the nature and functions of money Prerequisite: Econ 101, or 102. 1-3 hours. and effects of changes in the money supply; This course may be graded Pass/No Pass at the operation of commercial banks, the Federal discretion of the instructor. Reserve System, and the Treasury that affect the United States’ monetary system; monetary Econ 321 Introduction to theory; critique of various monetary policies. Econometrics Prerequisite: Econ 101 and 102. 3 hours. Statistical techniques used in measurement of relationships among economic variables, Econ 333 Environmental Economics emphasizing practical applications; estimation Environmental economics studies the role of of econometric models, prediction, and environmental amenities such as clean air and hypothesis-testing; extensive use of computer. clear water in the economic system. The course Prerequisite: Econ 101 and 102, Math 207. analyzes the problems of market outcomes when 3 hours. such amenities are not priced. The problems associated with estimating economic costs and Econ 327 Microeconomic Theory benefits are also carefully examined. Through- Principles of price and resource allocation out the course, the connection between economic theory in a decentralized economy; theory of understanding and improved public policy is consumer choice; price determination under emphasized. The course will include a lab different market situations; effects on economic section which will be devoted in large measure efficiency. Prerequisite: Econ 101 and 102, and to experiences in the field. Math 125. 3 hours. Econ 340 The Asian Economies Econ 328 Macroeconomic Theory An examination of the performance of the East The economics of national income and and Southeast Asian economies, addressing employment. An analysis of measures of problems associated with economic growth, state national income and the factors determining intervention, industrialization, agricultural levels of income and employment. Prerequisite: development, trade, and foreign investment; Econ 101 and 102. 3 hours. recent economic reforms in China; rise of the newly-industrializing countries; transferability Econ 329 International Economics of the Japanese experience to other economies; The economic analysis of the determinants of impact of the Asian economies on the United the international exchange of goods, services States. Prerequisite: Econ 101 or 102. and financial assets. International trade topics 3 hours. Meets cross-cultural requirement. include the effect of trade policy on national income level and distribution. International Econ 375 Practicum finance topics will include the balance of Supervised practicum in public and private payments, foreign exchange rate regimes, and placements in which students apply and the flow of foreign investment. Special advance concepts and skills learned in their attention will be paid to examples relevant to economics course work. Students work at least U.S.-Europe, and North-South economic 9 hours a week at the practicum site, attend a relations. Prerequisite: Econ 101 and 102. bi-weekly seminar through the semester, and 4 hours. complete a practicum paper. Students can take this course a maximum of two times. Usually Econ 330 Industry Studies taken in the second semester of the junior year An applied field of economics that deals with or senior year, and normally a 3 cumulative the problems of explaining the behavior of GPA and successful completion of the markets for goods and services. The emphasis economics major lower level core courses is upon the market structure, conduct, and needed. Prerequisite: Approval of Department performance of selected industries, the Chair. Graded Pass/No Pass. problems of ownership and control, competi-

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 47 Econ 490 Senior Research Seminar BA 313-314 Intermediate Accounting This seminar enables each student to apply the Financial accounting statement interpretation, concepts and tools of economic analysis in the presentation, and disclosure including exploration of current policy issues, and to coverage of functions and basic theory; asset undertake a research project on a topic of recognition and measurement; liability particular interest. Normally students will recognition and measurement; stockholders’ have at least a 3.3 GPA to be eligible for the equity, dilutive securities, and investments; seminar. Emphasis will be placed on student- issues related to income measurement; and led discussion, with active participation of preparation and interpretation of financial faculty members. Prerequisite: Senior standing statements. Prerequisite: BA 201, BA 202 and in Economics and consent of instructor. BA 203. BA 313 is a prerequisite to BA 314. 3 3 hours. hours per semester.

Econ 495 Independent Research BA 316 Cost Accounting Student-conducted individual research/ Discussion of the nature, objectives and theoretical project. Faculty supervised. procedures of cost accounting and cost control; job costing and process costing; theory and practice of accounting for manufacturing ACCOUNTING & FINANCE (BA) overhead; cost budgeting and control; cost reports, joint product and by-product costing; distribution costs; standard costs; differential BA 201 Financial Accounting cost analysis; profit volume relationships and Principles break-even analysis. Prerequisite: BA 201 and Introduction to financial accounting concepts and BA 202. 3 hours. application of these concepts; transaction analysis and financial statement preparation; accounting BA 352 Investments systems and controls; accounting for assets and To gain an understanding of investing in liabilities; partnerships and corporations; cash flow marketable securities. To develop a vocabulary analysis and financial statement analysis. and knowledge of types of securities including Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 3 hours. common stocks, bonds and other types of investments. To understand and use funda- BA 202 Management Accounting mental and technical security analysis. To Principles incorporate current financial events with Introduction to management accounting reading materials and projects. Prerequisite: concepts and application of these concepts; cost BA 201, Junior standing. 3 hours. terminology, behavior and systems design; the planning and control process; using cost data BA 357 Income Tax Accounting in decision making. Prerequisite: Sophomore A study of the structure of federal tax laws and standing. 3 hours. some of the motivating forces and policies shaping tax laws and concepts; determination of taxable BA 203 The Accounting Process income and the income tax liability as they relate Detailed coverage of the accounting cycle for to individuals; overview of the taxation of those students planning to continue in corporations and other entities; and an overview of accounting courses beyond BA 202. Prerequi- Oregon income tax laws. Prerequisite: BA 201, BA site: BA 201 or BA 202. 1 hour. 202 and Junior standing. 3 hours. BA 305 Business Finance BA 415 Auditing A study of the financial principles applicable to Studies both the theory and practice of the business organization. Financial manage- auditing through the consideration of the ment of assets and the need for funds, sources auditing environment, standards, ethics, and and cost of obtaining short-term and long-term liability and consideration of internal control funds, capital budgeting. Prerequisite: BA 201 techniques, audit evidence and working paper and BA 202. 3 hours. techniques, and methods of auditing proce- dures and types of reports. Prerequisite: BA 313, Math 207. 3 hours.

48 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS ■

BA 425 Advanced Accounting BA 320 Human Resource Accounting for corporate business combina- Management tions using both the pooling of interests Functions of a personnel program in a business method and the purchase method, preparation organization. Contributions of research in the of consolidated financial statements, and social sciences to personnel administration. accounting for foreign operations. Prerequisite: Operation and techniques of a personnel BA 314. 3 hours department including job evaluation, psycho- logical testing, employment counseling, wage BA 430 Financial administration, labor management relations Accounting Topics and other personnel programs. Prerequisite: Coverage of financial accounting topics not Junior standing. 3 hours. covered in BA 313-314 and BA 425. Topics include cash basis and accrual basis, partner- BA 350 Operations Management ships, retail land sales, other real estate sales, Study of key concepts, quantitative techniques, estates and trusts, insolvent business solu- and practices used in the management of the tions, not-for-profit entities, and governments. production of goods and services. Includes Prerequisite: BA 313. 3 hours. examination of total quality management, project management, materials management, capacity planning, work design, facility layout MANAGEMENT & and operational scheduling. Prerequisite: Econ 101 and 102, Junior standing. 3 hours. ADMINISTRATION (BA) BA 351 Services Management BA 300 Management Principles An exploration of key concepts and strategies This course provides an understanding of the for effectively managing service operations. duties and responsibilities of managers. Basic Involves the study and application of appropri- management knowledge, attitudes, skills and ate frameworks, practices, and analysis tools managerial processes are stressed. Prerequisite: for designing, evaluating, managing, and Econ 101 and 102. 3 hours. improving service operations. A multi- disciplinary approach to understanding BA 302 Small Business services is adopted. Management Development of the students’ understanding of BA 405 Business Policy the economic and social environment in which A case-oriented approach to business problem small concerns function. The processes solving. All functional areas of business are involved in initiating new ventures are viewed as a system. Solutions to problems discussed. The course focuses on the areas of attempt to optimize attainment of corporate marketing and financial management and the objectives rather than to optimize attainment legal and governmental relations of the small of functional area objectives. Prerequisite: BA firm. A detailed treatment of the problems 300, BA 305 and Senior standing in Business involved in managing specific fields of small and Economics. 3 hours. business such as a retail store, a franchise, a service firm, and a production plant. Prerequi- BA 450 Organizational Behavior site: Junior standing. 3 hours. Theory and policy concerning the nature and control of business organizations; sociology of BA 306 Business Law business institutional structure; problems of Introduction to the structure and functions of centralization and decentralization, communi- the American legal system followed by an cation nets; informal organization; delegation overview of specific topics that are applicable to of authority and the assignment of responsibil- business. Topics include: contracts, sales, ity; control practices and policy determination. negotiable instruments, bankruptcy, surety- Prerequisite: Junior standing. 3 hours. ship, agency, partnerships, corporations, federal securities law, accountants, legal liability, employer and employee relationships, property, trusts and estates. Prerequisite: Junior standing. 3 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 49 MARKETING (BA) OTHER DEPARTMENTAL COURSES (BA) BA 309 Marketing Introduction to marketing concepts and BA 312 International Business application of these concepts to the marketing Survey course covering recent and important of products, services, ideas, organizations, and issues in international business, trade and people in both profit-oriented and nonprofit investment. Topics might include the Interna- business environments. Topics include: tional Business environment, the government marketing’s role in society and within the and regulatory environment, international firm; environmental evaluation; consumer comparative environments, international buying behavior; market segmentation and monetary environment, international target market selection; management of marketing, international finance, management marketing mix variables (product, price, strategies, and the future of international placement, promotion). Students gain business. Prerequisite: Econ 101, Econ 102, experience in problem solving and communi- B. A. 300, BA 309. 3 hours. cation through case analyses and presenta- tions. Prerequisite: Econ 101 and 102 and BA 334 Real Estate Principles Junior standing. 3 hours. An introductory course in real estate. The following areas are emphasized: the real estate BA 333 Consumer Behavior industry and the economy; real estate Identification and analysis of environmental brokerage; real estate finance; real property and individual factors which influence appraising; title examination, title insurance behavior in the consumer market, emphasizing and closing; land-use planning and zoning. consumer decision processes and market Prerequisite: Junior standing. 3 hours. responses. Course includes case analysis, presentation, and individual semester projects. BA 375 Practicum Prerequisite: BA 309 Supervised practicum in public and private placements which students apply and advance BA 410 Marketing Research concepts and skills learned in their Business Application of research techniques and Administration course work. Students work at statistical analysis to the consumer market least 9 hours a week at the practicum site, through case analyses and individual research attend a bi-weekly seminar through the project. Each student works with a local semester, and complete a practicum paper. business to design research, administer survey, Students can take this course a maximum of conduct appropriate statistical analysis, and two times. Usually taken in the second present findings (with operational recommen- semester of the junior year or senior year, and dations) to management. Prerequisite: Math normally a 3 cumulative GPA and successful 207, BA 309 and Senior standing. 3 hours. completion of the Business Administration major lower level core courses needed. BA 440 Promotion Management Prerequisite: Approval of Department Chair. A study of communication techniques used in Graded Pass/No-Pass. product, service and nonprofit organizations, focusing on the promotion mix elements: BA 495 Independent Research advertising, publicity, personal sales, and sales Student-conducted individual research/ promotion. Course includes case analysis, theoretical project. Faculty supervised. presentations, and individual semester projects. Prerequisite: BA 309, Senior standing, or permission. Recommended: BA 333. 3 hours.

BA 443 Special Topics in Marketing A course focusing on topics of special interest to students and faculty, such as Services Market- ing, Internet Marketing, Public Policy and Marketing, and Sports Marketing. Prerequisite: BA 309, Junior standing. 3 hours.

50 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 CHEMISTRY ■

CHEMISTRY • have the ability to formulate and carry out strategies for solving scientific problems. Richard V. Whiteley Jr., Professor and Chair • develop experience working with others as part of a team to solve scientific problems. James O. Currie Jr., Distinguished Univer- sity Professor • develop good scientific communication including writing, oral communication and Kevin E. Johnson, Associate Professor presentation skills and the ability to read, William T. Jordan, Professor understand and use scientific literature. Jodi Parr, Assistant Professor • have had the opportunity to gain experience Chemistry plays a central role in the sciences with an individual research project within the because the goal of chemical study is university or in another appropriate setting. understanding natural processes on an atomic and molecular level. Thus, graduating MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY chemistry majors should experience the excitement of relating molecular properties to the order they observe in nature. Our Requirements challenge is to emphasize the connections Chem 220-230 General Chemistry I-II .. 8 between the molecular level structure and Chem 310-311 properties and the behavior of macroscopic Chem 320-321 Organic Chemistry I-II .. 8 matter. Majors should be prepared for Chem 340-341 Quantitative Analysis ... 4 immediate industrial employment, for entry into Chem 410-411 Thermodynamics programs of professional study such as and Kinetics ...... 4 medicine or engineering, or for graduate study Chem 430 Advanced Inorganic in chemistry or a related field. This mission Chemistry ...... 3 suggests the following outcomes for our Chem 485 Seminar ...... 1 educational process. At the end of their studies, graduating majors should: 28 • have a working knowledge of the basic areas of chemistry (inorganic, organic, physical, and analytical chemistry). A Math 226-227 Calculus I-II ...... 8 working knowledge is demonstrated by (Math 228 strongly recommended) understanding the language of chemistry and the ability to apply formal knowledge in Physics — One year with laboratory a problem-solving environment. (Phys 232-242 recommended) ...... 8 • understand the relationships between microscopic structure and macroscopic At least one of the following emphases properties, energy relationships, chemical must be fulfilled: and physical transformations, acid-base theory, and solution chemistry and be Chemistry proficient in basic laboratory skills (e.g., Biol 202 & 204 General Biology I-II ...... 8 preparing solutions, chemical and Two upper-division chemistry instrumental analysis, laboratory safety). electives (with lab if available, except Chem 385) ...... 6-8 • have an understanding of principles and applications of modern instrumentation, 58-60 computation, experimental design, and data analysis.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 51 Note: For students planning to work as At least six credits of upper-division chemists or attend graduate school in chemistry chemistry, including at least one credit of the following courses should be included: chemistry laboratory must be taken at Pacific University. A course in computer Chem 350-351 Instrumental Analysis ... 4 science (CS 150 or 230) is also recom- Chem 420-421 Quantum Chemistry mended. and Spectroscopy ...... 4 Chem 440 Advanced Organic Laboratory or MINOR IN CHEMISTRY Chem. 498/499 Thesis ...... 3-4 Requirements Chemical Physics Chem 220-230 General Chemistry I-II . 8 Chem 420-421 Quantum Chemistry and Chem 310-311 Spectroscopy ...... 4 Chem 320-321 Organic Chemistry I-II .. 8 Phys 320-321 Modern Physics ...... 4 Chem 340-341 Quantitative Analysis ... 4 One upper-division Physics course from the following (Phys 364, 376, Chem 385 Seminar ...... 1 380, 420, 460, or 472) ...... 3-4 Elective: One additional upper-division Choose one of the following ...... 3-4 course in Chem., Physics, or Math ...... 3-4 Chem 350-351 Instrumental Analysis Chem 380 Biochemistry 58-60 Chem 410-411 Thermodynamics and Kinetics Biological Chemistry Chem 420-421 Quantum Chemistry and Chem 380 Biochemistry ...... 3 Spectroscopy Biol 202, 204, & 304 General Biology Chem 430 Advanced Inorganic I, II and III 12 Chemistry Biol 400 Molecular Biology ...... 4 One of the following: ...... 4 24-25 Biol 308 Microbiology At least one credit of upper -division Biol 320 Cell Biology chemistry laboratory, must be taken at Biol 340 Animal Physiology Pacific University. Any student interested in a Chemistry minor should consult with a faculty member in the Chemistry 57 Department.

Environmental Chemistry Course Descriptions ENSC 100 Environmental Seminar ...... 1 Chemistry (Chem) Biol 202 & 204 General Biology I-II ...... 8 Chem 110 Chemistry for Chem 350-351 Instrumental Analysis ... 4 Nonscientists. An introductory chemistry course for students ENSC 200 Our Global who do not plan to take additional chemistry. Environment ...... 4 Basic principles of chemistry are developed and ENSC 310 Environmental used to explain phenomena of significance to Chemistry ...... 4 our lives. Topics may include the structure and function of selected biological molecules, One of the following: ...... 3-4 atmospheric chemistry, chemical sources of ENSC 301 Environmental Biology energy, and foods. 3 hours. Staff PolS 224 Environmental Politics Econ 355 Environmental Economics

68-69 52 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 CHEMISTRY ■

Chem 220 General Chemistry I Chem 320 Organic Chemistry II The first of a two semester sequence which A continuation of Chem 310, which is a introduces the basic concepts of chemistry by prerequisite. 3 hours. Staff. addressing: atomic and molecular structure, properties of materials, nomenclature, Chem 321 Organic Chemistry equilibrium, kinetics, thermodynamics, and Laboratory II electrochemistry. These topics are studied in A continuation of Chem 311, which is a the context of inorganic and organic chemistry. prerequisite. Co-requisite: Chem 320. 1 hour. In addition to three lectures per week, the class Staff. meets three hours weekly for a laboratory or activity session. Prerequisite: Math 122 or Chem 340 Quantitative Analysis equivalent. 4 hours. Staff. An introduction to the theory and principles of volumetric, gravimetric, and colorimetric Chem 230 General Chemistry II methods of analysis. Prerequisite: Chem 230. The second of a two semester sequence 2 hours. Whiteley. continuing from Chem 220. In addition to three lectures per week, the class meets three Chem 341 Quantitative Analysis hours weekly for a laboratory or activity Laboratory session. Prerequisite: Chem 220 (with a grade A laboratory course to accompany and give of “C-” or higher) and Math 125 or equivalent. practical illustration to the principles covered 4 hours. Staff. in Chem 340, which is a co-requisite. Prerequi- site: Chem 230. 2 hours. Whiteley. Chem 240 Survey of Organic Chemistry Chem 350 Instrumental Analysis An introduction to the chemistry of the An introduction to the theory and principles of hydrocarbons and their principal derivatives. instrumental methods of chemical analysis. Meets pre-physical therapy, optometry and Included are spectrophotometric, electrometric, nursing requirements. Prerequisite; Chem 230. and chromatographic methods. Prerequisite: 3 hours. Jordan. Chem 340 and Phys 204 or 242. 3 hours. Whiteley. Alternate years. 2000-01. Chem 241 Survey of Organic Chemistry Laboratory Chem 351 Instrumental Analysis Laboratory experience in the preparation and Laboratory properties of organic molecules. Prerequisite: Laboratory experiences to augment and Chem 230. Co-requisite: Chem 240. 1 hour. illustrate Chem 350, which is a co-requisite. Jordan. Prerequisite: Chem 341. 1 hour. Whiteley. Alternate years. 2000-01. Chem 310 Organic Chemistry I An integrated study of aliphatic and aromatic Chem 380 Biochemistry chemistry. Emphasis is placed on the mecha- A general biochemistry course including the nistic approach to understanding organic structure and function of biological molecules reactions. Prerequisite: Chem 230. 3 hours. in metabolism, bioenergetics, and enzyme Staff. action. Prerequisite: Chem 240 or 320. 3 hours. Jordan. Alternate years. 2000-01. Chem 311 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I Chem 385 Seminar A laboratory course in organic chemistry Participation in discussions about recent concerned with the synthesis, isolation and advances in the field of chemistry. May be purification of characteristic organic com- taken twice for credit. P/NP. 1 hour. Jordan. pounds including an introduction to the qualitative identification of unknown com- Chem 410 Thermodynamics and pounds. Prerequisite: Chem 230. Co-requisite: Kinetics Chem 310. 1 hour. Staff. Presentation, discussion, and application of the laws of thermodynamics, including gas behavior, equations of state, phase transforma- tions, chemical equilibria and kinetics. Prerequisite: Chem 230, Math 227 and Physics 204 or 242. 3 hours. Johnson. Alternate years. 2000-01.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 53 Chem 411 Thermodynamics and Chem 451 Analytical Topics, Kinetics Laboratory Laboratory A laboratory course to accompany Chem 410, Lecture and laboratory work in a single, which is a co-requisite. Prerequisite: Chem analytical technique such as gas chromatogra- 230. 1 hour. Johnson. Alternate years 2000-01. phy, electrochemistry, liquid chromatography, or atomic absorption spectroscopy. May be Chem 420 Quantum Chemistry repeated for different techniques. 1 hour. and Spectroscopy An introduction to quantum mechanics and Chem 485 Seminar its applications to chemistry including Designed to acquaint the science major with structure, the chemical bond and spectroscopy. recent advances in chemistry and related fields Prerequisite: Chem 230, Math 227 and as well as to provide experience in the Physics 204 or 242. 3 hours. Johnson. preparation and oral presentation of science Alternate years. 2001-02. topics. May be taken twice for credit. 1 hour. Jordan. Chem 421 Quantum Chemistry and Spectroscopy Laboratory Chem 495 Research A laboratory course designed to accompany Independent laboratory studies or theoretical Chem 420, which is a co-requisite. Prerequi- studies on projects of mutual interest to the site: Chem 230. 1 hour. Johnson. Alternate student and faculty. This may be repeated for years. 2001-02. continuing or new projects. Consent of faculty required. 1-3 hours. Chem 430 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Chem 498/499 Thesis An introduction to inorganic chemistry at an Students electing to do a thesis will engage in advanced level. Topics include atomic and a substantial research project that will involve molecular structure, bonding theory, periodic an investigation of the scientific literature and correlations, acid-base theory, and the theory original research on a current topic in of metal-ligand interactions. Prerequisite: chemistry. The work will culminate in a Chem 230. 3 hours. Jordan. Alternate years. written thesis and oral presentation. 2 hours 2001-02. each semester. Johnson.

Chem 440 Advanced Organic Laboratory GEOLOGY COURSES An advanced laboratory for majors and serious pre-professional students who require more practical laboratory experience than can be Science (Sci) given in the introductory course sequence, Sci 140 Physical Geology Chem 311 and 321. Prerequisite: Chem 321. An introduction to the structure of the earth 3 hours. Currie. Alternate years. 2001-02. and dynamic earth-shaping processes includ- ing plate tectonics, rocks and minerals and the Chem 445 Reactivity Modeling origin and evolution of landforms through Practical application of computer modeling to volcanic activity, folding, faulting and erosion. the determination of molecular properties and Co- or prerequisite: Sci 141. 3 hours. Jordan. reactivity. Topics include both classical and quantum mechanical approaches. Prerequisite: Sci 141 Geology Laboratory Chem 310 or 240 (one semester of organic Laboratory experience to accompany Sci 140 chemistry). 1 hour. Staff. 2001-02 and Sci 150, one of which must be taken concurrently. 1 hour. Jordan. Chem 450 Analytical Topics, Lecture Lecture in single analytical technique such as Sci 150 Historical Geology electrochemistry, nuclear magnetic resonance, An introduction to the history of the earth or mass spectrometry. May be repeated for beginning with the origin of the solar system credit in different techniques. 1 hour. and including the evolution of the continents, the evolution of life, geologic time and stratigraphy. Co- or prerequisite: Sci 141. 3 hours. Jordan.

54 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 EDUCATION ■

childhood or elementary classrooms as a EDUCATION part of their at Pacific University. To obtain the initial (See the Graduate and Professional Programs Oregon teaching license as an undergradu- Catalog for listing of faculty and description ate a student must apply for admission to of programs.) the School of Education. This is typically done at the end of the sophomore year. The undergraduate program allows a student to Licensure requires an additional 32 credits complete a bachelor’s degree while of professional coursework beyond the simultaneously completing the requirements for requirements of the major. Students interested in licensure should complete the an Oregon teaching license. Students are recommended subject area coursework in provided solid foundations in theory and writing, literature, science, mathematics, content, as well as extended field experiences. social science, and the arts as part of the They are prepared to nurture young peoples’ core requirements or electives. intellectual, social, and moral growth and to For those who do not want to obtain a appreciate diversity of cultures. teaching license as a part of their under- graduate education, a minor in a comple- The program prepares students for an Oregon mentary subject area is recommended. Initial Teaching License with authorizations at any of four levels: Early Childhood Education Education and Learning Major (age 3 to grade 4), Elementary Education Phil 101 Knowledge and Reality ..... 3 (grades 3-8), Middle School Education (grades Psy 150 Introduction to Psychology3 5-10), and High School Education (grades 7-12). Social Foundations: Students are strongly encouraged to qualify for one of the following ...... 3 two adjacent authorization levels. Students who Anth 101 Introduction to Anthropology wish to qualify for the Early Childhood and Soc 102 Social Problems Elementary authorizations will complete the PolS 101 Power & Community Education and Learning major. Those who plan Development: to teach at the Middle School or High School one of the following ...... 3 level will major in the subject area in which they Psy 180 Lifespan Human wish to teach and complete the professional Development sequence of courses in the School of Education. Psy 318 Applied Human Development Cognition: EARLY CHILDHOOD & one of the following: ...... 3 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Psy 225 Human Learning & Motivation EDUCATION & Psy 248 Mind, Theory & Method LEARNING MAJOR Psy 315 Cognitive Neuroscience The Education and Learning major is a Psy 352 Physiological Psychology joint offering of the College of Arts and Educ 260 Foundations of Education ... 2 Sciences and the School of Education. It is Educ 300 Introduction to Early designed to provide students with a deep Childhood Education ...... 4 understanding of the psychological, Educ 305 Learning Communities ...... 3 developmental, and curricular founda- tions of education. This major builds a Educ 361 Foundations of Human strong foundation for careers working Development with children and in various educational & Psychology ...... 3 programs, including classroom teaching Educ 370 School and Society ...... 2 The Education and Learning major is Educ 397 Field Experience ...... 2 recommended for students interested in Educ 420 Normal Language pursuing a license for teaching in early www.pacificu.edu ❖ 55 Development ...... 2 Elementary Education ...... 2 Educ 427 Psychology of Reading Educ 410 Integrated Methods IV: Instruction ...... 2 Expressive Arts in ECE ...... 2 Required capstone experience: or one of the following Educ 445 Integrated Methods IV: Educ 490 Integrating Seminar ...... 6 Thematic Teaching through Educ 475 Student Teaching ...... 12 SS and the Arts...... 2 Educ 397 Field Experience ...... 1 Required Professional Courses for Early Educ 459 Preparing the Childhood & Elementary School Work Sample ...... 2 Authorizations Educ 477 Minor Authorization Practicum ...... 3 The following courses are required to qualify for the Oregon Initial Teaching Educ 476 Learning Communities III: License with authorizations for Early Reflection and Practice ...... 2 Childhood Education or Elementary Educ 475 Student Teaching ...... 12 Education. Some of these courses will also fulfill requirements for the Education and Middle School & Learning major. High School Authorizations Educ 305 Learning Communities: Personal Awareness Students who plan to complete the and Diversity ...... 3 requirements for the Middle School and High School authorizations should major Educ 370 School and Society ...... 2 in the content area in which they wish to Educ 361 Foundations of Human teach, complete the required coursework Development and in professional education, and successfully Psychology ...... 3 meet the requirements of student teaching. Educ 436 Technology across the Students will have the opportunity to Curriculum ...... 2 qualify for both Middle School and High Educ 431 Integrated Methods I: School authorizations. While qualification General Methods ...... 3 for both is not required, students will be encouraged to do so. Those preparing to Educ 408 Integrated Methods II: be teachers of art, music, and physical Reading and Language Arts education will be required to qualify for in ECE ...... 4 two levels of authorization consistent with or OARs 584-060-0030. To obtain the initial Educ 444 Integrated Methods II: Oregon teaching license as an undergradu- Reading and Language Arts ate a student must apply for admission to in Elementary Education ... 4 the School of Education. This is typically Educ 409 Integrated Methods IIIa: done at the end of the sophomore year. Math in Early Childhood Programs are available to enable students Education ...... 2 to meet the requirements for the following or subject area teaching endorsements: Art, Foreign Languages (French, German, Educ 343 Integrated Methods IIIa: Japanese, and Spanish), Language Arts, Math in Elementary Mathematics (Middle School and Ad- Education ...... 2 vanced), Music, Physical Education, Science Educ 328 Integrated Methods IIIb: (Biology, Chemistry, Integrated Science, and Science and Health in Early Physics), and Social Studies. Childhood...... 2 Following are the requirements that or students seeking a subject area endorse- Educ 329 Integrated Methods IIIb: ment in the Middle School and High Science and Health in School authorizations must meet outside of the education sequence offered by the

56 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 EDUCATION ■

School of Education: interested in this endorsement area will • Art (Must meet the requirement for work with their education advisor to two levels of authorization.): A major develop a program that provides the in art. A Computer Graphics or breadth of knowledge necessary to Illustration course is recommended. teach social studies at the secondary level. This would include at least 3 • Biology: A major in Biology, including courses of non-U.S. history, political Human Anatomy, Human Physiology, science, sociology, psychology or and Invertebrate Zoology. anthropology; 3 courses in U.S. • Chemistry: A major in Chemistry. History; 2 courses in Politics and • Foreign Languages: A major in Foreign Government; 2 courses in Economics; Language. Primary language must be Cultural Geography; and one course in selected from French, German, contemporary issues. Japanese, or Spanish. Successful completion of Methods of Teaching Required Professional Courses Foreign Languages. for Middle School & • Integrated Science: Students who are High School Authorizations interested in this endorsement will complete a major from the Natural Educ 305 Learning Communities: Science Division and work with their Personal Awareness advisor in education to develop a and Diversity ...... 3 program that includes broad basic Educ 370 School and Society ...... 2 coursework in Biology, Chemistry, and Educ 361 Foundations of Human Physics as well as Geology, Astronomy, Development and Meteorology. and Psychology ...... 3 • Language Arts: A major in Literature or Educ 436 Technology across the Creative Writing including a Curriculum ...... 2 Shakespeare course, a course on the Educ 327 Teaching and Assessment in theory of literature, a course in the Middle School ...... 2 Linguistics, and two courses in Oral Expression. or • Mathematics, Middle School: Students Educ 326 Teaching and Assessment in will take sufficient courses to pass the the High School ...... 2 appropriate PRAXIS test. Suggest Educ 314 Reading and Writing Across taking the mathematics sequence the Curriculum ...... 2 through Calculus I, including Statistics Special Methods (in appropriate and a computer programming course. content area) ...... 3 • Mathematics, Advanced: A major in Educ 302 Teaching Art in the Middle Mathematics including courses in and High School Probability, Higher Geometry, and Abstract Algebra. Educ 303 Teaching Music in the Middle and High School • Music (Must meet the requirements for two levels of authorization.): A major Educ 338 Teaching Science in the in Music Education. Middle and High School • Physical Education (Must meet the Educ 339 Teaching PE in the Middle requirements for two levels of authoriza- and High School tion.): A major in Exercise Science with Educ 349 Teaching Math in the Middle an emphasis in Human Performance. and High School • Physics: A major in Physics including Educ 447 Teaching Foreign Language courses in Thermodynamics and in the Middle and Geometric Optics. High School • Social Studies: A major in a social Educ 451 Teaching Social Studies in science, including history. Students the Middle and High School

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 57 Educ 452 Teaching Language Arts in State requirements for licensure the Middle and High School Upon completion of coursework and Educ 397 Field Experience ...... 1 student teaching, students may submit an Educ 459 Preparing the application to the Oregon Teacher Stan- Work Sample ...... 2 dards and Practices Commission (TSPC) to Educ 477 Minor Authorization obtain a teaching license. TSPC requires Placement ...... 3 passing scores on a basic skills test (CBEST, PPST, or CBT), NTE or PRAXIS Educ 476 Learning Communities III: Subject Matter Assessment Test, and NTE Reflection and Practice ...... 2 Professional Knowledge Test prior to Educ 475 Student Teaching ...... 12 licensure. The application must include documentation of passing scores on all Admission required exams. An undergraduate student may apply for admission to the School of Education Continuation in Program during the sophomore year. Applications Students must meet academic and for admission of undergraduates to professional program requirements in Teacher Education are accepted through- order to student teach. Students must out the year. Enrollment in methods attain a 2.75 minimum GPA in all required courses requires admission to the School professional education and endorsement of Education. Transfer students, who have area courses with no grade lower than already satisfied Pacific University’s core “C”. (C- is not acceptable). requirements and are applying for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences, may simultaneously apply to the undergraduate Teacher Education Program. Separate applications must be completed for each and acceptance into the College of Arts and Sciences does not guarantee admission to the Teacher Education Program.

Admission requirements include: • 2.75 minimum GPA (cumulative and endorsement) • Passing score on one of the following: California Basic Educational Skills Test (CBEST), PRAXIS Pre-Professional Skills Test (PPST), or PRAXIS Com- puter-Based Academic Skills Assess- ment (CBT) • Academic and pre-professional recommendations • Personal interview and writing sample to be completed at time of interview

58 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 ENGINEERING ■

requirements may depend upon the ENGINEERING particular institution to which the student transfers. They must also complete all other requirements for a B.S. degree with a major of their choice. Normally this major 3-2 ENGINEERING, will be Applied Science because of its COOPERATIVE PROGRAM obvious overlap with a professional engineering program. However, with Contact Dr. Fehrs or Dr. Wiener careful planning, other majors are pos- sible, particularly physics or mathematics. Pacific currently has a formal cooperative With prior approval, select professional program with Washington University in St. courses may be used to meet some major Louis, and informal programs with other requirements. schools including , Econ 101 or 102 Macroeconomics or Washington State University, and Portland Microeconomics ...... 3 State University. A complete range of Chem 220-230 General Chemistry I-II ... 8 engineering specialties is available through C.S. 150 Introduction to Computer these schools including aeronautical, chemical, Science I ...... 3 civil, electrical, mechanical, and nuclear Math 226-228 Calculus I-III ...... 12 engineering. Requirements for admission to Math 306 Linear Algebra ...... 3 these programs are unique to each school, but Math 311 Differential Equations .... 3 admission will usually be assured for those Phy 232-242 General (Workshop) students who maintain a “B” average and who Physics I-II ...... 8 are recommended by the Division of Natural Phy 320/321 Modern Physics I Sciences. Program details for the various with lab ...... 4 engineering schools are available from Phy 376 Engineering Mechanics: Dr. Fehrs or Dr. Wiener. Statics ...... 3 or Phy 364 Electronics ...... 4 The program is designed as a 3-2 transfer program in which the student spends three 47 or 48 years at Pacific obtaining the necessary background in science and mathematics and The student must also successfully then transfers to the engineering school for the complete 30 semester credits in engineer- ing courses taken in an accredited engi- final two years of professional training. In neering program, which may be trans- addition, the program provides for an ferred back to Pacific University. At least appropriate breadth in humanities and social 20 of these credits must be at the upper- sciences which is desirable for scientists in division level. industry. Upon completion, the student receives a B.S. from Pacific and a B.S. in engineering COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS from the engineering school. One of the primary WITH OGI advantages that engineering schools see for the 3-2 package is that students who come into There is a formal cooperative arrangement engineering from a liberal arts background between OGI (Oregon Graduate Institute frequently have a broader perspective than the of Science and Technology) and Pacific University which allows for free inter- average engineering student. change of students and faculty as well as use of facilities. Specifically, Pacific Requirements students are encouraged to take courses, attend seminars, and participate in In addition to Pacific’s core requirements, research at OGI. Courses such as Applied students planning on a cooperative Mathematics, Chemical Group Theory, program are advised to complete the Solid State Physics and Complex Analysis courses listed below. However, specific

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 59 might be taken by interested advanced undergraduates. In addition there are ENGLISH three cooperative advanced-degree programs with OGI in Electrical and Doyle W. Walls, Chair, Associate Professor Computer Engineering, Computer Science and Engineering, and Environmental Pauline Beard, Associate Professor Science and Engineering. These are all five Lorelle Browning, Associate Professor year programs in which the student earns both B.S. and M.S. degrees. During the Diane Coughlin, Associate Professor fourth year, students are enrolled as full- Perrin Kerns, Assistant Professor time students at OGI. Brad Maxfield, Instructor*, Director of English Language Institute ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Mark Poirier, Assistant Professor COOPERATIVE PROGRAM Steve Smith, Instructor, Contact Dr. Fehrs or Dr. Wiener Director of Resource Center This is a five-year program involving four Michael R. Steele, Professor years at Pacific and one year at the Tim Thompson, Assistant Professor, Oregon Graduate Institute for Science and Director of First-Year Seminar Technology (OGI). The student will normally receive a baccalaureate degree in Lidia Yukman, Assistant Professor (on leave) physics from Pacific at the end of the fourth year and a Master of Science degree *Indicates part time in Electrical Engineering from OGI at the end of the fifth year. A few courses may be The English Department offers the general taken at OGI while the student is still student guidance in acquiring and developing enrolled at Pacific. the skills for critical thinking and clear writing. While at Pacific the student will complete For students choosing to specialize in all required courses for the physics major Literature or Creative Writing, the curriculum as well as the pre-engineering require- offers the opportunity to engage the literary ments listed above. Within the electives in the physics major program, it is recom- tradition of British and American writing, as well mended that the student complete Physics as world literatures, and to enter into the theory 384 (Thermodynamics). Physics 364 and practice of literature itself. The general (Electronics) must be completed as part of student is also welcome to explore the world of the pre-engineering requirements. letters in any courses the department offers, The requirements for the M.S.E.E. are provided he or she has fulfilled departmental listed on the OGI Web page (http:/ prerequisites. www.ogi.edu) and can be completed in a nine-month academic year. In particular, the English Department seeks to teach students the following: Course Descriptions • to develop skills that allow them to engage in Sci 285 Pre-Engineering and reflective critical reading; Applied Science Seminar An introduction to the fields of engineering • to understand and engage the principles of and applied science, with an emphasis on the literary analysis and the evolving tradition of methods of problems solving and the nature of literature and writing in English; employment in these fields. Course activities include presentations, discussions, guest • to articulate their responses, ideas, and lectures, field trips, and problem-solving analyses clearly and powerfully; exercises. 1 hour. Fehrs, Wiener. • to cultivate speaking skills in both formal and informal settings;

60 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 ENGLISH ■

• to recognize the various contexts that shape MAJOR IN CREATIVE WRITING texts and our responses to them; Requirements • to examine how meaning is constructed in various genres, traditions, periods, and One course from: ...... 3-4 cultures; Engw 201 Expository Writing (Some sections focus on a • to consider the ethical questions that particular theme.) confront the writer and reader as creators Engw 301 Advanced Expository and consumers of texts and as members Writing of society. Two courses from: ...... 6 The faculty of the English Department brings to Engw 206 Introduction to Creative its teaching a wide range of experience, Writing, Poetry training, and perspectives; students benefit Engw 207 Introduction to Creative from exposure to a variety of teaching styles Writing, Mixed Genre and approaches to the reading, writing, and Engw 208 Introduction to Creative enjoyment of literature. Each member of the Writing, Fiction department brings his or her passions into the One course from: ...... 3 classroom: we all write creatively — and Engl 200 Introduction to Literature remain active in the larger community of writers Engl 220 Literature and Human and scholars — presenting or publishing Concerns (Topics Vary) scholarship, poetry, fiction, drama, or essays. Engl 227 Introduction to Students may choose to major or minor in World Literature Creative Writing or Literature. Both emphases Engl 229 Introduction to encourage students to do interdisciplinary American Literature work, to recognize the connections between Engl 232 Introduction to the study of literature and the work they do in British Literature other fields as they seek a liberal arts Engl 255 (Topics Vary) education. Creative Writing majors and minors Two courses from: ...... 8 are required to take part in editing and Engw 306 Advanced Poetry Writing publishing the Pacific Review, the University Engw 308 Advanced Fiction Writing literary magazine sponsored by the Engw 310 Advanced Drama Writing department. Literature majors and minors, as well as general students, are encouraged to Two courses from: ...... 6-8 take advantage of this opportunity to “produce” Engl 340 Studies in Drama literature as well. (In addition to offering the Engl 341 Studies in Poetry community the work of resident writers, the Engl 342 Studies in Fiction department also presents readings and Two courses from: ...... 6-8 lectures by noted visiting poets and writers.) Engl 323 Shakespeare Our majors go on to graduate school; teach in Engl 416 British Literature, high schools and colleges; and use their Beowulf to 1660 thinking and writing skills in television, Engl 418 British Literature: 1660c1790 publications, technical writing, insurance, Engl 421 The Romantic Period administration, law, library science, special Engl 422 The Victorian Period education, and social work. They also go on to Engl 423 Nineteenth Century give readings of their own. American Literature Engl 425 Twentieth Century Literature Engl 430 Major Writers

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 61 (Specific Authors Vary) admission to the Major between the Engl 455 (Topics Vary) second half of their sophomore year and the first half of their junior year. WorL World Languages & Literatures Students interested in Creative Writing (Upper-division course in a should consult Professors Coughlin, Walls, world language; only one or Yukman. course can be used for this requirement)* MAJOR IN LITERATURE Engw 497/498 Senior Seminar in Creative Requirements Writing ...... 4 Engw 465 Editing Pacific Review One course from: ...... 3-4 (Pass/No Pass) ...... 2 Engw 201 Expository Writing (Some sections focus on a 38-43 particular theme.) Engw 301 Advanced Expository *Requires world language proficiency. Writing

At least one course (3 hours) from the above One course from: ...... 3 requirements must be in American literature. Engw 206 Introduction to Creative Writing, Poetry Recommended courses Engw 207 Introduction to Creative for Major in Creative Writing: Writing, Mixed Genres Engw 208 Introduction to Creative Art 218/318 Computer Graphics ...... 3 Writing, Fiction Art 235 Illustration ...... 3 Two courses from: ...... 6-7 Engl 343 Studies in Criticism and Theory ...... 3 Engl 200 Introduction to Literature Hist. 300+ An upper-division Engl 220 Literature and Human history course ...... 3 Concerns (Topics Vary) Phil 101 Knowledge and Reality Engl 227 Introduction to World Literature or Phil 110 Religion and the Quest for Meaning ...... 3 Engl 229 Introduction to American Literature WorL 101-202 World Languages Engl 232 Introduction to British Study...... 3-12 Literature Engl 255 (Topics Vary) 18-27 Engl 323 Shakespeare Admission Procedures for the Creative Two courses from: ...... 6-8 Writing Major: Students desiring to Engl 416 British Literature, pursue a Creative Writing Major may Beowulf to 1660 apply for admission after completing the Engl 418 British Literature: 1660-1790 following prerequisite coursework: English 201 and two 200-level introduc- Engl 421 The Romantic Period tory creative writing workshops. To apply, Engl 422 The Victorian Period students must submit a creative manu- Engl 423 Nineteenth Century script to the faculty; the manuscript can be American Literature fiction, poetry, personal essay, and/or drama, and should be no more than ten Engl 425 Twentieth Century Literature pages in length. It should be accompanied Engl 430 Major Writers (Specific by a 250-word statement of purpose. Authors Vary) Students are encouraged to apply for Engl 455 (Topics Vary)

62 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 E N G L I S H ■

Two courses from: ...... 6-8 Literature Engl 340 Studies in Drama Engl 229 Introduction to American Engl 341 Studies in Poetry Literature Engl 342 Studies in Fiction Engl 232 Introduction to British Literature Engl 343 Studies in Criticism and Theory Engl 255 (Topics Vary) WorL Upper-division course in a Engl 323 Shakespeare world language (only one One course from: ...... 4 course can be used for this requirement)* Engw 306 Advanced Poetry Writing PACS 411 Literature About War Engw 308 Advanced Fiction Writing Engw 310 Advanced Drama Writing Engl 495/496 Senior Seminar One course from: ...... 3-4 in Literature ...... 4 Engl 340 Studies in Drama One upper-division history course ...... 3-4 Engl 341 Studies in Poetry One course chosen from: Engl 342 Studies in Fiction Phil 101, 110, 205, 206, 207, Engw 465 Editing Pacific Review 208, 303, 309**, or 403** ...... 3-4 (Pass/No Pass ) ...... 1 34-42 20-23

* requires world language proficiency Students interested in Creative Writing should consult Professors Coughlin, Walls, **check prerequisites or Yukman. At least one course (3 hours) from the above requirements must be in American literature. MINOR IN LITERATURE Requirements MINOR IN CREATIVE WRITING One course from: ...... 3-4 Requirements Engw 201 Expository Writing (Some sections focus on One course from: ...... 3-4 a particular theme.) Engw 201 Expository Writing (Some Engw 301 Advanced sections focus on a Expository Writing particular theme.) Engw 301 Advanced Two courses from: ...... 6 Expository Writing Engl 200 Introduction to Literature Two courses from: ...... 6 Engl 220 Literature and Human Engw 206 Introduction to Creative Concerns (Topics Vary) Writing, Poetry Engl 227 Introduction to World Engw 207 Introduction to Creative Literature Writing, Mixed Genres Engl 229 Introduction to Engw 208 Introduction to Creative American Literature Writing, Fiction Engl 232 Introduction to British Literature One course from: ...... 3-4 Engl 255 (Topics Vary) Engl 200 Introduction to Literature Engl 220 Literature and Human Three courses from: ...... 9-12 Concerns (Topics Vary) Engl 323 Shakespeare Engl 227 Introduction to World Engl 340 Studies in Drama

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 63 Engl 341 Studies in Poetry Writing, Mixed Genres Engl 342 Studies in Fiction An introduction to writing in two or more of the following genres: short fiction, drama, Engl 343 Studies in Criticism poetry, and the personal essay. Prerequisite: and Theory College writing skills core requirement met. Engl 416 British Literature, 3 hours. Coughlin, Steele, Walls. Beowulf to 1660 Engl 418 British Literature: 1660-1790 Engw 208 Introduction to Creative Writing, Fiction Engl 421 The Romantic Period An introduction to writing fiction. Prerequi- Engl 422 The Victorian Period site: College writing skills core requirement Engl 423 Nineteenth Century met. 3 hours. Yukman. American Literature Engw 301 Advanced Engl 425 Twentieth Century Literature Expository Writing Engl 430 Major Writers An upper-level course providing an overview (Specific Authors Vary) of the history and theory of rhetoric from Engl 455 (Topics Vary) Aristotle to James Berlin, and of selected classics of the essay genre from Seneca to PACS 411 Literature About War Annie Dillard. Engw 301 also gives students the opportunity to articulate their own mature 18-22 ideas and to refine their higher-level writing skills. May be repeated once for credit with Course Descriptions permission of the department. Prerequisite: Engw 201 and consent of instructor. 4 hours. Writing (Engw) Beard, Coughlin, Thompson. (G) Only Engw 201 and Engw 301 satisfy the Note: 300-level advanced creative writing writing skills core requirement. workshops require demonstrated experience Engw 101 Basic Expository Writing and ability in creative writing and are A course devoted to basic writing skills and designed for Creative Writing majors and principles — punctuation, sentence structure, minors. Thus, the following prerequisites apply and grammar — and to developing short to all advanced creative writing workshops: essays. Graded P/NP. 3 hours. Maxfield. Satisfactory completion of two lower- division creative writing courses and Engw 150 Basic Expository Writing II faculty consent. We also recommend that A course designed to refine basic writing skills students be of Junior standing when they and develop organizational skills for longer enroll in these courses. Other students essays. 3 hours. Maxfield. interested in taking these courses should consult the individual instructor but cannot be Engw 201 Expository Writing guaranteed admission to the course. An expository writing course in which various topics and genres are used to help students develop Engw 306 Advanced Poetry Writing and evidence critical thinking skills, understand A workshop for writing and discussing poetry. rhetorical methods, and shape effective prose styles. May be repeated. Prerequisite: College writing Students will be writing expository essays and a skills core requirement met, two courses from research paper. Some sections focus on a particular Engw 206, 207, or 208, and faculty approval. theme. 3 hours. Staff. 4 hours. Walls. (G)

Engw 206 Introduction to Engw 308 Advanced Fiction Writing Creative Writing, Poetry A workshop for writing and discussing fiction. An introduction to writing poetry. Prerequi- May be repeated. Prerequisite: College writing site: College writing skills core requirement skills core requirement met, two courses from met. 3 hours. Coughlin, Walls. Engw 206, 207, or 208, and faculty approval. 4 hours. Yukman. (G) Engw 207 Introduction to Creative

64 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 E N G L I S H ■

Engw 310 Advanced Drama Writing Engl 229 Introduction to A workshop for writing and discussing drama. American Literature May be repeated. Prerequisite: College writing An introduction to selected American authors skills core requirement met, two courses from and themes. 3 hours. Thompson. Engw 206, 207, or 208, and faculty approval. 4 hours. Staff. (G) Engl 232 Introduction to British Literature Engw 465 Editing Pacific Review An introduction to selected British writers and A course in which students assist the student themes. 3 hours. Beard, Steele. editor-in-chief in selecting, editing, and laying out examples of community writing. Graded NOTE: 300-level courses demand that P/NP. May be repeated. 1 hour. Coughlin, students have familiarity with the close Walls, Yukman. analysis of literature; one lower-division literature course is prerequisite, and we Engw 497/498 Senior Seminar: recommend that students be of Junior standing Creative Writing when they enroll for these courses. All upper- Students in this capstone experience for division literature courses are offered at 3 or creative writing majors will discuss the 4 hours of credit, depending upon instructor’s historical experience of the creative writer, and choice; note minimum course and hour the condition, role, and production of literature requirements for majors and minors within the in contemporary society as they prepare and department. revise a reflective essay on the creative process and finally compose a significant manuscript Engl 323 Shakespeare of original work in poetry, fiction, personal An analysis of Shakespeare’s major plays with essay, or drama; all students will present their emphasis on both literary and theatrical manuscripts in a public reading. Prerequisite: qualities. Prerequisite: one lower-division Senior standing and one upper-division course literature course. 3 or 4 hours. Beard, from 306, 308, or 310. 2 hours per semester. Browning, Coughlin, Steele. (G) Coughlin, Walls, Yukman. Engl 332 Introduction to Linguistics Literature (Engl) An introduction to the principles, methods, and basic vocabulary of modern linguistic theory, Engl 200 Introduction to Literature with emphasis on the elements of phonology, An introduction to the study of literature by morphology, and modern grammatical theory. examining fiction, poetry, drama, and essays Provides a basic introduction to the history and from various periods and countries. 3 hours. structure of English, but examples are drawn Staff. from a variety of languages. No previous language training necessary. 3 hours. Fujita. Engl 220 Literature and Offered every year. Human Concerns A study of important ideas and problems as Engl 340 Studies in Drama they are reflected in the world’s literature. War, The reading and analysis of chief European racism, death, censorship, film, civil disobedi- and American playwrights from the authors of ence, minority literature, and the Holocaust the morality plays to the present, with some are examples of characteristic topics. May be consideration of the dramaturgy involved in repeated more than once when content varies. the production of the plays. Prerequisite: one 3 hours. Staff. lower-division literature course. 3 or 4 hours. Beard, Browning, Thompson. (G) Engl 227 Introduction to World Literature Engl 341 Studies in Poetry An introduction to literature drawn from An upper level introduction to reading poetry, Western and non-Western cultures, organized with an emphasis on structure, traditional around a theme, a literary problem, or the models, periods, and interpretation. Prerequi- examination of a political condition. Ordi- site: one lower-division literature course. narily, the reading lists will include several 3 or 4 hours. Coughlin, Walls. (G) genres. 3 hours. Coughlin.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 65 Engl 342 Studies in Fiction Engl 422 The Victorian Period A study of the development of the short story An advanced study of several literary genres and novel, with an emphasis on exploring during the Victorian Period of British interpretive models. Prerequisite: one lower Literature (1837-1901), with special emphasis division literature course. 3 or 4 hours. Beard, on the affects on authors of the triumph of the Yukman. (G) Industrial Revolution, the rise of Darwin’s theories, the challenges to religious and social Engl 343 Studies in Criticism orthodoxies, and changes in aesthetics, among and Theory other topics. Authors to be studied could A study and application of some of the critical include such figures as Austen, Dickens, Eliot, and theoretical approaches used in the study of Tennyson, the Rossettis, Arnold, Swinburne, literature. Prerequisite: one lower-division Hopkins, Ruskin, Shaw, Gissing, the literature course. 3 or 4 hours. Coughlin, Brownings, Mill, and others. 3 hours. Steele. Steele, Yukman. (G) Offered alternate years.

Note: 400-level courses are the most advanced Engl 423 Nineteenth Century courses offered by the Department: they are American Literature designed for juniors and seniors. Two Intensive study in the period to include such literature courses are prerequisite, and we writers as Irving, Poe, Hawthorne, Emerson, recommend that students have ccompleted Thoreau, Dickinson, Whitman, Gilman and at least one 300-level literature course. All the literature of slavery and abolition. upper-division literature courses are offered at Prerequisite: two literature courses and Junior 3 or 4 hours of credit, depending upon standing. 3 or 4 hours. Thompson. (G) instructor’s choice; note minimum course and hour requirements for majors and minors Engl 425 Studies in Twentieth within the department. Century Literature Intensive studies in major writers of the Engl 416 British Literature: period. Prerequisite: two literature courses and Beowulf to 1660 Junior standing. 3 or 4 hours. Beard, Steele, Intensive studies in the period to include such Walls, Yukman. (G) figures as the author of Beowulf, Chaucer, Shakespeare, Spenser, Milton, Donne, Marvell, Engl 430 Major Writers Congreve. The focus changes from time to time A detailed study of the works of selected to include drama or prose or lyric poetry. writers: for example, Chaucer, Milton, Prerequisite: two literature courses and Junior Dickens, Blake, Yeats, Thoreau, Woolf. standing. 3 or 4 hours. Browning, Coughlin. Prerequisite: two literature courses and Junior Offered alternate years. (G) standing. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. 3 or 4 hours. Staff. Offered Engl 418 British Literature: 1660-1790 intermittently. Investigates major works of the Restoration and eighteenth century and is focused to Engl 495/496 Senior Seminar: Literature explore central philosophical, intellectual, or Students in this capstone experience for cultural themes of the period. Prerequisite: two literature majors will discuss the state of literature courses and Junior standing. 3 or 4 literature, criticism, and writers in contempo- hours. Coughlin. Offered alternate years. (G) rary society, reflecting on the tradition of literature and literary study, and develop, Engl 421 The Romantic Period present, and critique original critical work. An advanced study of the poetry and poetics Students will produce a 20-30 page thesis, and prose of the Romantic Period of British with annotated bibliography, and present their Literature, with special emphasis on the affects work publicly. Prerequisite: Senior standing. on a variety of poets of the emerging Industrial 2 hours per semester. Beard, Browning, Steele, Revolution, the French Revolution and its Thompson. aftermath, and new paradigms of thought in the way people perceived nature and gender Note: In addition, PACS 411 may be counted roles, among other topics. 3 hours. Steele. toward the major and minor in Literature. Offered alternate years.

66 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES ■

ENVIRONMENTAL control our environment. The program emphasizes an understanding of atmospheric, STUDIES PROGRAM groundwater and aquatic chemistry and includes the analytical and statistical methods to study Deke Gundersen, Director them. Field activities in a variety of nearby study The Environmental Studies Program in the areas are included. Students graduating with College of Arts and Sciences provides this major are well qualified to directly enter the students with modern environmental science job market and will have excellent credentials for degrees in the context of a liberal arts and entry into various related graduate programs. sciences curriculum. In these programs, Please refer to the Chemistry Department for the students and faculty have an opportunity to specific requirements for the Environmental pursue varied interests in this broad and Chemistry major. multidisciplinary field. The program is guided by faculty who are in the traditional disciplines of Course Descriptions biology, chemistry, and environmental science ES 100 Environmental Studies but who choose to apply their knowledge to Seminar environmental problems that cross disciplinary The study of the environment encompasses a boundaries. broad field that links theory from many disciplines to applications in human society. The Environmental Biology major offers a This course provides a survey of both the major program in the basic biological sciences and is issues in environmental science and the tailored for students who want an environmental professions that address these issues. Faculty and outside speakers from interdisciplinary biology degree that is centered government and private industry will make around environmental issues. It emphasizes presentations and lead discussions. The field approaches to understanding the structure of environmental regulation and environment and ecological problems. The management in the U.S. will be described. principal uniqueness of the environmental 1 hour. Gundersenf. biology major can be found in the integration of ES 200 Our Global Environment interdisciplinary core courses with a mission Human activities have changed the types and oriented, problem solving methodology. Pacific rates of the processes occurring throughout the University environmental biology majors study in planet. Understanding the near-term effects of these actions on the quality of the environment the unique surroundings of the Tualatin River requires a broad view of how the earth Basin, Pacific’s John Blodgett Arboretum, the functions without human intervention, and Columbia River and Tillamook Estuaries, and how society has changed these functions to Fernhill Wetlands (300 acres), which is located support itself. Prerequisite: Chem 220. in Forest Grove. Students completing this major 4 hours. Gundersenf. have the analytical skills and technical ES 301 Environmental Biology background necessary to compete in the job The effects of human activity on natural market for environmental biology positions, or to environment depends both on the initial continue with advanced studies in a graduate condition of the site and the type and intensity degree program. Please refer to the Biology of human activity. This course will work with eight ecosystem types: forests, cropland, Department for the specific requirements for the rangeland, urban landscapes, wetlands, Environmental Biology major. estuaries, streams, and lakes. For each type, biological principles will be applied to The Environmental Chemistry major couples a reconstruct the history of the site, assess its core study in Chemistry with specific current condition, and predict future condition environmental science and policy courses. The depending upon current actions. Prerequisite: core courses provide a theoretical background ES 200, Biol 204, and one semester of organic for understanding the chemical processes that chemistry. 4 hours. Gundersenf.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 67 EXERCISE SCIENCE EXERCISE SCIENCE A student who successfully completes the Shawn Henry, Chair, Assistant Professor of major in Exercise Science will be able to: Exercise Science • Understand and appreciate motor and Robert Brooks, Assistant Professor of health-related fitness from a scientific Exercise Science perspective, including muscular strength, muscular endurance, cardio- Linda McIntosh, Head Athletic Trainer respiratory fitness, flexibility, body composition, speed, agility, power, Jean Rix, Instructor* balance and coordination. Richard Rutt, Associate Professor of • Understand form and function of Physical Therapy* the human body during exercise and Sheryl Sanders, Assistant Professor of the adaptations that occur in response Physical Therapy* to exercise. • Understand and apply scientific Ken Schumann, Instructor and Head Men’s principles necessary to enhance human Basketball Coach performance; optimize the injury Judith Sherman, Professor and rehabilitation process; and maintain Director of Athletics health, fitness, and wellness in the general population — quantitatively *adjunct faculty and qualitatively improving quality of life. The Department of Exercise Science offers a • Clearly articulate the application of major in Exercise Science with emphasis areas biomechanical principles to human in Human Performance and Sports Medicine movement. and minors in Coaching and Exercise Science. • Demonstrate the ability to use the Graduates with this major are prepared for scientific method when analyzing problems and synthesizing information. graduate study in physical therapy, occupational therapy, exercise physiology and Requirements related fields of medicine. Majors with a Human Biol 202 General Biology I and Lab.... 4 Performance emphasis are prepared for careers in recreation, fitness centers and with Biol 204 General Biology II and Lab .. 4 the appropriate licensure, teaching physical Biol 224 Human Anatomy and Lab ... 4 education in the public schools. The major with Biol 240 Human Physiology and Lab 4 a Sports Medicine emphasis helps prepare Chem 220 General Chemistry I students to take the test for National Athletic and Lab ...... 4 Training Association (NATA) certification. Chem 230 General Chemistry II and Lab ...... 4 Phy 202 Intro to Physics I MAJOR IN EXERCISE SCIENCE and Lab ...... 4 Spmd 204 Athletic Training ...... 2 Goals For Students Majoring in the Exsc 230 Nutrition ...... 3 Department of Exercise Science Exsc 380 Kinesiology and Lab ...... 4 The Department of Exercise Science is dedicated to the development of compe- Exsc 414 Perceptual Motor Learning 3 tent professionals within the field of Exsc 475 Internship ...... 3 Exercise Science. The department offers Exsc 480 Physiology of courses that provide the knowledge and Exercise and Lab ...... 4 skills necessary for successful performance in entry-level positions or graduate school.

68 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 EXERCISE SCIENCE ■

Choose two of the following ...... 7-8 Requirements Hper 330 Adult Fitness Biol 202 General Biology and Lab ... 4 Exsc 430 Biomechanics Biol 224 Human Anatomy Exsc 400 Adv Gross Anatomy and Lab and Lab ...... 4 Exsc 490 Adv Phys of Exercise and Lab Biol 240 Human Physiology and Lab ...... 4 54-55 Phy 110/111 Physics of Everyday and Lab ...... 4 (May substitute Phys 202) EXERCISE SCIENCE WITH AN Exsc 230 Nutrition ...... 3 EMPHASIS IN HUMAN Exsc 380 Kinesiology and Lab ...... 4 PERFORMANCE Exsc 414 Perceptual Motor Learning 3 Spmd 204 Athletic Training ...... 2 A student who successfully completes the Hper 105 First Aid ...... 1 major in Exercise Science with an empha- sis in Human Performance will be able to: Hper 170 Techniques of Recreational Games, Personal Defense, • Plan a scope and sequence of physical Gymnastics, Fitness, education instruction for grades PK-12 Pickleball, Handball, that promotes an appreciation of Racquetball ...... 3 lifelong learning and participation in physical activity. Hper 305 Measure and Eval in Physical Education ...... 1 • Plan and implement a program of instruction consistent with the National Hper 270 Techniques of Aquatics, Standards for Physical Education. Rhythms, Badminton, Tennis, Track ...... 3 • Teach the systematic progression of movement for team sports, individual Hper 315 Adaptive Physical sports, and fitness activities in educa- Education ...... 3 tional and recreational settings. Hper 316 Teaching Health and • Distinguish between qualitative and Physical Education in the quantitative approaches for analyzing Elementary School ...... 3 human movement and be able to detect Hper 321 Elementary Human and correct movement errors. Performance Practicum ..... 1 • Demonstrate the ability to communi- Hper 323 Secondary Human cate clearly and effectively with Performance Practicum ..... 1 exercise participants in groups and Hper 331 Adult Fitness Practicum .... 1 individually. Hper 370 Techniques of Softball, • Clearly articulate and implement the Basketball, Flag Football, components that create and maintain a Soccer, Volleyball, safe learning environment. Archery, Golf ...... 3 • Evaluate student progress using Hper 372 Principles and outcome goals, standards and Administration of Physical benchmarks. Education and Athletic • Demonstrate a knowledge of techniques Programs ...... 3 for the accommodation of varied skill Hper 480 Exercise Physiology for levels and special populations within Human Perf ...... 4 the same class or activity group. Choose one of the following: ...... 3-4 Hper 330 Adult Fitness Exsc 430 Biomechanics Exsc 400 Adv Gross Anatomy and Lab Exsc 490 Adv Phys of Exercise and Lab 58-59

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 69 EXERCISE SCIENCE WITH AN Spmd 204 Athletic Training ...... 2 EMPHASIS IN SPORTS MEDICINE Spmd 302 Athletic Training Room Procedures ...... 1 A student who successfully completes the Spmd 303 Athletic Training Coverage major of Exercise Science with an empha- of Collegiate Practices sis in Sports Medicine will be able to: & Games ...... 1 • Recognize and evaluate common Spmd 304 Treatment and athletic injuries and demonstrate Evaluation of knowledge in the prevention of those Athletic Injury ...... 3 injuries. Spmd 404 Advanced Principles of • Provide emergency care for acute Athletic Training ...... 3 athletic injuries and long-term care for Hper 103 Personal Health ...... 3 chronic injuries. Hper 305 Measure and Eval in • Apply protective strapping, bracing Physical Education ...... 1 and taping. Hper 315 Adaptive • Demonstrate the proper use of manual Physical Education ...... 3 therapy techniques and the proper application of a variety of therapeutic modalities. 70 • Prescribe and implement rehabilitation Students may become eligible to test for programs for athletic injuries. National Athletic Trainers Association • Show familiarity with the administra- (NATA) certification by completing at least tion of an athletic training program and 1500 hours of athletic training experience manage a treatment facility for athletes. under direct supervision of a NATA certified athletic trainer. The hours must Requirements be attained over a minimum of two years and not more than five years. Biol 202 General Biology I and Lab ...... 4 Biol 204 General Biology II COACHING MINOR and Lab ...... 4 Biol 224 Human Anatomy This minor is available for those students and Lab ...... 4 interested in obtaining a coaching position in the public/private schools or in youth Biol 240 Human Physiology and Lab . 4 or adult programs. Chem 220 General Chemistry I Hper 105 First Aid ...... 1 and Lab ...... 4 Hper 311 Coaching Methods...... 2 Chem 230 General Chemistry II and Lab ...... 4 Hper 320 Sport and Society ...... 3 Phy 110/110 Physics of Everyday Hper 322 Sport Psychology ...... 3 and Lab ...... 4 Hper 372 Principles and Administra- (May substitute Phys 202) tion of Physical Education Exsc 230 Nutrition ...... 3 and Athletic Programs ...... 3 Exsc 380 Kinesiology and Lab ...... 4 Hper 420 Principles and Techniques of Coaching ...... 3 Exsc 400 Adv Gross Anatomy and Lab ...... 4 Spmd 204 Athletic Training ...... 2 Exsc 414 Perceptual Motor Learning ...... 3 16 Exsc 475 Internship ...... 3 Students who complete Hper 372 and Exsc 480 Physiology of Hper 420 will meet the Oregon School Exercise and Lab ...... 4 Activities Association requirement for Exsc 490 Adv Phys of certification mandated for all new coaches Exercise and Lab ...... 4 in the state of Oregon by the 2001-2002 academic year.

70 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 EXERCISE SCIENCE ■

EXERCISE SCIENCE MINOR Exsc 400 Gross Human Anatomy & Laboratory This minor is available for those students Advanced study of gross and histological who, with the appropriate major, seek structure of the human body. Introduction into entry into the School of Physical Therapy musculoskeletal, nervous and cardiopulmonary or are interested in careers in the Sports systems. Prerequisite: Biol 224. 4 hours. and Fitness industry. Sanders. Biol 202 General Biology I and Lab ... 4 Exsc 414 Perceptual Motor Learning Biol 224 Human Anatomy and Lab ... 4 An in-depth study of learning theories, Biol 240 Human Physiology acquisition of skill, perception and motor and Lab ...... 4 control as they apply to the learning of a motor Spmd 204 Athletic Training ...... 2 skill. Prerequisite: Biol 202. 3 hours. Brooks. Exsc 230 Nutrition ...... 3 Exsc 430 Biomechanics Exsc 380 Kinesiology and Lab ...... 4 The physical laws and mechanical aspects Exsc 480 Physiology of Exercise governing human motor functioning; and Lab ...... 4 analytical processes emphasized. Prerequisite: Phy 110/111 or 202 (Math 125 is a prerequisite (May substitute Hper 480/481) for Phy 204) and Exsc 380. 3 hours. Brooks.

25 Exsc 475 Internship An internship consists of a field experience in a Course Descriptions student’s specific career choice. Application of theories is emphasized. Arrangements for the Exercise Science (Exsc) course must be completed two weeks prior to Exsc 190 Exercise Science Passport the term in which the course is being taken. An introductory course for students interested in The internship is a capstone experience exercise science as a major or minor. Activities recommended to be taken during the senior and faculty/guest speakers will introduce year. Instructor’s consent is required. Prerequi- students to the Exercise Science Program at site: 12 hours of Exercise Science/Human Pacific and to the wide array of careers related to Performance/Sports Medicine. Graded P/N. exercise science. 1 hour. Henry. Course may be repeated once for credit. 1-14 hours. Staff. Exsc 230 Nutrition An in-depth study of the relationship between Exsc 480 Physiology of Exercise nutrition and total individual health through & Laboratory the life-span. Emphasis will be placed on the The study and application of principles to the essential nutrient chemical conversions during development of efficient human movement. digestion, absorption and metabolism and their Includes emphasis in physiology of exercise contribution to optimal health. Individual and in motor learning development. Prerequi- nutritional analysis and a personalized diet site: Biol 204 and 240. 4 hours. Henry. plan project will be required. 3 hours. Henry. Exsc 490 Advanced Physiology of Exsc 355 Principles of Nutrition Exercise & Laboratory Advanced study of nutrition, including The advanced study and application of physiological function and metabolic fate of principles of physiology to the development of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, vitamins, efficient human movement. Includes emphasis minerals, and water. Individual nutritional in the following areas: metabolism, muscle analysis and a personalized diet plan will be physiology, cardiovascular and respiratory required. Prerequisite (or current enrollment): dynamics, strength physiology, methods Biol 240 Human Physiology or Organic designed to improve performance, and Chemistry. 3 hours. Henry instrumentation frequently used in the exercise physiology setting. Prerequisite: Successful Exsc 380 Kinesiology & Laboratory completion of Exsc 480. 4 hours. Henry. A study of the aspects of human movement; actions of bones and muscles in motor activities. Prerequisite: Biol 224, Phys 110/111 or Phys 202. 4 Hours. Brooks.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 71 Human Performance (Hper) Hper 311 Coaching Methods A series of individual courses designed to give Hper 103 Personal Health students insight and direction in leading or The study of physical, mental, intellectual and assisting in the coaching of athletics. Students social well being effective functioning, both may elect from a variety of coaching methods within the individual and by the individual, courses in the areas of baseball, softball, within the environment. 3 hours. Brooks. basketball, soccer, volleyball, and wrestling. Hper 105 First Aid May be repeated for different sports. Prerequi- The study of basic anatomy and physiology of site: Hper 105. 2 hours each. Staff. body systems as they relate to the prevention Hper 315 Adaptive Physical and care of injury and safety. More advanced Education than a standard first aid class outlined by the An introduction to adapted, corrective and American Red Cross. 1 hour. Boyd. developmental physical education. Emphasis is Hper 170 Techniques of Fitness, placed on instruction of physical activities for Gymnastics, the exceptional child. 3 hours. Staff. Recreational Games, Hper 316 Teaching Physical Handball, Self Defense, Education in the Racquetball, Pickleball Elementary School Personal skill development, methods and Program development; methods of instruction materials for teaching and evaluating in the in elementary school physical education. The areas of gymnastics, recreational games, purpose and requirements of the elementary handball, self defense, racquetball, pickleball, physical education program with emphasis on and fitness parameters. 3 hours. Fall. Alternate program planning methods. 3 hours. Spring. years. Rix/Staff. Alternate years. Rix. Hper 204 Methods of Officiating Hper 320 Sport & Society The study of officials’ duties for various sports; Investigation of sport as a social phenomenon, general officiating diagnosis to discover including small groups in sport, sport methods and techniques used for better organizations, sport subcultures, socializing officiating. 3 hours. Staff. institutions, and an in-depth analysis of Hper 305 Measurement and interscholastic and intercollegiate sport Evaluation in Physical programs. 3 hours. Junior Standing. Alternate Education years. M Jones. Contemporary theories and techniques of Hper 321 Elementary Human research design, data acquisition, processing, Performance Practicum and analysis of measurements in physical A supervised practical experience teaching education, sports medicine, and human physical education activities and concepts to performance. The course integrates the use of elementary age school children. Prerequisite: information technology and the application of Hper 316. 1 hour. Rix. statistical concepts toward evaluation and presentation of findings. Prerequisite: Spmd Hper 322 Sport Psychology 204, Math 207, upper-division standing or Examination of the psychological basis of sport consent of instructor. 1 hour. Brooks. including effects on learning, perception, motivation, social, and behavioral aspects. Hper 270 Techniques of Swimming, 3 hours. Junior Standing. Alternate years. Badminton, Tennis, M Jones. Rhythms, Track Personal skill development, methods and Hper 323 Secondary Human materials for teaching and evaluating in the Performance Practicum areas of swimming, badminton, rhythms, A supervised practical experience teaching tennis, track and field. 3 hours. Spring. physical education activities and concepts to Alternate years. Rix/Staff. Junior high, high school and/or college-age students. Prerequisite: Junior standing in exercise science major or consent of the instructor. 1 hour. Rix.

72 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 EXERCISE SCIENCE ■

Hper 330 Adult Fitness Principles evaluate, and care for common injuries. A study of the physiological, psychological and Students will also learn the basics of emergency sociological aspects of adult fitness. The course care and the application of preventive taping. includes materials and programs for use in 2 hours. Prerequisite: Hper 105. $5 Lab Fee. Staff. initiating, prescribing, evaluating, monitoring and supervising adult fitness programs. Spmd 302 Athletic Training Prerequisite: Biol 240 and Exsc 230. 3 hours. Room Procedures Staff. Observation of Pacific University athletic training facility operations and completion of Hper 331 Adult Fitness National Athletic Training Association compe- Programming Practicum tencies. Prerequisite: Spmd 204. Co-requisite: A supervised practical experience working Biol 224 Human Anatomy. 1 hour. Staff. with adults in a physical fitness program. Prerequisite: Hper 330. 1 hour. Staff. Spmd 303 Athletic Training Coverage of Collegiate Hper 370 Techniques of Softball, Practices & Games Basketball, Flag Football, Observation of athletic training procedures Soccer, Volleyball, and protocols during collegiate games and Archery, Golf practices and completion of National Athletic Personal skill development, methods and Training Association competencies. Prerequi- materials for teaching and evaluating in the site: Spmd 302. 1 hour. Staff. areas of softball, basketball, flag football, soccer, volleyball, archery and golf. 3 hours. Fall. Spmd 304 Treatment/Evaluation of Alternate years. Rix/Staff. Athletic Injuries Advanced procedures in athletic training, Hper 372 Principles & Administration injury evaluation, care and rehabilitation. of Physical Education & Consideration for safety factors in athletic Athletic Programs contests, sports equipment, and facilities. A study of the principles and practices of Theory and practice in the use of therapeutic administration and supervision which relate to modalities. Prerequisite: Spmd 204 and the conducting of sound physical education Biol 224. Every other year (alternates with and athletic programs. Emphasis placed on the Spmd 404). 3 hours. McIntosh. discussion and solution of administrative problems and procedures. Prerequisite: Junior Spmd 305 Athletic Training Standing. 3 hours. Fall odd years. Schumann. Practicum I Observation hours in a clinical setting. Hours Hper 420 Principles & Techniques may be obtained in a physical therapy clinic or of Coaching orthopedist’s office. Instructor’s consent only. Principles technically applicable to the 1 hour. McIntosh. coaching of sports, including legal liability, budgeting, organizational and communication Spmd 404 Advanced Principles of skills. Prerequisite: Hper 105. 3 hours. Athletic Training Alternate years. Schumann. Advanced procedures in Athletic Training including gait analysis, manual therapy, joint Hper 480 Physiology of Exercise for injury evaluation, taping and bracing. Human Performance & Discussion of current issues in sports medicine Laboratory including: drugs and sports, communicable The study and application of principles to the diseases, the female athlete and chronic development of efficient human movement as it illnesses. Prerequisite: Spmd 204 and Biol 224. applies to human performance and educational Every other year (alternates with Spmd 304). settings. Prerequisite: Biol 202 and 240. 3 hours. McIntosh. 4 hours. Alternate years. Henry. Spmd 405 Athletic Training Sports Medicine (Spmd) Practicum II Advanced practical application of training Spmd 204 Athletic Training skills in a secondary school or collegiate A basic study of prevention and care of athletic setting. Prerequisite: Spmd 304. Instructor’s injuries. Students will learn to prevent, consent only. 1 hour. McIntosh.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 73 FEMINIST STUDIES The Feminist Studies minor has as its basis the theoretical framework of the introductory course and senior seminar, which emphasize Co-Directors the diversity of feminist literature and research. Lorely French, Humanities Division Both courses include service components-a Linda Gallahan, Social Sciences Division research/project proposal in the introductory course and collaborative project in the senior Associated Faculty seminar-which enable practical application of Vernon Bates, Sociology theories. Elective courses concentrate on Sara Steinert Borella, French substantive issues in the area of feminist, women’s, and gender studies and offer a Nancy Breaux, Media Arts multidisciplinary approach to the program. Susan Cabello, Spanish Such courses address topics that relate Patricia Cheyne, Art directly to feminist theory or have become salient to the minor because of feminist theory. Diane Coughlin, English David DeMoss, Philosophy Students who wish to declare the Feminist Studies Minor must consult with the Co- Lorely French, German Directors of Feminist Studies or a FS core Melissa Jones, Media Arts faculty member prior to submitting a declaration Lawrence Lipin, History form. At that time, in consultation with the Directors or core faculty, the student will choose Cheleen Mahar, Anthropology a Feminist Studies Minor advisor. Students Marc Marenco, Philosophy should plan to take the first FS core course, Sarah Phillips, Sociology Introduction to Feminist Studies, in the Fall semester of their sophomore or junior year. Martha Rampton, History Students would normally declare their Feminist Jeff Seward, Political Science Studies minor prior to or during the FS 201 Feminist Studies is an interdisciplinary minor course. Students should plan to take the FS 450 that investigates the significance of sex and course, Senior Seminar in Feminist Studies, in gender in all areas of human life. Feminist the Fall semester of their Senior year. In analysis is based on the assumption that sex addition to the core courses, the student must and gender are crucial factors in the take 3-4 elective courses (12 semester credits). organization of our personal and public lives No more than one elective course taken prior to and our social institutions. The Feminist FS 201 can be applied to the minor. Studies minor includes courses that utilize feminist perspectives to expand and reevaluate the assumptions at work in traditional MINOR IN FEMINIST STUDIES disciplines in the study of individuals, cultures, FS 201 Introduction to social institutions, social policy and other areas Feminist Studies ...... 4 of scholarly inquiry. The minor also (includes one credit for research/project proposal) encompasses courses that examine the roles of women and men in the community, the FS 450 Senior Seminar ...... 4 (includes one credit for nature of work and the family, and the collaborative project) importance of race, class, and culture to the Three or four electives ...... 12 study of sex and gender. 20

74 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 FEMINIST STUDIES ■

One course must be from either the feminist and deconstructionist theorists. The Natural or Social Sciences and one must course consists of two components: a classroom be from either the Arts or Humanities. experience with an emphasis on the breadth of Course Approved for FS Elective Credit: feminist literature and the development of an “action project”. Prerequisite: Sophomore All the 300 and 400 level courses listed standing and instructor’s approval. Fall only. below when taken for Feminist Studies 4 hours. Staff credit have a prerequisite of FS 201. ANTH 330 Gender in Cross-Cultural FS 210 Action Projects in Perspective Feminist Studies ART 280 Women in Art This course is designed to promote student individual and collaborative work related to ENGL 430 Major Writers: Woolf issues in feminism and gender studies. FREN 401 Gender, Culture & Society: Students may participate in a one-time action Women’s Writing project centered around an event, a service FS 210 Action Projects in learning placement, or a collaborative project Feminist Studies that promotes the goals of the minor. Projects may include, but are not limited to, serving at FS 300 Special Topics in sites approved by the FS faculty, working on Feminist Studies events connected to Women’s History month, HIST 246 Gender and Sexuality in carrying out their FS 201 action projects, Victorian America and projects designed to promote educaiton in HIST 400 Medieval Women our community. Graded P/NP. Prerequisite: MEDA 307 Gender Communication FS 201. MEDA 401 Women Directors and FS 300 Special Topics in Feminist Strategies Feminist Studies PHIL 255 Feminist Epistemology This is a special topics course focusing on the POLS 224 Women in Politics specific interests of the faculty and students in the Feminist Studies Minor program. Topics PSYC 260 Psychology of Women addressed in the course will be derived from a PSYC 420 Sp Topics: The Development variety of disciplinary standpoints, as well as of Gender possibly interdisciplinary collaboration. Some PSYC420 Sp Topics: Women examples of topics that may be offered through and Violnce this course are: “The Development of Gender,” “Women and Film,” and “Feminist Epistemol- SOC 309 Sociology of the Family ogy” to name a few. Offered for 3-4 hours. Pre- SOC 317 Gender and Sexuality requisites: FS 201 (or permission of the SPAN 485 Women Writers in instructor). Latin America FS 450 Senior Seminar in Feminist Check individual departments for course Studies descriptions and course schedules for In this seminar course, students read and semesters offered. Additional courses are analyze advanced works in Feminist Studies. approved annually and may be applied to The course culminates in a written essay or the minor. research project. Students also work with students enrolled in the Feminist Studies Course Descriptions introductory course on a collaborative project. Students meet weekly to discuss readings, read FS 201 Introduction to Feminist and develop essays/ projects of distinction, and Studies share and evaluate the experience of service This introductory level course explores the learning. Prerequisite: FS 201, two FS various foundations of feminist theory, electives, Junior standing, and instructor’s including perspectives from across the approval. Fall only. 4 hours. disciplines. Students review and critique readings from early feminist writers, second generation feminist writers and contemporary

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 75 historical narratives. At the upper-division HISTORY level, students will use primary sources in pursuit of questions of an increasingly Martha Rampton, Chair, Associate Professor thematic nature. Their research will capitalize on the electronic resources Jeffrey G. Barlow, Professor, Sabbatical, currently available. As seniors, history Fall 2000 majors participate in a seminar emphasiz- Jack Boas, Visiting Professor, 2000/2001 ing historical perspectives, methodological techniques, and a variety of interpretive Thomas Beck, Professor and Dean of the historical models. History majors will College of Arts and Sciences complete a thesis in the last semester of Lawrence M. Lipin, Associate Professor their senior year that demonstrates competence with historical theory and The discipline of history is central to the liberal methods. arts; it draws on and contributes to neighboring The department also hosts the Journal of fields, such as political science, literature, the Association of History and Comput- philosophy and the arts, to name but a few. ing, http://mcel.pacificu.edu/JAHC/ and upper-division students have an opportu- History is essential to an understanding of the nity to work as assistant editors in evolutionary nature of the institutions and producing it. values that have shaped not only the past, but inform the present. The study of history prepares students for a wide range of MAJOR IN HISTORY professions, including law, government, Requirements archival and museum work, professions in At least four courses must be travel and teaching. from the following: ...... 12 Hist 101-102 Western Civilization I & II Goals Hist 111 or 112 East Asia The major in history is designed to Hist 141-142 American History I & II provide the student with a broad range of At least five additional courses, offerings in various fields of history. not more than one of which Through these studies the department may be at the 200-level and seeks to teach its majors to conduct at least one of which must be creative and thorough research projects, to at the 400-level ...... 15-20 read historical materials with understand- ing, to engage in critical analyses from a Hist 490 Senior historian’s perspective, and to write Research Seminar ...... 3 polished communicative prose. Hist 495 Senior Thesis ...... 3 The curriculum established by the history Plus either two years of an major leads the student from broad-based appropriate foreign language survey classes that cover the U.S., Europe, or a minor, chosen in consultation Islamic Middle East and Asia to more with an advisor from the history narrowly defined upper-division classes department, or the completion in the specialty of the student’s choice. of the Social Studies endorsement Students encounter the scholarly method- for secondary teaching ...... 12+ ology employed by historians, contribut- ing to the development of verbal, analyti- 45-53+ cal and reading skills. More specifically, throughout the curriculum, history courses require students to produce written work that emphasizes focused analysis supported by historical evidence. In addition, at the lower-division level, students will become familiar with basic

76 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 HISTORY ■

MINOR IN HISTORY consequences of Western impact and modern nationalism. The cultures, covered as indepen- Requirements dent entities, are compared both to each other and to European or Western patterns of For a minor in history a student development. There will be an opportunity in must complete seven courses in this course for students to learn how to prepare the History Department, at least “Pages” for the World Wide Web. Those who three of which must be at the are interested should also enroll for one hour of 300-level or above ...... 21-28 credit in one of the two sections of History 255, Any student interested in a history minor “History Web Lab”. Although concurrent should consult with a faculty member in enrollment in 255 is voluntary, all students are the history department. strongly urged to enroll as the lab will not only For additional information as to staff, teach web page production, but will also program, and student work, see the enhance student understanding of materials department’s web site at: http:// covered in the class itself. 3 hours. Barlow. mcel.pacificu.edu/history/index.html Hist 141-142 American History I-II Course Descriptions A two-part survey of American history from European settlement to the Civil War, and History (Hist) from Reconstruction to the present. The parts may be taken separately. 3 hours per semester. Hist 101 Western Civilization I Lipin. The development of western culture and institutions from the ancient world to the late Hist 200 The Islamic Middle East: Middle Ages. 3 hours. Rampton. 570-1453 This is a survey of the history of the Middle Hist 102 Western Civilization II East (from Morocco to India) from the birth of The development of western culture and Muhammed in 570 to the rise of the Ottoman institutions from the Renaissance to the Turks in 1300. The course concentrates on modern age. 3 hours. Staff. political developments and institutions as well as the growth and evolution of Islam and Hist 111 Foundations of East Asia Islamic cultures. 3 hours. Rampton. This course deals with the intellectual, social, political, and religious foundations of three Hist 206 France from East Asian Societies: China, Japan, and Caesar to Napoleon Vietnam. The focus of the class is upon This course covers the history and culture of classical Asian notions of proper values and France from the Roman period until the end of institutions, with a concentration on intellec- the Napoleonic Wars in 1815. Equal attention tual (both philosophical and religious) is given to political and social/cultural aspects foundations considered in a historical of French history. Through reading of primary perspective. We will also consider issues sources, discussions, and lecture, the course relative to modern Asia, and to Asian- deals with the distinctiveness of France as well American family life and culture. The approach as placing the nation within a broad European will be primarily through original Asian texts historical context. 3 hours. Rampton. in translation. Although it is not required, concurrent registration in History 255, Hist 207 Spain from “History Web Lab” (1 hour credit), is Rome to Revolution recommended. In that lab, students will learn This course covers the history and culture of to develop electronic materials for the World Spain from the Roman era through the Wide Web which will both teach them to create Moorish period and touches lightly on the Web pages and will illuminate the contents of dissolution of the Spanish Empire in the the course. 3 hours. Barlow. eighteenth century. Equal attention is given to political and social/cultural aspects of Spanish Hist 112 East Asia history. Through reading of primary sources, This course surveys the modern histories of discussions and lecture, the course deals with China, Japan, Tibet, and Vietnam from the the distinctiveness of Spain, as well as placing 17th century to the recent past. Topics covered the nation within a broad European historical include the classical cultures of the countries, context. 3 hours. Rampton. economic and political foundations, and the

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 77 Hist 208 England from Hist 212 China Past & Present Rome to Revolution with Film This course covers the history and culture of This course will provide a survey of the basic England from the Roman period through the institutions and values of China, considered Glorious Revolution of 1688.Equal attention both within their past, or Classical, and their is given to political and social/cultural aspects present, or Modern, forms. We will cover such of English history. Through reading of topics as political system and values (Confu- primary sources, discussions and lecture, cianism and Communism), family and gender, the course deals with the distinctiveness of poetry and literature, arts, war and diplomacy, England, as well as placing the nation within economic values and institutions, rebellion and a broad European historical context. 3 hours. protest, reform movements, etc. Chinese film Rampton. will be heavily used as a text to illustrate modern Chinese values and Chinese interpre- Hist 210 Ancient Kingdoms of tations of traditional values and institutions. Indochina: Vietnam, There will be an opportunity in this course for Cambodia, and Laos students to learn how to prepare “Pages” for This course covers the pre-modern kingdoms the world wide web. Those who are interested of Vietnam, Cambodia, and Laos, with some should also enroll for one hour of credit in one reference to contiguous areas of Southeast of the two sections of History 255, “History Asia. These kingdoms, such as those of the Web Lab”. Although concurrent enrollment in Vietnamese, the Cham, the Lao, and the 255 is voluntary, all students are strongly Khmer, will be considered within a historical urged to enroll as the lab will not only teach perspective with regard to such topics as web page production, but will also enhance political, social, religious, and economic student understanding of the materials covered institutions. The Vietnamese will be used as in the class itself. 3 hours. Barlow. the unifying element around which to understand the other peoples and their Hist 213 Vietnam & the U.S. kingdoms. Although it is not required This is a survey of the origins, development concurrent registration in History 255, and results of the American war with Vietnam. “History Web Lab” (1 hour credit), is This course, however, will be taught more recommended. In that lab, students will learn within the context of Vietnamese history and to develop electronic materials for the World culture than within that of American history Wide Web which will both teach them to create and culture. Consequently, more emphasis will Web pages and will illuminate the contents of be given to the roots of the war in Vietnam the course. 3 hours. Barlow. than to its origins in U.S. foreign policy. There will be an opportunity in this course for Hist 211 Japan Past & Present students to learn how to prepare “Pages” for with Film the World Wide Web. Those who are interested This class will survey Japanese history and should also enroll for one hour of credit in one culture using classical Japanese films as a of the two sections of History 255, “History primary text, supplemented with assigned Web Lab”. Although concurrent enrollment in readings. The goals of the class are to acquaint 255 is voluntary. All students are strongly students with an overview of Japanese history urged to enroll as the lab will not only teach and culture, and to learn to read films, web page production, but will also enhance particularly Japanese classical films, as text. student understanding of the materials covered There will be an opportunity in this course for in the class itself. 3 hours. Barlow. students to learn how to prepare “Pages” for the World Wide Web. Those who are interested Hist 230 The Great War: World War I should also enroll for one hour of credit in one This is a course in the history of World War I. of the two sections of History 255, “History The course includes a discussion of the origins Web Lab”. Although concurrent enrollment in of the war, the military history of the conflict, 255 is voluntary, all students are strongly the domestic political, social and economic urged to enroll as the lab will not only teach conditions in the belligerent nations and the web pages production, but will also enhance political consequences of this, the formative student understanding of the materials event of the 20th century. 3 hours. Staff. covered in the class itself. 3 hours. Barlow.

78 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 HISTORY ■

Hist 231 The Experience of Hist 246 Gender and Sexuality in Total War: World War II Victorian America This is a course in the history of World War II The development and spread of Victorian in Europe. Included are a discussion of the culture in the United States during the origins of the war, the military history of the nineteenth century, particularly as it defined conflict, the domestic conditions in the ideas about gender and sexuality. Focus is on belligerent nations and the political conse- the creation of women’s sphere and ways in quences of this, the greatest conflict in human which women accommodated themselves to history. 3 hours. Staff. domesticity, rebelled against it, or used it themselves to discipline their husbands and Hist 232 The Holocaust sons. 3 hours. Lipin. Team-taught interdisciplinary course on the Nazi persecution and ultimate extermination Hist 300 The Ancient World of the Jews of Europe, Gypsies, political to AD 400 enemies of the National Socialist Dictatorship, This class treats the ancient world from the and those considered undesirable by the NS first civilizations in the fertile Crescent State. Cross-listed with Engl. 220, Literature through ancient Egypt, to the development of and Human Concerns: The Holocaust. medieval institutions in the early fifth century 3 hours. Staff. AD. The course stresses both broad political, and social/cultural issues. The class is largely Hist 240 Latin American History run as a seminar with some lecture. Class A broad survey of political, social, and discussions are based on reading of primary economic history of Latin America from the texts. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent pre-Columbian civilizations to the 20th of instructor. 4 hours. Rampton. century. Special emphasis will be given to the complex ramifications of the interaction of Hist 301 The Medieval World: European conquerors/settlers, African slaves, 400-1500 and the indigenous peoples of the region. This class treats the medieval world from the Meets cross-cultural requirement. 3 hours. development of medieval institutions in the Seward. fifth century AD through the mid-fifteenth century. The class stresses social/cultural Hist 242 History of the issues, but also provides an understanding of American West political and constitutional developments of An exploration into the history of the western the period. The class is run as a seminar with United States, with an emphasis on the some lecture. Class discussions are based on historical encounter between peoples and reading of primary texts. Prerequisite: Junior cultures, between human societies and nature, standing or consent of the instructor. 4 hours. between regional and federal governments, Rampton. between local communities and an interna- tional economy, and between popular culture Hist 302 Renaissance, Reformation, and historical experiences. While the course Revolt: 1500-1800 covers these themes for the entire geographical This is a history of early modern Europe from expanse west of the Mississippi, there will be the Reformation to the French Revolution. The a strong focus on the Pacific Northwest. cause treats the spiritual, intellectual, social, 3 hours. Lipin. political and economic foundations of modern Europe. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor. 4 hours. Rampton

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 79 Hist 315 Modern Japan Hist 330 Industrial Foundations of This course will cover Japanese history from Modern Europe the Meiji Restoration to the present, with an From the origins of the Industrial Revolution emphasis upon the 20th century. The primary to the present technological revolution. The focus of the course will be upon the internal technical, social and political foundations of dynamics of Japanese culture. Topics will the modern industrial state and competing include political and economic modernization, economic ideologies. Prerequisite: Hist 102; or relations with East Asia and the United States, Econ 101, or Junior standing. 3 hours. Staff. changes in family and gender roles, the development of fine arts, poetry and literature, Hist 331 Europe: 1815-1914 the development of Japanese expansionism and Nineteenth-Century Europe the Pacific War, the Japanese Economic Emphasis on new and revolutionary social Miracle and the place of Japan in the contem- movements, the development of national porary world. Prerequisite: Hist 112 or 211 or institutions and the breakdown of the old consent of instructor. There will be an diplomatic and international order. Prerequi- opportunity in this course for students to learn site: Hist 102 or Junior standing. 3 hours. how to prepare “Pages” for the World Wide Staff. Web. Those who are interested should also enroll for one hour of credit in one of the two Hist 332 Europe Since 1914 sections of History 255, “History Web Lab”. Twentieth-century Europe. Emphasis on new Although concurrent enrollment in 255 is and revolutionary social movements, the voluntary, all students are strongly urged to development of national institutions and the enroll as the lab will not only teach web pages breakdown of the old diplomatic and interna- production, but will also enhance student tional order. Prerequisite: Hist 102 or 311 or understanding of the materials covered in the Junior standing. 3 hours. Staff. class itself. 3 hours. Barlow. Hist 334 Twentieth Century Russia Hist 316 China from Mao Russia’s development in late Tsarist times, the to Tiananmen Bolshevik revolution; Soviet communism This course will survey Chinese history and under Lenin, Stalin, Khrushchev, and culture in the period from 1949 to the present, Brezhnev; nationalism and the non-Russian with an emphasis on the mass campaigns, from republics; the Gorbachev reforms and the the Great Leap Forward of 1957-58 through collapse of the USSR; the current situation. the Great Proletarian Culture Revolution, 3 hours. Singleton. 1965-69. Topics will also include the Reform Movement of Deng Xiaoping and the student PACS 337 War and International Peace protests culminating in the Tiananmen An examination of war from an historical and Incident of 1989. An unusual feature of this political perspective, and of the attempts to course is weekly role-playing in which evolve regional and international systems of students will be asked to assume Chinese role- non-violent conflict resolution. 3 hours. Staff. types such as peasant, soldier, female cadre, etc., and to play out actual political problems Hist 339 History of Science drawn from the mass political campaigns. A study of the development of science as There will be an opportunity in this course for doctrine, process and social institution, from students to learn how to prepare “Pages” for early Greek science to the present. Emphasis on the World Wide Web. Those who are interested western science, including Arab and Islamic should also enroll for one hour of credit in one contributions. Examination of the impact of of the two sections of History 255. “History culture on science and science on culture. Web Lab”. Although concurrent enrollment in Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 4 hours. 255 is voluntary, all students are urged to Boersema. enroll as the lab will not only teach web page Hist 341 American Revolution & production, but will also enhance student Constitution understanding of the materials covered in class Covers the ideological, social, economic, and itself. Prerequisite: Hist 112 or 212, or consent political causes of the American break with the of instructor. 3 hours. Barlow. British Empire, the democratizing influence of the revolution on the new state government, and the relationship between this tendency and

80 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 HISTORY ■ the construction of the Constitution. Course investigates anthropological, feminist, and incorporates research regarding women, political theories and paradigms associated African-Americans, and common people into with the study of women generally. Assigned the broader movement. Prerequisite: History reading consists of primary sources, secondary 141 or Junior standing. 4 hours. Lipin. monographs, and journals. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of instructor. 4 hours. Hist 342 Civil War & Reconstruction Rampton. Treats the Civil War and its aftermath in context of a broader Western move away from Hist 401 The World of Charlemagne bonded servitude and restrictions on human This course is a seminar on the age of liberty toward free labor and democracy, and Charlemagne and the European empire he will measure successes and failures, particu- forged in the early Middle Ages. The Course larly with regard to the legacy of racial material starts in the early sixth century as the division that the war was unable to eradicate. Roman West was mutating, and ends with the Course will cover the causes of sectional decline of the Carolingian Empire in the face of conflict, the military problems of the war, the Viking attacks and fratricidal warfare. The political, social, and economic conditions class concentrates on political and social/ within both North and South, and the social cultural developments in this very important and political sources of support and opposition period which formed a bridge from the to Reconstruction. Prerequisite: History 141 or Classical world to the beginnings of the 142, or Junior standing. 4 hours. Lipin. modern age. The class uses anthropological paradigms as one type of historical methodol- Hist 343 Industrialization, ogy. Assigned reading consists of primary Labor and the State in sources, secondary monographs and journal America: 1877-1939 articles. Prerequisite: Jurnior standing or Covers the rise of modern industry in the consent of instructor. 4 hours. Rampton. United States, the problem of labor conflict associated with it, and the steps taken by Hist 430 Adolf Hitler and the government, both at the state and the federal Question of Germany level, to regulate the new economy, beginning The problem of Adolf Hitler in German with laissez-faire governance of the late history. The continuity and break in German nineteenth century and concluding with the history-1848-1945. Prerequisite: Hist 102, 332 full elaboration of FDR’s New Deal. Course and Junior standing. 3 hours. Staff. focuses on social, economic and political forces. Prerequisite: History 142 or Junior Standing. Hist 450 Special Topics in History 4 hours. Lipin. Seminar or tutorial course focusing on topics of special interest to students and faculty. Hist 346 Race and Ethnicity in Prerequisite: Junior standing. Specific courses American History taught in this series will be noted in more Examines the historical experience of specific detail in annual course schedule. 3 hours. minority groups (African-Americans, Staff. Mexican-Americans, immigrants from Asia, and those from Southern and Eastern Europe) Hist 490 Senior Research Seminar in the United States, the historical roots of Combines a variety of historical methods with racism and its connection to American major historical themes and controversies. political and social thought. Prerequisite: Required of all senior History majors prior to History 141 or 142, or Junior standing. embarking on the thesis. Prerequisite: Senior 3 hours. Lipin. Meets cross-cultural core standing in History. Annually in the fall. requirement. 3 hours. Staff.

Hist 400 Medieval Women Hist 495 Independent Research This course is a seminar on the attitudes Student-conducted individual research leading towards, roles, work, and responsibilities of to a senior thesis. Required of all History women in the period from the fourth century to majors. Prerequisite: Senior standing in the fifteenth century. Women in their roles as History and Hist 490. Annually in the spring. nuns, witches, prostitutes, brewers, mothers, 3 hours. Staff. queens, and consorts are discussed. The course is thematic rather than chronological, and

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 81 energetically, exploring various environ- HONORS PROGRAM ments and ways of learning, investing in the community, and pursuing ambitious Dr. Sarah Phillips, Director, Honors Program academic programs. The Honors Program is dedicated to Faculty challenging exceptional students to explore and develop their gifts as thinkers, The Honors Program at Pacific University draws on faculty from every Division of researchers, and leaders. The Honors the College. Interested in pursuing Program is a flexible one that enables students interdisciplinary research and/or teaching, to major in everything from art to physics, to the Honors faculty develop seminars study abroad and to pursue other types of designed to challenge students to consider educational opportunities, such as internships, the relationships among various disci- plines, various means of constructing and as they earn Honors. presenting knowledge, and various approaches to learning and teaching. Goals Whether teaching a seminar or advising students pursuing individual research The goals of the program are: projects, faculty in the Honors Program • to introduce students into a community take mentorship as an important model of learners committed to integrating for student-faculty interaction, encourag- experience, formal study, and service; ing students to assume responsibility for • to provide students and faculty with the character of their education by opportunities to engage in imaginative reflecting on the significance of their work and ambitious interdisciplinary study for self-understanding as well as for and discussion; academic development. • to promote and model creative academic excellence; Characteristics • to prepare students for active, produc- Honors courses are distinguished by their tive lives as learners, professionals, and interdisciplinary focus and the seminar citizens; and to contribute to the model common to all Honors classes, intellectual and cultural liveliness of which sets high expectations for student the community. participation. Students must be willing to engage in the creative synthesis of a range Pacific Honors students bring a wide of ideas, modalities, and perspectives in variety of experiences, backgrounds, and order to succeed in a pedagogical model interests to the Program. A typical seminar that emphasizes the integration of will include students whose enthusiasms experience, analysis, and creative expres- range through the natural and social sion. Students in Honors learn how to sciences, the arts, and the humanities. transform their assumptions into hypoth- Many Honors students complete pre- eses, gain familiarity with various professional programs as they pursue approaches to learning, and develop skills their liberal arts majors. Honors students that enable them to work collaboratively often serve the community in various across a range of disciplines. Excellence in ways, as Resident Assistants, as First-Year Honors is characterized by intellectual Seminar mentors, and as House Tutors. curiosity, analytical rigor, and creative Honors students are active in athletics and risk-taking expressed in both independent student clubs, as well as theatre and and collaborative work. The Student music. Many members of the Honors Honors Council reflects the Program’s Program volunteer through Pacific’s commitment to helping students develop Humanitarian Center, tutoring public leadership skills and its insistence that school students, for example, or working Honors students share responsibility for on environmental issues or educating the quality and character of their educa- migrant workers and their families. In tional experience. Grading in the Honors general, Honors students approach their Program is consistent with standards held education at Pacific creatively and College-wide.

82 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 HONORS PROGRAM ■

Interdisciplinary and innovative, Honors graduates take a wide variety of paths seminars allow gifted students to satisfy into the post-baccalaureate world: College Core requirements in the com- pursuing graduate degrees across a range pany of others who approach their of professions and disciplines, preparing education creatively and energetically as for service in the health professions, or they pursue high standards and new practicing an art as a sculptor, writer, experiences. These Honors courses enable painter, or teacher, Honors students build students to build a powerful foundation exceptional lives on the foundations of for work in their majors by challenging their education at Pacific University. them to integrate approaches from several disciplines as they strengthen their Privileges abilities as writers, critical thinkers, and imaginative problem-solvers. In their first Honors students enjoy faculty library semester, Honors students meet the privileges and may take 18 units of credit College’s writing requirement; in the next per semester within the regular tuition three, they exercise their skills as writers charge in order to meet the demands of and thinkers as they work toward the Honors Program. Our students have satisfying requirements for work in the traveled to present their research at the natural and social sciences, the arts and National Collegiate Honors Council humanities, and in cross-cultural studies. conference and at the National Conference In the fifth seminar, taken in the spring of for Undergraduate Research. Honors the junior year, they prepare for indepen- students are encouraged to apply for and dent capstone projects in their disciplines assisted with their applications for as they consider the meaning of work, the prestigious national scholarships, includ- significance of entering a profession, the ing the Rhodes, Truman, and Marshall obligations that accompany education, Scholarships. The greatest benefit of and the exercise of power. In their senior Honors, however, is participation in a year, all Honors students design and community of learners and the opportuni- complete a capstone project or thesis that ties for exploration, exchange, and demonstrates academic excellence and discovery this affords: the variety of creativity. activities, the development of relation- ships centered on common intellectual The Honors Program also sponsors co- and cultural experiences and passions, curricular events that complement the and the self-understanding that emerges seminars and support the development of from collaborative learning and indi- a community of learners both within and vidual risk-taking. beyond the Program. The Honors Chautauqua Program, endowed by The Merles Bryan Fund, allows scholars and Admission performers to meet with Honors students in Prospective students are invited to apply to various settings and to present their work to the Honors Program when they apply for the Pacific community in lectures or admission to the College of Arts and performances. The Student Honors Council Sciences. Honors admissions decisions are advises the Director of Honors in selecting based on grade point averages, SAT or the Chautauqua Scholars and coordinates ACT scores, an essay, and letter of recom- its own co-curricular programming, also mendation. Honors students entering underwritten by The Merles Bryan Fund, Pacific generally have a high school GPA of which supports Honors students both on 3.7 and SAT scores of 1200 (ACT 26), but and off campus, defraying registration and applications from other interested students travel costs for students to present their will be considered. Students enrolled at work at conferences. Pacific are invited to apply during their The Honors Program at Pacific University first and second semesters at Pacific. All seeks to mentor students as they prepare students with a Pacific GPA of 3.5 or higher for careers, graduate study, and service to at the end of their second semester are their communities, honoring intellect and invited to apply for admission in the third character, talent and achievement. semester. Interested and qualified transfer Reflecting the Program’s emphasis on students should consult with the Director creative interdisciplinary thinking, our of Honors to discuss options for entering

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 83 and completing the Program. In order to Course Descriptions remain in the program, students should maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.5. First- Honors Courses (Honr) year students may continue with a 3.2 or Honr 100 Writing in Honors better, but must achieve a 3.5 cumulative Reading scientists on the relationship of GPA by the end of the sophomore year. No science to the arts and humanities, to society, courses in the Honors Program may be and to ethics, students will approach writing taken Pass/Fail. The transcripts and from an interdisciplinary perspective, diplomas of Honors Students denote composing a variety of essays involving Graduation with University Honors, and argument, analysis, and self reflection as they Honors Students are recognized at explore their relationship to various ways of Commencement. knowing, The final paper of the term will require research. Satisfies Writing Core Requirements requirement. Open only to Honors students. Honors students who wish to study abroad 3 hours. Fall and Spring semesters, Honors are encouraged to do so in either the Faculty. second semester of their sophomore year Honr 200 Honors Arts Seminar: or the first semester of their junior year. Topic varies Students choosing to study abroad in their These seminars enable Honors students to sophomore year may either double their fulfill College Arts Core requirements as they enrollment in Honors in a semester before continue to develop skills as interdisciplinary they leave, or take a 200-level Honors learners and thinkers, and may be taken more seminar in the spring term of their junior than once for credit as content varies. Non- year, concurrently with Honors 350. Honors students admitted with approval of the Students studying abroad for a full year as Director of Honors. 3 hours. Fall and Spring juniors will be expected to take Honors 350 semester. Honors Faculty. in either their sophomore or senior year. To graduate with University Honors, Honr 201 Honors Humanities students must satisfy the following Seminar: Topic varies Requirements These seminars enable Honors students to • Honors 100 fulfill College Humanities Core requirements as they continue to develop skills as interdisci- • Three sections of Honors 200 plinary learners and thinkers, and may be • Honors 350 taken more than once for credit as content • Honors 400: a senior thesis or capstone varies. Non-Honors students admitted with project in their major department 1 approval of the Director of Honors. 3 hours. • Participation in Honors co-curricular Fall and Spring semester. Honors Faculty. activities 2 Honr 202 Honors Natural Sciences • Cumulative GPA of 3.5 or above. Seminar: Topic varies 1 The senior thesis or capstone project must These seminars enable Honors students to fulfill satisfy departmental criteria for Honors work College Natural Sciences Core requirements as and pass the Honors Review Board, com- they continue to develop skills as interdiscipli- posed of the Director of Honors and the nary learners and thinkers, and may be taken faculty teaching in Honors in the current year. more than once for credit as content varies. Non- 2 All Honors students must participate in the Honors students admitted with approval of the co-curricular activities supported by the Director of Honors. 3 hours. Fall and Spring Honors Program, including The Honors semester. Honors Faculty. Chautauqua Program. Under no circum- stances will a student be allowed to graduate with University Honors with a cumulative GPA below 3.5. Students admitted to the University Honors Program must also meet all College of Arts and Sciences graduation requirements, unless an exception is approved by the Honors Committee.

84 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 HUMANITIES ■

Honr 203 Honors Social Sciences Seminar: Topic varies HUMANITIES These seminars enable Honors students to fulfill College Natural Sciences Core require- The Humanities are composed of the courses ments as they continue to develop skills as in English, History, Media Arts, Philosophy, and interdisciplinary learners and thinkers, and World Languages and Literatures. While these may be taken more than once for credit as content varies. Non-Honors students admitted departments have their own goals and with approval of the Director of Honors. specialized programs, they are united in a 3 hours. Fall and Spring semester. Honors common endeavor to discover and make Faculty. relevant the historical direction and essence of Honr 205 Chautauqua Series, humans’ cultural endeavors and to help Topic Varies students prepare for a life of quality and Honors 205 is a seminar built around the meaning. In this sense, the humanities are at Merles Bryan Endowed Chautauqua Series for the heart of liberal arts education. the Honors Program. As such, the topic of the course will change from year to year, with the topic of the speaker series. All topics will be appropriate to interdisciplinary exploration. COORDINATED STUDIES IN Students registering for Honors 205 will HUMANITIES MAJOR engage in deeper study of the series topic through readings, discussion, and writing. By special arrangement, students may 1.5 hours. Fall and Spring Semesters, Open pursue a self-designed course of study only to Honors Students. in the Humanities. Interested students should submit, by the end of their Honr 350 Junior Honors Seminar sophomore year, a proposed program A capstone commencement seminar designed with an identifiable academic focus to the to enable students to reflect upon their work in Humanities Division Chair. Students must general Honors and in their discipline(s) as plan a program with a minimum of 48 hours, they begin to develop their ideas for thesis and 18 of which must be upper-division hours capstone work in the senior year. Working in addition to the upper-division hours within an interdisciplinary framework, planned for the Special Projects in the students will consider the meaning of work, Humanities. Proposals should include: the significance of entering a profession, the 1. 18 hours emphasis in one obligations that accompany education, the department in the division exercise of power, and approaches to lifelong (English, Media Arts and learning. Open only to Honors Students. Communication, Philosophy, or Spring semester. Director of Honors. World Languages and Literatures) ... 18 Honr 400-17 Honors Research/ 2. 24 hours divided among three Capstone Project other departments at Pacific (English, Students design and complete a thesis or Media Arts and Communication, project that meets the criteria established by Philosophy, World Languages and their department for senior thesis or project. Literatures, History, Fine Arts, All theses and projects will be evaluated by an Music, and selected Peace and Honors Review Board, composed of the Conflict Studies courses) ...... 24 Director of Honors and the faculty teaching in Honors in the current academic year. Honors 3. Special Project in the Humanities 400-417 are offered through departments and for a minimum of six hours ...... 6 are designated on transcripts to identify them This project should be approved by the by department. Open only to Honors students. Humanities Division Chair in consultation 3-6 hours. Fall and Spring semesters, College with the faculty adviser in the student’s faculty. area of emphasis before the end of the student’s junior year. The project must be planned as a part of either Hum 475 (Career Internship), Hum 476 (Overseas Study), or Hum 477 (Individual Study and

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 85 Research). The student must complete a with historical, social, and political events. final written essay and give a formal 3 hours. French. Offered intermittently. presentation on his or her project by the end of the senior year; the essay and Hum 208 Francophone Africa and the presentation may in some cases be Caribbean incorporated with another senior project. A general introduction to the literature, Minimum Total Hours culture, peoples, and politics of Francophone Africa and the French-speaking Caribbean, focusing in particular on the 20th century. 48 Special emphasis on the Maghreb, Senegal, and Haiti. Meets cross-cultural requirement. 3 hours. Interested students should consult with Steinert Borella. Offered intermittently. Professor David DeMoss, Humanities Division Chair. Hum 300 Mentoring in the Course Descriptions Humanities Each student serves as a mentor in one section Humanities (Hum) of Humanities 100, the required First-Year Seminar course. Mentors attend all Hum 100 Hum 100 Origins, Identity, classes and co-curricular events and complete and Meaning all of the readings. They do not take exams, A required seminar for first-semester first-year write papers, or participate in the evaluation of students that introduces students to college students in Hum 100. The mentor is to act as a academic life and the skills needed for success peer in helping first-year students make the in that life. It is a humanities-based course in transition from high school to college. They its content, intended to engage students in the hold study sessions and help students with task of personal and cultural critique, and note taking, writing assignments, and the designed to provide a common learning development of proper study skills. They work experience for the entire first-year class. closely with faculty in developing the means to Students will also experience the educational good mentoring in their section of Hum 100. advantages of having a diversity of teaching They meet with the First-Year Seminar methods and approaches both within and Coordinator one hour each week to review their among the various sections of the seminar; work and to discuss pedagogical issues although cross-sectional themes, texts, and associated with teaching the humanities. events may be adopted by current Hum 100 Mentors are selected by an application process faculty, the course will be designed and taught in the spring. 4 hours. Beard. Fall semester. in a manner thought most appropriate by the individual instructor. 4 hours. Staff. Fall Hum 306 Latino Fiction semester. A study of the fiction of Latino writers representing the diverse Hispanic cultures of Hum 205 Japanese Culture the U.S. with emphasis on the themes of This course is a general introduction to immigration, culture adaptation, and the Japanese people, land, and culture. Its major unique characteristics of the author’s Hispanic emphasis is on culture: arts, science, industry heritage. Meets cross-cultural core require- and language. Meets cross-cultural core ment. 3 hours. Cabello/Christoph. Offered requirement. 3 hours. Ikeda. Offered yearly. intermittently.

Hum 206 Latin America Hum 325 Hispanics in the A general introduction to the geography, United States peoples, and cultures of Latin America, and to A study of the history, literature, culture, and their major social and political issues. Meets demographics of Hispanic groups in the U.S. cross-cultural core requirement. 3 hours. An interdisciplinary approach will be taken Cabello. Offered intermittently. toward placing in perspective the major political, social, and educational issues facing Hum 207 German Culture these groups. Students will simultaneously be A general introduction to the literature, film, engaged in a field internship in the Hispanic art and music of people in the German- community. Prerequisite: Spanish 102. Meets speaking countries, focusing on the time period cross-cultural requirement. 4 hours. Bates/ from the early 19th century to the present. Cabello or Phillips/Christoph. Special emphasis on the intersection of culture

86 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 INTERNATIONAL & STUDY ABROAD ■

INTERNATIONAL Staff from International Programs are active members in NAFSA: Association of International PROGRAMS & Educators, as well as other international STUDY ABROAD education professional organizations, and represent Pacific University locally, regionally and nationally in professional conferences, Anne Frey, Director workshops, meetings and other symposia. Kazuko Ikeda, Faculty Chair Akiko Imamura, Assistant Director STUDY ABROAD Located on the second floor of Chapman Hall, International Programs is the University’s In accordance with Pacific University’s centralized office for providing effective and mission statement and goals, Pacific University study abroad programs comprehensive services to Pacific’s provide students with a unique opportu- international community of foreign students, nity to develop skills and knowledge scholars and faculty. International Programs which will prepare them for the diverse also works closely with students and faculty in community, nation and world. Pacific the coordination and administration of overseas University considers international study important and encourages all students to programs, including both short-term (Winter III gain exposure to other cultures, lan- and Summer) and long-term (semester and guages, and ways of life. academic year) study abroad programs (see Study abroad is required for a major in “Study Abroad section below). modern languages and international studies but is open to all students who The Director of International Programs holds meet the selection criteria. Pacific Univer- official designation from the United States sity students who participate in a study Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) as a abroad program can earn a maximum of Designated School Official and from the United 31 credits which will count toward their States Information Agency (USIA) as a graduation. However, students should consult with their faculty advisor(s) to Responsible Officer in matters related to the determine which courses taken abroad issuance and maintenance of non-immigrant can and cannot be used toward their visas. The visa classifications of F, J, H as well as majors or to satisfy other specific Univer- Permanent U.S. Residency are administered by sity requirements. International Programs. Given the complex and Pacific has an agreement with the Oregon ever-changing nature of immigration regulations, University System (OUS) that gives Pacific students access to all OUS study members of Pacific’s international community are abroad programs. These programs now strongly advised to remain in close contact with include some 24 different study abroad International Programs for advising and counsel sites in China, Ecuador, France, Germany, on immigration-related affairs. Japan and Mexico, to name a few. Pacific also offers access to a wide array of Advising related to immigration and cross- other study abroad programs. European cultural issues are also available at the Office study in Austria, England, France, Spain, of International Programs. Any member of the Wales and The Netherlands is available in international campus community having cooperation with Central College of Iowa questions, or experiencing difficulties with and University of Minnesota. In Japan, Pacific is affiliated with Kansai Gaidai in matters of immigration and cultural adjustment Hirakata, just outside of Osaka, and can utilize the International Programs staff’s Gakuin University in Nagoya. In familiarity with such issues. Additionally, the Ecuador, Pacific has an affiliation with the Office of International Programs sponsors Universidad Especialidades Espiritu activities for international students and study Santo (UEES) in Guayaquil. In China, abroad participants.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 87 Pacific has sent students in recent years to Application Deadline Guanxi University in Gualin and has an The deadline for application to all Pacific exchange agreement with East China study abroad programs is normally at the Normal University in Shanghai and beginning of second semester (late Central University for Nationalities January-early February) preceding the in Beijing. academic year in which the study abroad program will be undertaken. Application Eligibility forms, current cost data, and informa- To be eligible for overseas study, students, tional brochures about all study abroad typically sophomores or juniors, must programs are available in the Interna- demonstrate proper personal and aca- tional Programs Office, second floor, demic preparation for the program, be in Chapman Hall. good academic standing, and have attended Pacific full time for one semester. Applications from freshmen to study CHINESE abroad during their sophomore year will normally not be approved unless there is a Pacific has an exchange agreement with compelling academic reason for the East China Normal University (ECNU) in request. In general, applicants are the dynamic city of Shanghai. Students expected to have an overall GPA of at least study intensive Chinese language and 2.75 for foreign language programs and culture while at ECNU and represent 3.0 for programs in English speaking Pacific University in a variety of ways countries (higher for some programs) and during their semester of academic year of to have completed the equivalent of at study in China. least two years of college-level foreign A sister school relationship provides language study. A personal essay, letters students with an opportunity to study in of recommendation, and a personal Gualin at Guanxi University. Famous for interview are also required of all appli- its natural rock formations, Gualin is a cants. Students with a GPA below 2.5 at smaller setting in which to study. Inten- the time of application will have their sive Chinese language classes are offered applications rescinded. along with classes for international students. Students are generally placed in Cost dormitories, however, limited homestays can be arranged. The cost for most Pacific University approved study abroad programs will be OUS provides a semester-long program at equal to Pacific tuition, room and board. the Central University for Nationalities in The University will also provide up to Beijing. This program focuses on intensive $1,000 for transportation to and from the language training at the beginning, study abroad site. For specific program intermediate, and advanced levels and cost information, please contact the offers a course entitled Chinese Culture International Programs Office. and Chinese National Minorities that includes a three-week study tour to two The University does extend financial aid minority regions in China rarely visited by for approved study abroad programs Westerners. International students are taking into account both the total expenses housed together in a University dormitory. associated with a particular program and the demonstrated need of the individual student. The University may also facilitate student access to study abroad programs not affiliated with Pacific, but no financial aid from Pacific will be awarded for such unaffiliated programs.

88 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 INTERNATIONAL & STUDY ABROAD ■

ENGLISH and, whenever possible will be placed as the only American on the floor. All Scotland and Ireland residence halls have single rooms with shared bathroom and kitchen facilities. Pacific has direct enrollment study abroad Meals are not included on this program. options at the University of Edinburgh in Scotland and at six colleges and universi- ties in the Irish Republic and Northern Ireland. These institutions in Scotland and FRENCH Ireland offer almost every course of study Four different year-long French programs in a challenging academic environment. In are available to Pacific students in Paris, all cases, a GPA of at least 3.0 is required Montpellier, Lyon, and Poitiers through to be considered. Central College, University of Minnesota, and OUS, respectively. Wales The Central College program in Paris Additionally, Central College offers two includes a two-week intensive French English language programs in Great language program in Nice, prior to the Britain. Students who choose to study in start of classes at the Sorbonne. For the Wales attend Trinity College, a small rest of the year, students are housed in liberal arts college in Carmarthen, a rural residence halls located throughout the setting with opportunities for many student sections of Paris. Pacific Univer- outdoor activities, including canoeing, sity students at 202 level French or higher backpacking, camping, hiking, and rock will enroll in courses for regular and climbing. Students may enroll in any of advanced students. Trinity’s five divisions and are also The OUS program in Lyon offers students expected to take two courses each term in a chance to explore France’s second Welsh Studies. Students are housed in the largest city. The program begins with an University’s residence halls along with intensive language program and then their Welsh classmates. continues at the Centre International d’Etudes FranÁaises with the opportunity England to take selected regular courses at four Students who participate in the Central different universities in Lyon. Advanced College program in London enroll in students who pass a qualifying exam may British Studies courses and seminars on also opt to take all of their courses in the special topics in the arts, literature, and French universities that participate in the social sciences. Students may also enroll in program. There are a wide variety of up to two courses at the University of housing options, ranging from homestays North London. Almost all students also with families to sharing apartments with participate in the internship program, French students to staying in university choosing from more than 50 internships in dormitories. This program is for the full a wide variety of fields. academic year only. The OUS program in Poitiers exposes The Netherlands students to life in a small French city of 100,000 residents. This program also Less then 40 minutes away from begins with homestays with French Amsterdam, Leiden is home to the nations families and an intensive language oldest University, Leiden University. The program. Most students then continue Central College program in Leiden allows with courses in the Department of French Pacific students to experience continental for Foreign Students of the University of Europe while taking classes in English. Poitiers as well as regular University While studying in Leiden, Pacific students courses if their language skills are can take courses in Art, Business, Econom- sufficiently advanced. As at Lyon, a wide ics, Management, Political Science, History, variety of living arrangements, including Psychology, Literature and Music. Students homestays with French families, boarding must take a beginning Dutch language houses, and University dormitories, are course while participating on the program. available. This program is also for the full All students live in Dutch residence halls academic year only.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 89 The University of Minnesota’s program in language and literature, fine arts, humani- Montpellier, France offers a comprehen- ties, and the behavioral sciences. At the sive academic and cultural experience at same time, students take three courses per the intermediate and advanced language semester on different aspects of art, music, levels at the Universite Paul Valery. and literature through Central College’s Montpellier is located in southern France, Program in Vienna. Students are housed in ten miles away from the Mediterranean. residence halls scattered throughout the Classes are held at the Universite Paul city which serve both international and Valery and are taught by faculty from the Austrian students. Residence halls do not University. Housing options vary and offer meal plans, and meal plans are not include homestays, dormitory or apart- included in the Central program fee. ment living. JAPANESE GERMAN Pacific University enjoys a sister school Pacific gives students of German the relationship with two Japanese universi- opportunity to pursue study abroad in ties that allow Pacific students to enroll in either Germany or Austria through their study abroad programs in Japan for programs offered by OUS and Central either a semester or a full year. College. Nagoya Gakuin is located in a scenic suburb of Nagoya and offers a comfortable Germany campus atmosphere. Kansai Gaidai is The year-long OUS program in the state of located in Hirakata near Osaka and half an Baden-W¸rttemberg, the German sister hour train rides way from Kyoto and state to Oregon, begins with a four-week Nara, the cultural and religious centers of program of intensive German. This is traditional Japan. Both programs offer followed by study in regular German Japanese language classes and courses, university courses at any one of nine taught in English, on the history and different universities, each with its own culture of Japan. At both schools, students distinctive academic emphasis, located in may live either in an international the cities of Stuttgart, T¸bingen, Konstanz, dormitory or enjoy a home stay with a Hohenheim, Ulm, Freiburg, Heidelberg, Japanese family arranged by the school. Mannheim, and Karlsruhe. In addition, In addition, under some circumstances, students with special interests in educa- Pacific students may have access to year- tion, music, and art may enroll at three long OUS programs in Tokyo at Waseda more specialized institutions in University and Aoyama Gakuin Univer- Ludwigsburg and Stuttgart, although an sity. At both universities, intensive audition and/or portfolio may be required Japanese is offered as well as a variety of for admission to the music and art schools. courses, taught in English, in Japanese history, literature, politics, economics, and Austria culture. Course work at Aoyama Gakuin, however, is especially focused on business, The Central College German language economics, and politics. At Aoyama program provides students with an Gakuin housing is provided in University opportunity to study in Austria for either a dormitories with Japanese roommates; at single semester or an entire year. The Waseda University home stays with program begins with a six-week intensive Japanese families are provided. German program at a Goethe Institute facility in one of several sites in southern Germany. Following the intensive German course, the remainder of the semester or year is spent at the 600-year-old University of Vienna in Austria. Students can take regular courses at the University in

90 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 INTERNATIONAL & STUDY ABROAD ■

SPANISH have passed the language placement exam. The Granada program also incorpo- Ecuador rates the opportunity for service-learning projects in the local area. Pacific has a special relationship with the Universidad Especialidades Espiritu Santo (UEES) in Guayaquil, Ecuador’s largest city, principal port, and main commercial OTHER PROGRAMS center. UEES offers a one-semester Pacific students also have access through program each fall for Pacific students. The the Oregon University System (OUS) to program features homestays with care- study abroad programs in South Korea fully selected Ecuadorian families, a series and . However, Pacific does not of excursions in and out of Guayaquil, offer language training in support of this including trips to the Andean highlands, study abroad option. More complete the Amazon basin and the Galapagos. The information about these, and other academic program includes service- programs, is available in the International learning with a local school or social Programs Office. service agency, intensive Spanish and course work in Latin American history, geography, economics, and literature. OVERSEAS PROGRAMS Pacific students may also apply to the OUS program in Ecuador’s capital city, Quito. WINTER III (January term) Students may choose from one of two A variety of credit-earning overseas study schools: Pontificia Universidad Catolica del programs are also available during Ecuador (PUCE) and Universidad San Pacific’s three week winter term (Winter Francisco de Quito (USFQ). PUCE is III). These programs are faculty-led and located in the center of Quito and is a vary from year to year. Recent program private, independent institution with 7,000 destinations have included Vietnam, India, students. Universidad San Francisco de Barcelona, Spain, Switzerland, London, Quito (USFQ) is located in Cumbaya, a England, Germany and Costa Rica. For an suburb of Quito and has 2,000 students. schedule of upcoming Winter III pro- The program in Quito is available for either grams, contact the International Programs a year-long program, or as a one-semester Office at 503-359-2913. program in the fall and/or spring semes- ters. All students are housed with families for one semester with an option to move to an apartment for second semester students.

Spain A year-long or semester program is available through Central College at the University of Granada in southern Spain. The Central College program begins with a 3 week orientation with the first two weeks taking place in Ronda, the birth- place of modern bullfighting and the last week in Granada. The orientation includes intensive Spanish and cultural orientation culminating in a language placement exam. Throughout the orientation and the semester students are housed with Spanish host families. In Granada, students may choose from three different course options, including regular classes at the University of Granada for those who

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 91 INTERNATIONAL STUDIES provides majors with a multidisciplinary background in a language and culture area. On campus International Studies sponsors Nancy Christoph, Spanish, Chair lectures, festivals, music presentations. Jeffrey G. Barlow, (History), East Asian Studies Coordinator Sara Steinert Borella, (French), Western MAJOR IN European Studies Coordinator INTERNATIONAL STUDIES Victor M. Rodríguez, (Spanish), Latin American Studies Coordinator Students may apply for the major as early as the second semester of their freshman Susan U. Cabello, Spanish year at Pacific and, in general, should apply no later than the second semester of Lorely French, German their sophomore year. Applications are Naoya Fujita, Japanese available from the Director of International Programs, in the Office of International Kazuko Ikeda, Japanese Programs on the second floor of Chapman Cheleen Mahar, (Anthropology) Hall and from faculty members of World Languages and Literatures. Students who Martha Rampton, History apply later in their academic career may find it difficult to complete the require- Philip Ruder, Economics ments of the major and still graduate from Jeffrey G. Seward, Political Science Pacific in four years, especially if they choose to spend an entire year in a study Seth Singleton, Political Science abroad program. Admission is selective Michael R. Steele, English and normally requires a 3.0 GPA. IS majors must maintain a GPA of at least 3.0 each David F. Stout, German semester to remain in the program. Ann Wetherell, Art History Immediately after being accepted, students must consult with a member of International Studies is designed for highly- the International Studies faculty (see list motivated students who plan careers in law, above) and prepare a complete plan of diplomacy, education, international research courses that they intend to take to fulfill the requirements of the major. This plan and the globalized marketplace of business must be updated and resubmitted and economics. National and state leaders immediately upon return from the study have placed a high priority on international abroad experience. As part of that plan, studies in order to meet the critical need for each major must declare an area interest college graduates who are competent in world (East Asia, Latin America or Western Europe). languages and who are familiar with world International students (that is, foreign cultures. The national and regional commitment nationals studying at Pacific on a student to internationalism in the United States and the visa) may select the American Studies increasing interdependence of nations around option (see the separate requirements for the world are reflected in a wide range of job this option set out below). In this case, the opportunities in both government and the foreign language requirement and the study abroad requirement are waived. private sector. International students may also complete Within the International Studies major, students the regular International Studies major but may not use their native language to fulfill are able to focus upon one of three the foreign language requirement. Further, international areas: East Asia, Latin America they may not use study in their home and Western Europe. International students country to satisfy the study abroad who wish to major in IS may choose the requirement. American Studies option. Each area focus

92 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 INTERNATIONAL STUDIES ■

International Studies majors are strongly has previously studied to fulfill the encouraged to complete a second major in foreign language requirement of the a standard discipline. Students may also major. Study abroad in English- want to include a Humanitarian Center speaking countries or programs multicultural field experience or other conducted in English may not be used relevant internship. to fulfill this requirement. The goals and formal requirements for the Prior to study abroad, the student major (except for international students should fulfill at least the following choosing the American Studies option) are requirements: as follows: 2. Foreign language study in one of the principal languages of chosen area Goals for the Major interest through the 202-level. In successfully completing a major in 3. IS 201 Intercultural Communications International Studies a student will 4. A base history course related to the possess the following attributes: student’s chosen area interest. For East • Strong written and oral Asia, this would normally be HIST 112 communications skills East Asia; for Latin America, HIST/ • Proven research and analytical skills POLS 255 Latin American History or • Knowledge of the history and culture HUM 206 Latin America; for Western of a specific area of the world Europe, HIST 102 Western Civilization II. However, more specialized upper- • The ability to build on that knowledge division history courses approved in to produce a final written thesis and advance by the student’s IS advisor related oral presentation may also be used to satisfy this • Well-developed intercultural skills requirement. • The ability to work collaboratively In addition, the student must fulfill the • The ability to speak, read and write following requirements before, during, in a second or third language or after the study abroad experience: • Experience in living and 5. At least 21 semester hours of electives studying abroad chosen in consultation with the student’s IS advisor to create a coherent program of study related to the chosen Requirements: area interest. Such courses should be International Area Studies Focus approved by students’ IS or WORL IS 201 Intercultural advisors. No more than 12 semester Communications ...... 3 hours from any single department or discipline and no more than 12 semes- Base history course ter hours taken during study abroad related toarea interest ...... 3 may be applied to this requirement. Electives coherently 6. At least six hours of foreign language related toarea interest ...... 21 study at Pacific at the 300-level or Foreign language study above after returning from the study at 300-levelor above ...... 6 abroad experience. Research methods ...... 3 7. One course in theory or research IS 399 Junior Tutorial ...... 2 methods to be taken prior to enrollment IS 401 & IS 402 Senior Thesis ...... 4 for IS 401 Senior Thesis. Note that students planning to spend the entire junior year abroad should complete this 42 requirement prior to study abroad. 1. At least one semester of study abroad Students also need to be aware that in a country related to the student’s several of the courses approved for chosen area interest. The country meeting this requirement have one or chosen must have as one of its principal more prerequisites. The course chosen languages, the language the student should be closely related to the research

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 93 strategy appropriate to the student’s 4. Six hours of upper-division courses senior thesis project. Approved courses in American literature. which meet this requirement are the 5. Twelve hours of electives chosen in following: consultation with the advisor to create ANTH 301 Research Methods a coherent program of study of the in Anthropology United States with at least six hours of ECON 321 Introduction to electives outside the Departments of Econometrics History and English. ENGL 333 Theory of Literature 6. The same requirements for a methodol- ogy course, junior tutorial, and senior ENGL 332 Introduction to Linguistics thesis as all other IS majors. PSY 350 Behavioral Statistics International students for whom English SOC 201 Introduction to is a second language and who elect the Social Research America concentration are exempt from SOC 301 Social Statistics the foreign language and study abroad requirements and take instead 27 hours 8. IS 399 Junior Tutorial/Seminar in in electives. which students work with individual professors to develop a polished senior Course Descriptions thesis proposal and meet together in occasional seminar format to share their International Studies (IS) research proposals. Students who spend their entire junior year abroad IS 201 Intercultural must register for IS 399 as an indepen- Communication dent study course in close collaboration This course develops awareness and skills for with a Pacific professor and produce a effective communication among people of senior thesis proposal during their different cultures. It explores problems related second semester of study abroad. to value differences and examines perceptual A contract for IS 399 while studying relativity, cultural self-awareness, verbal and abroad should be prepared prior to nonverbal behavior, value analysis, and departure for the study abroad site. communication strategies. For both United A student may not research their thesis States and International students. 3 hours. topic during their overseas study year Ikeda. unless their topic has been approved by their advisor at Pacific University. IS 399 Junior Tutorial Directed reading and research in the student’s 9. IS 401 and IS 402 Senior Thesis in which area of interest. Prerequisite: Junior Standing the student prepares a senior thesis for in IS. 2 hours. Staff. a public and written presentation. These two semesters of Senior Thesis IS 401-402 Senior Seminar and Thesis may not be taken concurrently. Stu- Sources, materials, and methods of research, dents must make reasonable progress writing, and critical analysis. Preparation and on their thesis project by the end of defense of major research project. Prerequisite: IS 401 in order to continue with their Senior Standing in IS. 2 hours per semester. thesis work in IS 402. Students who do Staff. not meet this requirement will be asked to withdraw from the IS major. IS 450 Special Topics in International Studies Requirements: American Studies Focus This seminar course is an elective which focuses on topics of special interest to students Available only to international students and IS faculty. The course allows students to 1. IS 201 Intercultural Communications. explore possible topics for their thesis and the 2. HIST 141-142 History of the methods for approaching those topics. Students United States. may take the course concurrently with IS 401. Prerequisite: Seniorstanding and study abroad. 3. Six hours of upper-division courses in 3 hours. Staff. American history.

94 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 M ATHE MATI CAL SCI NECES ■ MATHEMATICAL Department Goals The department maintains common goals SCIENCES for all of its students (majors, minors and others). Students in our courses will learn Michael Boardman, Chair, Associate strategies for abstract problem solving, Professor, Mathematics gain a basic understanding of computers and the broad implications of their use, be Margaret Chou, Associate Professor, exposed to mathematics as a liberal art, Mathematics and be given the opportunity to hone their computational skills. Michael C. Clock, Professor, Mathematics For students majoring in Computer Christine Guenther, Assistant Professor, Science, we provide, within the context of Mathematics the liberal arts, excellent preparation for Michelle Hribar, Assistant Professor, high-tech careers or graduate study in Computer Science Computer Science. Students with a program of study in Christopher Lane, Assistant Professor, Mathematics will learn methods of Mathematics mathematical modeling, abstraction, Gowri Meda, Assistant Professor, argumentation, and abstract mathematical Mathematics constructs and paradigms, develop competence in carrying out algorithms, Douglas J. Ryan, Professor, Computer Science and learn to read and speak the language of mathematics. A mathematics degree The Department of Mathematical Sciences from Pacific prepares students for wide offers programs of study in Mathematics and variety of post-graduate activities includ- Computer Science. ing work in mathematics and science related fields or graduate study in Our Computer Science program is mathematics or education. characterized by small class sizes, close interaction with faculty, and a curriculum with a breadth and depth rarely encountered in a MAJOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE small university. Because the department Requirements follows the ACM (Association for Computing Math 206 Computational Machinery) curriculum guidelines, students Linear Algbra ...... 3 graduating with a degree in Computer Science Math 226 Calculus I ...... 4 from Pacific are well-prepared to pursue Math 240 Discrete Mathematics...... 3 immediate employment in the computer/ CS 150 Introduction to electronics industry or continue on to graduate Computer ScienceI...... 4 school. With 100% placement in the field since CS 250 Introduction to the program inception, our graduates are Computer Science II ...... 3 employed at industry leaders such as Intel, CS 310 Theoretical Microsoft, and Hewlett Packard. Computer Science...... 3 The Mathematics major provides students a CS 320 Assembly Language strong mathematics foundation with emphasis in Programming ...... 3 several key areas including analysis, abstract CS 385 Junior Seminar ...... 1 structures and applied mathematics. Students CS 430 Computer Architecture...... 3 completing this major are able to pursue careers CS 460 Operating Systems ...... 3 in applied mathematics, enter graduate programs CS 480 Principles of in mathematics and other fields, or complete Compiler Design...... 3 certification requirements to teach mathematics in CS 481 Compiler Laboratory I ...... 1 K-12 (see the College of Education section of this CS 490 Senior Capstone I...... 2 catalog for more details). CS 491 Senior Capstone II ...... 3

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 95 Six credits selected from COMPUTER SCIENCE, the following courses...... 6 COOPERATIVE PROGRAM CS 305 Advanced Programming for Multimedia Contact Professor Ryan CS 315 Human Computer A 3-2 program requiring five years of Interface Design study for the well-prepared student, three CS 360 Special Topics* years at Pacific and two years at OGI. Phy 364 Electronics Degrees awarded are a baccalaureate degree (normally in Mathematics, Com- 45 puter Science or Applied Science) from Pacific, and a Master of Science degree in Computer Science from the Oregon * Note: CS 360 can be counted twice as an Graduate Institute. Upon completion, the elective as long as the topics are different. two degrees will be awarded concurrently. Restrictions: The student applies for the program 1. At least 18 hours of upper-division during the sophomore year. During the CS courses must be taken from Pacific senior year, the student will transfer to University (Credit by examination not OGI to continue study in Computer acceptable). Science and specialized mathematics. 2. At most 1 course passed with a grade below C- can count towards the Requirements Computer Science major. Students planning on a cooperative program must complete the courses below. MINOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE In addition, students must complete all other Pacific University requirements for a CS 150 Introduction to B.S. degree with a major of their choice — Computer Science I...... 4 normally Applied Science, Computer Science or Mathematics. CS 250 Introduction to Computer Science II ...... 3 CS 150 Introduction to Computer Science I...... 4 Electives ...... 9 CS 250 Introduction to Electives are selected from: Computer Science II ...... 3 CS 205, CS 230, CS 305, CS 310, CS 315, CS 320, CS 360, CS 430, CS 460, CS 320 Assembly Language CS 480/481, Math 206, Math 240, Programming ...... 3 Math 324, Phys 364. Math At least one of the following:...... 4 226-227 Calculus I-II ...... 8 Math 125 Precalculus Upper-Division Electives selected Math 226 Calculus from C.S. 310, 360, 430, 440/441, 460, 480/481 or Phy 364...... 6-9 20 24-27 Restriction: Six of the elective credit hours must be upper-division Computer Science The student must also complete at least courses taken at Pacific University. 45 quarter hours of graduate study in computer science and engineering, including a satisfactory written thesis.

Course Descriptions Computer Science (CS) Note that all prerequisite courses must be completed with a grade of C- or better.

96 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES ■

CS 120 The Information Era projects). Pre-requisite: Math 226. 3 hours An exploration, with the use of computers, of (14 weeks). Students cannot get credit for both how information technology is playing an ever CS 130 and 230. increasing role in society. Students will explore a host of topics for using and accessing CS 250 Introduction to Computer information such as: searching and navigating Science II the Internet, the world wide web (www), A second course in computing fundamentals interactive multimedia, communications, and which is a continuation of CS 150. The study of ethics. This is not a programming class and is data structures such as stacks, queues, linked intended to give students the ability to access lists, trees; searching and sorting are an integral and manipulate information in a variety of component of the class. This course will teach ways. (Class includes lab projects). 3 hours. an object-oriented approach to computing and include classes, function and operator overload- CS 130 Introduction to ing, and inheritance. (Class includes lab Software Tools projects). Prerequisite: CS 150. 3 hours. Many disciplines are finding the need to gather, manipulate, analyze, and graph data. CS 305 Advanced Programming This course will introduce students to some for Multimedia software tools that aid in this process. Software An introduction to state of the art scripting which is widely used at Pacific includes: and macro languages such as Director & StatView, Excel, Equation Editor, Power Point Lingo, JavaScript & Java, Perl, and HTML and Word. (Class includes lab projects). which will be used for Multimedia develop- Prerequisite: Math 125. 2 hours (10 weeks). ment. This course will cover and include Students cannot get credit for both CS130 projects on topics such as Interactive Multime- and 230. dia on CD ROM, Animation & Sound, Digital Video, the Internet, and Client/Server CS 150 Introduction to applications. Students cannot get credit for Computer Science I both CS 205 and CS 305. Prerequisite: CS 250. A first course in computing fundamentals 3 hours. Alternate Years 2000-2001. where no previous programming experience is presumed. This course will be taught in C++ CS 310 Theoretical and include programming projects in a wide Computer Science variety of areas. Course content includes This course introduces the foundations of selections, repetitions, functions, arrays, formal language theory, computability, pointers, classes, unions, and I/O. In addition complexity, shows the relationship between to three lectures per week, the class meets automata and various classes of languages, weekly for a laboratory session. Co-requisite: addresses the issue of which problems can be Math 125. 4 hours. solved by computational means and studies the complexity of their solutions. It also studies CS 205 Introduction to Turing machines and equivalent models of Programming for computation, the Chomsky hierarchy, context Multimedia free grammars, push-down automata, and This course introduces students to the program- computability. Prerequisite: CS 250. 3 hours. ming process and logic. Multimedia projects Alternate years 2000-2001. will be discussed and developed using state of the art scripting and macro languages such as CS 315 Introduction to Human Director and Lingo, Javascript/Java, HTML, Computer Interaction and/or Perl. Prerequisite: CS 120 or equivalent. Humans interact with computers through user Students can not get credit for both CS 205 and interfaces; designing useful and effective CS 305. Alternate Years 2000-2001. interfaces involves many challenges for both designers and programmers. This course will CS 230 Introduction to Advanced cover the basics of the field of human computer Software Tools interaction including the human factors of This course covers the same topics as CS 130 interactive software, methods to develop and in the first ten weeks. The last four weeks are assess interfaces, interaction styles and design spent doing more intense work with StatView, considerations. The class will include research Excel, and Maple. Some programming in and design projects as well as a programming Maple will be required. (Class includes lab project. Pre-requisite: CS250 or MedA260. 3 hours. Alternate Years 2000-2001. www.pacificu.edu ❖ 97 CS 320 Assembly Language CS 460 Operating Systems Programming The Operating System as a resource manager. An introduction to digital logic, machine Topics to include: Processes and threads, CPU structure and instruction sets, assembly scheduling, memory management, I/O language programming (arrays, subroutines, I/ systems, distributed file systems, multiproces- O conversion, sorting, searching, lists, look-up sor operating systems, and case studies. tables), interrupts and resets. Prerequisite: CS Prerequisite: CS 320. 3 hours. Alternate years 250 or instructor consent. 3 hours. (Class 2001-2002. includes lab projects using MASM ). CS 480 Principles of CS 360 Special Topics Compiler Design Consists of an area in Computer Science that is An introduction to compilers. Topics to getting a great deal of attention. Current topics include: attribute grammars, syntax-directed include (but are not limited to) the following: translations, lex, yacc, LR(1) parsers, symbol Windows Programming -This class uses tables, semantic analysis, and code generation. Visual C++ to introduce basic concepts of Prerequisite: CS310. 3 hours. Alternate years. GUI. (Class includes lab projects). Interactive 2000-2001. Computer Graphics-An introduction to interactive computer graphics, including: CS 481 Compiler Laboratory bit-mapped graphics (low level routines), line A laboratory course which must be taken drawing algorithms, circle generators, two- concurrently with CS 480. Involves coding, dimensional transformations, clipping and verification, and validation of a compiler. windowing, solid area scan conversion, three- 1 hour. (Class project is implemented on a dimensional transformations, fractals, and ray SUN Ultra 5 using C/Unix). Alternate tracing. (Class includes lab projects using C/ years 2000-2001. C++, Java, and/or OpenGL). Survey of Programming Languages-An overview of CS 490 Senior Capstone I programming languages to include the The Software Life Cycle contains several stages fundamentals of procedural, functional, and including: Requirements Specification, object-oriented languages. (Class includes lab Analysis, Design, Implementation, and projects using C/C++, Modula-2, and LISP). Testing & Verification. Students will complete Prerequisite: CS250 or instructor consent. the Requirements Specification, Analysis, and 3 hours. Design of the project researched during CS 385. Prerequisite: CS 385. 2 hours. CS 385 Junior Seminar This course will expose students to the various CS 491 Senior Capstone II fields of Computer Science through weekly During this course, students will complete seminars by faculty and outside speakers. Implementation, Testing, and Presentation of Students will research a topic of their choice for the project that was designed during CS 490. their Senior Capstone Project. This course Prerequisite: CS 490. 3 hours. culminates in the presentation of the student’s project and project specification. Prerequisite: CS major with Junior standing and at least one MAJOR IN MATHEMATICS 400 level CS class (C or better) taken at Pacific. 1 hour Core

CS 430 Computer Architecture Mathematics Courses An introduction to the hardware design Math 226,227,228 Calculus I-III ...... 12 aspects of all major components of a computer Math 240 Discrete Mathematics ...... 3 system. Topics include computer arithmetic, Math 306 Linear Algebra ...... 3 Boolean algebra and gate networks, logic design, memory (virtual and cache), I/O Math 311 Ordinary Differential devices, pipelined instruction execution, bus Equations ...... 3 structures, microprogramming, and RISC/ Math 485 Senior Seminar ...... 1 CISC philosophies. Prerequisite: CS 320. 3 hours. Alternate years 2000-2001. 22

98 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES ■

Supporting Courses Course Descriptions CS 150 Introduction to Computer Mathematics courses of at least three Science I ...... 4 credits numbered 165 and above satisfy Phys 232 General Physics I ...... 4 the mathematics core requirement. All prerequisite courses must be com- 8 pleted with a grade of “C” or better. Elective Groups Mathematics (Math) At least one course from each of the Math 122 College Algebra following groups This course offers students the opportunity to Analysis ...... 3 polish their general algebra skills in prepara- Math 405 Real Analysis tion for precalculus, statistics and other courses where a working knowledge of algebra Math 412 Complex Analysis without trigonometry is a prerequisite. Abstract Structures ...... 3 Throughout the course, students are asked to Math 402 Abstract Algebra translate information back and forth between grammatical and mathematical forms. Topics Math 440 Topics in Algebraic Structures include modeling, graphing and analysis with Applied Mathematics ...... 3 linear, quadratic and general polynomial and Math 324 Numerical Analysis exponential expressions, solving linear, Math 411 Partial Differential Equations quadratic and general polynomial equations and inequalities and curve fitting. Applica- Supporting Courses ...... 3-4 tions from social and natural sciences are CS 250 Introduction to emphasized as is using the topics from the Computer Science II course in mathematical modeling. 4 hours. Phys 242 General Physics II Math 125 Precalculus Phys 380 Classical Mechanics .... 12-13 Most science and mathematics courses require that students be comfortable working with General Electives functions symbolically, graphically and At least two other mathematics numerically. Precalculus offers students the courses numbered 300 or higher ...... 6 background they need to pursue these courses. An integral component of the course is 48-49 translating information back and forth between Restriction: At most, one course passed grammatical and mathematical forms. Concen- with a grade below C- can count towards trating on functions and their properties, the the mathematics major. course includes the study of several classes of functions including polynomial, rational, MINOR IN MATHEMATICS exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions. The conic sections are also studied. Core Prerequisite: Math 122 or placement. 4 hours. Math 226, 227 Calculus I & II ...... 8 Math 165 Modern Topics in Math 240 Discrete Mathematics ...... 3 Mathematics CS 150 Introduction to This course exposes students to abstraction and Computer Science I ...... 4 problem solving with mathematical constructs. Elements of descriptive and inferential statistics Electives ...... 9 give students the foundation to understand At least nine additional credits of math- visual and numerical representations of data ematics courses numbered 200 or higher, and to make informed judgments about survey excluding Math 221 or Math 223. At least and experimental study results. Various topics two of these courses must be numbered chosen from among management science, voting 300 or higher. theory, game theory, symmetry, proportionality, 24 or other modern topics offer the opportunity to see connections of mathematics to business, Restriction: At most 1 course passed with political science, art and other fields. 3 hours. a grade below C- can count towards the mathematics minor.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 99 Math 206 Computational Math 227 Calculus II Linear Algebra Investigation of single variable integration This course is intended as an introduction to including techniques of symbolic integration, Linear Algebra with emphasis on the computa- numerical integration and error analysis, tional aspects of the material. Topics covered applications of integration, and improper include matrices, determinants, Gaussian integrals. Infinite sequences, infinite series, elimination, vector spaces, eigenvalues and and Taylor series will be introduced. Prerequi- eigenvectors, orthogonal matrices and least site: Math 226. 4 hours. squares. This course will include programming assignments in Maple and/or other computer Math 228 Calculus III algebra systems. Co-requisite: Math 226. The study of calculus of several variables. 3 hours. Alternate years 2001-2002. Topics include visualization techniques, vectors and solid analytic geometry, vector Math 207 General arithmetic, partial differentiation and its Elementary Statistics applications, gradients, optimization tech- A great deal of modern research in the social niques, iterated integrals, line integrals, and natural sciences relies upon the math- divergence, curl and related theorems. ematical theories of probability and statistics. Prerequisite: Math 227. 4 hours. This course will introduce students to the basic theory and practice of statistics. Emphasis is Math 240 Discrete Mathematics on the general ideas of hypothesis testing and This course introduces the fundamentals of estimation. Other topics include classification number systems, sets, functions and relations, and presentation of data, descriptive statistics, logic and proof, elementary combinatorics, basic probability distributions, and correlation Boolean algebra and graph theory. It plays the and regression. Prerequisite: Math 122 or role of a transition course for mathematics placement. 3 hours. majors, moving them from calculus to the higher level courses in mathematics, and as an Phil/Math 212 Language and Logic important course in logic for computer science This course is a survey of formal syntactic and majors. Prerequisite: Math 125 or placement. semantic features of language, including topics Math 226 strongly recommended. 3 hours. such as sentential logic, predicate logic, axiomatic systems and set theory, and Math 301 Mathematical Modeling nonclassical extensions such as multivalued A wide variety of physical and social systems logics. 3 hours. can be described and analyzed using mathemat- ics. In this course, students will learn about the Math 221 Foundations of Arithmetic mathematical modeling process through Designed for elementary education majors. examination and analysis of frequently used Elements of logic, numeration, the number models in physics, chemistry, biology and other systems of arithmetic, elementary number sciences. Students will also experience generat- theory, the algorithms of arithmetic. 3 hours. ing and testing new models. Prerequisite: Alternate years 2000-2001. Math 226. 3 hours. Alternate years 2000-2001.

Math 223 Foundations of Geometry Math 306 Linear Algebra Designed for elementary education majors. Geometrical vectors; their applications and Intuitive geometry in two and three dimen- basic properties; real vector spaces; depen- sions, systems of measurement, estimation dence, basis, dimensions; systems of linear and approximation. 3 hours. Alternate years equations; linear transformations and 2001-2002. matrices; determinants; quadratic forms. Emphasis on argumentation. Prerequisite: Math 226 Calculus I Math 226, Math 240. 3 hours. The study of functions and their rates of change. Topics include the concept of deriva- tive as rate of change, limits and continuity, differentiation and its applications, Intermedi- ate, Extreme and Mean Value Theorems, introduction to integrals, and the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. Prerequisite: Math 125 or placement. 4 hours.

100 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES ■

Math 311 Ordinary Differential Math 411 Partial Differential Equations Equations Ordinary differential equations and their This course addresses solution methods for the applications. Topics include the theory of linear three basic partial differential equations of equations, investigations of non-linear mathematical physics: the heat, wave and equations, systems of equations, numerical potential equations. Methods covered will methods, stability, long term behavior and include power series, Fourier series, Laplace Laplace transforms. Emphasis is placed on both transform methods, separation of variables, quantitative and qualitative descriptions of and the method of characteristics. Initial and solutions. Prerequisite: Math 227. 3 hours. boundary data will also be covered, as well as Alternate years. 2001-2002. physical applications and numerical simula- tions of solutions. Special topics as time Math 316 Mathematical Probability permits. Prerequisite: Math 228, Math 311. Summary and display of data, properties of 3 hours. Alternate years. 2001-2002. probability, discrete and continuous distribu- tions, moment-generating functions, central Math 412 Complex Analysis limit theorem, and transformations of random Complex numbers, analytic functions, variables. Prerequisite: Math 228, Math 240. elementary functions, mapping by elementary 3 hours. Alternate years. 2001-2002. functions, integrals, series, residues and poles, conformal mapping. Prerequisite: Math 228, Math 321 Higher Geometry Math 240. 3 hours. Alternate years. 2000-2001. A rigorous study of both Euclidean and non- Euclidean geometries. Prerequisite: Math 240. Math 440 Topics in 3 hours. Alternate years. 2000-2001. Algebraic Structures This course covers various important subjects Math 324 Numerical Analysis in mathematics in which algebraic structures Linear difference equations, iteration, accelera- play a central role, introducing algebraic ideas tion of convergence, interpolating polynomials, by their applications to these fields. Topics may Fourier analysis, numerical differentiation and include number theory, matrix groups, integration. Prerequisite: Math 227. 3 hours. topology, coding theory and algebraic geom- Alternate years. 2000-2001. etry. Prerequisite: Math 240, Math 306. 3 hours. Alternate years. 2001-2002. Math 402 Abstract Algebra A survey of fundamental concepts in abstract Math 485 Senior Seminar algebra. Topics may include Group theory, Designed to acquaint the mathematics major including quotient groups, fundamental with recent advances in mathematics, help results on group homomorphisms and the synthesize the student’s mathematical study of finite groups; Ring theory, including knowledge and provide experience in the fundamental homomorphism theorems, preparation and oral presentation of math- quotient rings and Euclidean rings, vector ematical topics. Prerequisite: Mathematics spaces and modules; Field theory including major or minor with Senior standing, or field extensions, Galois theory and classical consent of instructor. 1 hour. results concerning constructibility and solvability. Prerequisite: Math 240, Math 306. 3 hours. Alternate years. 2000-2001.

Math 405 Real Analysis I A rigorous treatment of the limit concept, continuity, differentiation and integration. Sequence and series convergence, with some attention to regular methods of summability. Uniform and pointwise convergence of sequence and series of functions. Prerequisite: Math 228, Math 240. 3 hours. Alternate years. 2001-2002.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 101 standing of the history and social and MEDIA ARTS & cultural roles of mass media in society, COMMUNICATION both through courses specifically focused on these topics and by incorpo- rating these themes into other, produc- Dave Cassady, Chair, Associate Professor tion-oriented courses. Michael Geraci, Assistant Professor • Developing in students an aesthetic understanding of media production Johanna Hibbard, Assistant Professor and technical proficiency in media Melissa Jones, Assistant Professor areas such as video and visual produc- and Softball Coach tion, writing and computer skills. Samuel Mathies, Instructor and Director of Forensics MAJOR IN MEDIA ARTS A major in media arts prepares students for Students in media arts at Pacific may careers in a variety of media-related fields specialize in one of six concentrations: including journalism, broadcasting, video, film journalism, video production, integrated and multimedia production, public relations and media, film production, film studies or general media arts. Students may receive advertising. The program emphasizes credit for more than one concentration theoretical and social aspects of the media as (journalism, video, integrated media or well as the creative and technical components. film only) by completing the required courses in each emphasis. In addition to In addition to course work, students are able to the media arts course requirements, gain further experience through work with students must also complete a minor or student media outlets such as the student second major in an area outside of Media newspaper (Index), television productions Arts or may design, with the consent of the faculty, an 18-hour program of study (Pacific Productions), and radio station (KPUR) outside the department. The 18-hour and a variety of campus integrated media program must include at least nine upper- projects. All student publications are open to division hours. any Pacific student. Requirements Qualified Media Arts students are also eligible for summer internships in professional media. Media Arts Core (Required of all Media Arts Majors except integrated media) Students interested in a major in Media Arts or MedA 111 Cultural and Historical careers in the media and related fields should Foundations ...... 3 consult the department chair, Dave Cassady. MedA 112 Media in Modern Society .. 3 MedA 422 Media Criticism ...... 3 Departmental Goals MedA 434 Mass Communication Law and Regulation ...... 3 The overall goal of the Media Arts Department curriculum is to produce MedA 495 Senior project I ...... 2 graduates who are technically and MedA 496 Senior project II ...... 2 aesthetically proficient in creating mass media and non-media communication and 16 knowledgeable in the legal, ethical and social aspects of the media. Specific goals include: • Developing graduates who are capable of understanding communication in a media, organizational, interpersonal and social context. • Providing students with an under-

102 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 MEDIA ARTS & COMMUNICATION ■

GENERAL MEDIA ARTS VIDEO PRODUCTION CONCENTRATION CONCENTRATION Requirements MedA Core ...... 16 Requirements plus MedA Core...... 16 MedA 250 Elements of Video plus Production ...... 3 MedA 225 Introduction to Black & MedA 260 Elements of White Photography ...... 3 Multimedia Design ...... 3 MedA 240 Writing for the MedA 311 Broadcast Writing ...... 3 Print Media ...... 3 MedA 320 Studio Production ...... 3 MedA 250 Elements of MedA 330 Field Production ...... 3 Video Production ...... 3 Upper-Division Media Arts Electives ...... 6 MedA 260 Elements of Multimedia Production ...... 3 21 MedA 311 Broadcast Writing ...... 3 Upper-Division Media Arts Electives ...... 6 37

21 It is expected that majors in Video Production will become involved with Pacific Productions 37 and/or KPUR radio. FILM STUDIES CONCENTRATION JOURNALISM CONCENTRATION Requirements Requirements MedA Core ...... 16 MedA Core ...... 16 plus plus MedA 120 Introduction to Film ...... 3 MedA 225 Introduction to Black & MedA 250 Elements of Production ..... 3 White Photography ...... 3 MedA 301 Special topics: Film Theory 3 MedA 240 Writing for Print Media ..... 3 MedA 302 Non-narrative Film ...... 3 MedA 340 Reporting ...... 3 MedA 401 Special topics: MedA 363 Publication Design ...... 3 Topographies ...... 3 MedA 370 Advanced Reporting ...... 3 15 Upper-Division Media Arts Electives ...... 6 Plus six additional 21 credits from the following: Engl 220 Film Literature ...... 3 37 POLS 221 Politics in Literature and Film ...... 3 Hist 212 China Past and Present with Film ...... 3 Anth 202 Film, Text and Culture ...... 3 Anth 300 Research Methods ...... 3 or Soc 300 Research Methods ...... 3

6

37

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 103 FILM PRODUCTION INTEGRATED MEDIA CONCENTRATION CONCENTRATION The film production concentration is offered in cooperation with the Northwest Requirements Film Center in Portland. Students major- ing in Film Production will have the fees Core curriculum for courses taught by Northwest Film MedA 111 Cultural and Historical Center faculty waived for up to 20 credits. Foundations ...... 3 No more than 20 hours of coursework or from the Film Center may count toward the 124-hour requirement. MedA 112 Modern Mass Media ...... Art 110 Basic Design ...... 3 Requirements Art 217 Computer Graphics Design3 MedA Core ...... 16 or plus Art 218 Computer Graphics Illustration MedA 105 Art of Filmmaking ...... 3 Art 226 Photography I ...... 3 MedA 205 16mm Film Editing ...... 2 CS 120 The Information Era ...... 3 MedA 210 16mm Cinematography ..... 3 CS 205 Programming for MedA 250 Elements of Production ..... 3 Multimedia ...... 3 MedA 321 Sound Design ...... 2 MedA 260 Elements of Multimedia MedA 430 Sync Sound Production ..... 4 Design ...... 3 MedA 305 Graphics and Audio for 17 Integrated Media ...... 3 Plus six additional credits MedA 311 Broadcast Writing ...... 3 from the following: or MedA 225 B/W photography ...... 3 Engw 207 or 208Creative Writing ...... 3 MedA 305 Graphics/Audio for MedA 350 Integrated Media Integrated Media ...... 3 Production ...... 3 MedA 312 Screenwriting ...... 3 MedA 360 Integrated Media MedA 315 Art of Animation...... 3 Project Design ...... 3 MedA 320 Video Studio Production ... 3 MedA 434 Mass Communication Law and Reg...... 3 MedA 330 Video Field Production ...... 3 MedA 495 Senior Project I ...... 2 MedA 350 Integrated Media Production ...... 3 MedA 496 Senior Project II ...... 2 MedA 380 Directing Actors ...... 3 or MedA 390 Fundraising ...... 3 MedA 475 Internship (In lieu of senior project) ...... 4-6 MedA 415 Computer Advanced Animation ...... 3 40-42 MedA 440 Optical Printing ...... 3 In addition to the IM core, students must 6 complete one of the following emphases:

39 Art Art 210 Illustration ...... 3 Art 318 Computer Graphics II ...... 3 Art 326 Photography II ...... 3

9

104 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 MEDIA ARTS & COMMUNICATION ■

Computer Science Journalism CS 150 Introduction to MedA 111 Cultural and Historical ComputerScience I ...... 3 Foundations ...... 3 CS 355 Human Computer MedA 112 Media in Modern Society .. 3 Interface Design ...... 3 MedA 225 Introduction to Black & White Photography ...... 3 6 MedA 240 Writing for the Print Media ...... 3 Video MedA 340 Reporting ...... 3 MedA 250 Elements of Production ..... 3 MedA 363 Publication Editing and Design ...... 3 MedA 320 Studio Production ...... 3 MedA 434 Mass Communication MedA 330 Field Production ...... 3 Law and Regulation ...... 3 9 21

Marketing Video Production BA 309 Marketing ...... 3 MedA 111 Cultural and BA 333 Consumer Behavior ...... 3 Historical Foundations ...... 3 BA 443 Special Topics MedA 112 Media in Modern Society .. 3 in Marketing ...... 3 MedA 250 Elements of Production ..... 3 9 MedA 260 Introduction to Integrated Media ...... 3 MedA 311 Broadcast Writing ...... 3 Total for major: 46-51 Choose one of the following: ...... 3 MedA 320 Studio Production MEDIA ARTS MINOR MedA 330 Field Production MedA 434 Mass Communication Law Requirements and Regulation ...... 3 General Media Arts 21 MedA 112 Media in Modern Society .. 3 MedA 225 Introduction to Black & White Photography ...... 3 Film Studies MedA 240 Mass Media Writing ...... 3 MedA 120 Introduction to MedA 250 Elements of Production ..... 3 Film History ...... 3 MedA 260 Introduction to MedA 301 Special topics: Integrated Media ...... 3 Film Theory ...... 3 MedA 31 Broadcast Writing ...... 3 At least 6 hours from MedA 401 ...... 6 MedA 434 Mass Communication An additional three courses to Law and Regulation ...... 3 be chosen from MedA 401 (Film Topics), and film specific courses offered by other departments 21 including, but not limited to, English, Politics and World Languages. Course list must be approved by director of film studies, Nancy Breaux .... 9

21

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 105 SPEECH COMMUNICATION MINOR light, movement and time as they relate to the art of filmmaking. Basic camera operation and Requirements shooting techniques examined along with basic principles of editing. Prerequisite: Film There are 21 units required for the minor. production majors only. Taught at Northwest Meda 101 Fundamentals of Film Center. 3 hours. NFC staff. Fee $490. Speaking ...... 3 MedA 110 Introduction to MedA 110 Introduction to Communication ...... 3 Communication An introduction to the study of human MedA 111 Culture and History communication. Communication principles Foundations of Mass will be applied to interpersonal, small group, Communication ...... 3 public, organizational and mass media or contexts. 3 hours. Mathies, Jones. MedA 112 Media in Modern Society MedA 111 Cultural and Historical MedA 201 Interpersonal Foundations of Mass Communication ...... 3 Communication Three courses (nine units) of electives selected The historical and theoretical development of from the following list. the American mass media. Emphasis placed on the integration of historical background, Two courses must be upper-division. contemporary mass communication theory and modern mass communication institutions. Only one course may come from outside 3 hours. Cassady. Fall. the department. MedA 112 Media in Modern Society MedA 200 Argumentation and A study of the mass media in modern America Debate ...... 3 and the world. Focuses on the economic, MedA 307 Gender Communication .... 3 technological, legal and social aspects of the MedA 308 Persuasion and Propaganda3 media. 3 hours. Staff. Spring. MedA 410 Communication Topics ...... 3 MedA 120 Introduction to Film: MedA 422 Media Criticism ...... 3 History Psy 308 Social Psychology ...... 3 Introduces the study of film by examining its history. Film movements, national cinemas, PACS 215 Conflict Resolution ...... 3 the development of technology, the evolution of IS 201 Intercultural the industry, and major directors are areas that Communication ...... 3 are explored. The course is international in scope, and regular screenings are included. 21 3 hours. Breaux. Offered alternate years.

MedA 150 Pacific Index Course Descriptions Working for the student newspaper in editorial, reporting, advertising, design and Media Arts (MedA) other capacities. P/NP. 1 hour. May be repeated MedA 101 Fundamentals of Speaking for credit. Cassady. This course includes study of communication theory and the preparation and delivery of MedA 151 Intercollegiate Debate speeches. Students are expected to give a Participating in intercollegiate forensics as number of relatively short speeches before the part of the Pacific University team. P/NP. class. Emphasis is on the development of 1 hour. May be repeated for credit. Mathies. speaking skills before an audience. 3 hours. Mathies, Jones. MedA 152 Pacific Productions: Crewing MedA 105 The Art of Filmmaking Working with Pacific University student video A comprehensive introduction to film production organization doing video produc- production and basic analysis, uses Super tions. P/NP. 1 hour. May be repeated for credit. 8mm format to examine aesthetic properties of Breaux.

106 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 MEDIA ARTS & COMMUNICATION ■

MedA 200 Argumentation and Debate MedA 240 Writing for the Print Media The study of classical and modern argumenta- An introduction to writing for the print media. tion theory and its application to problem Course focuses on the basics of writing for solving through reasoning, evidence, and print publication in the form of news and persuasion. The course also covers the feature stories. Major emphasis upon concise- structure of collegiate debate as a model for ness and adaptation to the writing situation modern debate theory and practice. 3 hours. and material. 3 hours. Cassady. Fall. Mathies. Fall. MedA250 Elements of Production MedA 201 Interpersonal Study of the various elements which combine Communication to create television and film products. Includes Examines the interpersonal dimension of production planning, scriptwriting, communication. Principles, concepts, and camerawork, sound, editing, and directing. theories of relationships will be analyzed, Some time spent in the studio for application discussed and evaluated in their application to of learned techniques. Prerequisite: MedA 111, daily interaction. Emphasis on how interper- 112. 3 hours. Breaux. Fall. sonal communication is structured and how it functions in transactions. 3 hours. Mathies, MedA 260 Elements of Multimedia Jones. Design Introduces students to the fundamental tools MedA 205 16mm Film Editing and principles of the development of multime- Explores the relationship of image to image and dia applications. Prerequisite: CS 120. 3 hours. image to sound, both in terms of aesthetics and Geraci. Fall. hands on manipulation of a 16mm flatbed editor and magnasync dubber. Editing outside MedA 301 Special topics: Film Theory class required. Taught at the Northwest Film An intensive study focusing on a singular Center. Prerequisite: Film Production majors application of film theory with an emphasis on only. 2 hours NFC Staff. Fee $560. contemporary cultural and critical theories. Topics vary each term offered. Prerequisite: MedA 210 16mm Cinematography MedA 120, 250 or consent of instructor. First of a two class sequence in 16mm film (the 3 hours. May be repeated for credit. Breaux. second is MedA 430, Sync Sound Production). Offered alternate years. Teaches the fundamentals of 16mm pre- production, shooting, directing, lighting and MedA 302 Non-Narrative Film editing. Emphasis on camera loading and The history, philosophy and analysis of the operations, lighting, composition, continuity, documentary. Explores the documentary as lens properties and film stocks. Taught at personal essay, autobiography, journalism, Northwest Film Center. Prerequisite: MedA political propaganda and social advocacy. 105. Film Production majors only. 3 hours. Prerequisite: MedA 120 or permission of NFC staff. Fee $590. instructor. 3 hours. Offered alternating years. (Offered in Fall 2001). MedA 225 Introduction to Black & White Photography MedA 305 Graphics and Audio for A course designed for Communication majors Integrated Media that consists of basic camera handling Introduces students to the advanced tools and techniques and black and white darkroom techniques associated with the development of techniques and procedures. The course has a interactive media image, text and sound photojournalistic orientation and assignments resources. Prerequisite: MedA 260. 3 hours. are intended for students to photograph for the Staff. Fall, alternate years. printed page. Students have an opportunity to have work selected for the University’s student MedA 307 Gender Communication paper, the “Index”. Students should have a Examines the process of gender communica- 35mm camera and be prepared to purchase a tion. Principles, concepts, and theories of reasonable amount of film and paper for the gender relationships and communication styles course. Non-majors must have consent of the will be analyzed, discussed and evaluated in Instructor. 3 hours. Flory. Fall. their application to daily interaction. Prerequi- site: Junior standing or instructor consent. 3 hours. Jones. Spring.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 107 MedA 308 Persuasion and Propaganda MedA 330 Video Field Production A survey of communication approaches to The study of facts and practices of Electronic social influence. Both past and contemporary Field Production using single camera/ theorizing will be examined. Rhetorical, social multiple-camera and post-production. and psychological principles used to influence Prerequisite: MedA 250. 3 hours. Breaux. Fall. behaviors of individuals and groups will be studied. Prerequisite: Junior standing or MedA 340 Reporting consent of instructor. 3 hours. Mathies. Development of news gathering and reporting Alternate Winters. skills, and techniques for the mass media. Prerequisite: MedA 240. 3 hours. Cassady. MedA 311 Broadcast Writing Spring. Various forms of writing for radio and television. Includes extensive practice in MedA 350 Integrated Media preparing scripts for broadcast announce- Production ments, commercials, and narrative drama. Explores the use of advanced multimedia tools Prerequisite: MedA 250 and Junior standing. in the development of a significant multimedia 3 hours. Staff. Spring. project. Students combine the various fundamental principles of design and human MedA 312 Screenwriting technology interface to create a single Explores the art and business of screenwriting, interactive multimedia application. Prerequi- acquainting students with various markets site MedA 360 or consent of instructor. and techniques necessary to produce profes- 3 hours. Geraci. Offered alternate years. sional quality dramas for film and television. Emphasis will be on character development, MedA 352 Pacific Productions: story construction, dialogue, conflict and Production Coordination resolution. Taught at Northwest Film Center. Management/production experience with Prerequisite: Film Production majors only. Pacific Productions. Requires Organization/ 3 hours. NFC staff. Fee $385. management with Pacific Productions. Prerequisite: MedA 250 and 320 or 330 and MedA 315 The Art of Animation instructor consent. P/NP 1-3 hours (Maxi- An introduction to the techniques and mum 6 hours). May be repeated for credit. materials of animation filmmaking, focuses on Breaux. the development of personal vision and builds toward a firm grasp of process. Through MedA 360 Integrated Media Project screenings, demonstration and hands-on Design activities, a range of animation techniques and Provides students the opportunity to apply principles will be explored. Taught at North- their advanced knowledge of interactive media west Film Center. Prerequisite: Film Production to issues currently affecting the industry. Majors only. 3 hours. NFC staff. Fee $500. Students develop a complete proposal, including technical and design specifications, MedA 320 Video Studio Production to bring an interactive media solution to areas The study of facts and practices of techniques such as academic and non-academic publica- in television studio production. Emphasis on tions, advertising, dissemination of informa- directing. Introduction to post-production tion and participation in the political process. techniques. Prerequisite: MedA 250. 3 hours. Prerequisite: MedA 260 and consent o f Breaux. instructor.. 3 hours. Geraci. Offered alternate years. MedA 321 Sound Design Develops a filmmaker’s aesthetic appreciation of MedA 363 Publication Editing the sound element in film/video production. and Design Participants will develop a historical understand- Copy editing and print layout and design ing of sound’s use in film, see and hear clips from techniques with the emphasis on publication selected works and familiarize themselves with editing and design. 3 hours. Cassady. Offered equipment in sound design firsthand through alternate years. hands-on exercises. Editing outside class is required. Taught at Northwest Film Center. Prerequisite: Film Production majors only; MedA 105, 205 and proficiency with Macintosh computers. 2 hours. NFC staff. Fee $525.

108 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 MEDIA ARTS & COMMUNICATION ■

MedA 370 Advanced Reporting MedA 410 Communication Topics Investigation of in-depth reporting techniques In-depth study of various topics in speech with specific attention paid to background and communication. Subject varies each term analysis and the production of multi-source, offered. Prerequisite: Junior standing. May be multi-part stories. Emphasis is in idea concep- repeated for credit. 3 hours. Jones, Mathies. tion and development as well as information gathering and packaging. Prerequisite: MedA MedA 415 Computer /Advanced 240 and 340. 3 hours. Cassady. Animation Basic principles, vocabulary and process of MedA 380 Directing Actors computer animation utilizing Lightwave 3D. Covers the process of acting and provides the Includes object modeling, surfaces, textures tools to communicate effectively with artists and lighting and other effects, animation who work on behalf of the director in front of movement layout and compositing with video the camera. Dramatic action, emotional footage. Taught at Northwest Film Center. throughline, sense memory, beats, Prerequisite: Film Production Major. 3 hours. physicalization, intention, obstacles, improvi- NFC staff. Fee $395. sation, tempos and mood imagery will be covered. Taught at Northwest film Center. MedA 422 Media Criticism Prerequisite: Film Production Major, MedA In-depth analysis of the relationship of the 105, MedA 312 or consent of instructor. mass media and the political, social, philo- 3 hours. NFC staff. Fee $350. sophical and moral aspects of modern society. Includes historical and contemporary aspects MedA 390 Fundraising of the modern mass media. Prerequisite: Senior Focuses on fundraising and career develop- standing, MedA 111, 112 or consent of ment. Helps fimmakers attractively position instructor. 3 hours. Staff. Spring. (G) their project, identify and address their strengths and weaknesses as fundraisers and MedA 425 Media Topics draw upon appropriate fundraising tools. In-depth study of specific areas in mass Teaches looking beyond current projects and communication and mass media. May be developing long range career plans. Includes repeated for credit. 3 hours. Staff. Offered development of mission statement, marketing intermittently. (G) with integrity and effective video promotion clips. Taught at Northwest Film Center. MedA 430 Sync Sound Production Prerequisite: Film Production Major. Fee $105. The production of a short sync sound narrative film in a small group setting. 16mm sync sound MedA 399 Independent Study recording, advanced lighting techniques, script Individual study in Media Arts: The student supervision, budgeting, storyboarding, meets with an advisor for reading and continuity cutting techniques, sound track discussion. Prerequisite: Senior standing or construction and working with the film lab are consent of the instructor. 2-3 hours. Staff. covered. Taught at Northwest Film Center. Prerequisite: Film Production Major, MedA MedA 401 Special topics: Film 205, MedA 210. 4 hours. NFC staff. Fee $850. Topographies In-depth look at various film movements, MedA 434 Mass Communication Law genres and directors. Will focus on the and Regulation question of “what is style?” by examining a The study of mass communication law and wide range of formal conventions, filmic regulation including First Amendment theory, genres, narrative movements and industrial libel, slander, privacy, free press and fair trial, production techniques. Topic varies each term obscenity, FCC regulation and copyright. offered. May be repeated for credit. Prerequi- Prerequisite: Junior standing, and MedA 111 site: MedA 120, 250 or consent of instructor. or 112 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. 3 hours. Breaux. Annually. Cassady. Fall. (G)

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 109 MedA 440 Optical Printing Hands-on seminar examines the capabilities of MUSIC the Film Center’s 16mm optical printer by covering loading of the camera and projection Tim Stephens, Chair, Associate Professor unit and programming of the sequencer as well as film stocks, data logging and cleaning Michael Burch-Pesses, Associate Professor procedures. Students will view sample works George Harshbarger, Associate Professor and shoot weekly exercises for critique the following session. Outside time is required for Murry Sidlin, James DePreist Professor shooting and can be scheduled to fit a variety of Music of schedules. Film/processing and equipment Scott Tuomi, Assistant Professor provided through Equipment/Lab Fee. Completion of the workshop qualifies partici- Nicole Lee, Instructor* pants to utilize the unit for personal and other noncommercial projects at subsidized rental *part-time faculty rates as part of the Film Center’s Equipment Access program. Taught at Northwest Film Adjunct Faculty Center. Prerequisite: Film Production Major, MedA 205, MedA 210. 3 hours. NFC staff. Lisa Actor, Instructor in Voice Fee $260. David Bryan, Instructor in Trombone/Tuba MedA 475 Internship Seminar Steve Conrow, Instructor in An intensive review of internship experiences Trumpet/Brass Methods with emphasis on the media work experience Diane Coughlin, Instructor in Bassoon and the community in which the experience was gained. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc- Jonathan Dubay, Instructor in Violin/Viola tor. Approved internship. 1-3 hours. P/NP. Cassady. David Franzen, Instructor in Guitar Karen Gifford, Instructor in Flute MedA 495 Senior Project The student creates a product of professional Phil Hansen, Instructor in Cello quality. 495 is offered in the Fall and is the planning and proposal stage. Prerequisite: Alan Juza, Instructor in Oboe Senior standing and consent of the instructor. Steve Kravitz, Instructor in Woodwinds 2 hours. Staff. Steve Lawrence, Instructor in Percussion MedA 496 Senior Project Karen Mallory, Instructor in Voice Production of project proposed under 495. Consent of instructor. 2 hours. Staff. Delbert Saman, Instructor in Organ Kelli Brown Stephens, Instructor in Piano Santha Zaik, Instructor in Horn The Department of Music, a fully accredited member of the National Association of Schools of Music, and accredited by the Oregon Teacher Standards and Practices Commission, seeks to fulfill five major functions within the University: 1. to provide access to courses in music for all students of the University regardless of their previous involvement or experience. 2. to provide opportunities for active music- making in a variety of instrumental and vocal ensembles for all interested students, faculty,

110 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 MUSIC ■

staff, and members of the community. years. With Humanities Division approval, ensemble credits may count towards 3. to prepare elementary and secondary satisfying the Humanities requirement in teachers of music. the Academic Core. Ensembles are activity 4. to provide applied music instruction in voice, courses. 3 credits may count as satisfying the Arts requirement in the Academic wind, percussion, string and keyboard Core, 4 more credits may be taken toward instruments; and to offer degrees with the minimum total of 124 credits for performance emphasis in voice and piano. graduation. Beyond that, except for music 5. to prepare students for graduate study majors and minors, they are considered excess credits. in music. Music Department INTRODUCTORY COURSES & Mission Statement and Goals COURSES FOR GENERAL The Music Department at Pacific Univer- STUDENTS sity seeks to prepare students: • for lifelong interest, participation, and The Music Department offers the following enjoyment in music; General Studies courses for students with • to become informed consumers and little or no previous experience with music. intelligent listeners and evaluators of Note: All Music courses count toward music and musical performances; satisfying the Arts requirement in the • to be functionally literate in the Academic Core: language of music-reading, writing, Mus 101 History of Classical Music . 3 speaking, and listening; Mus 102 History of Jazz and Rock ... 3 • to pursue active music making both vocally and instrumentally; Mus 110 Elements of Music ...... 3 • to create their own music; Mus 131 Introduction to MIDI Lab .. 1 • to discover relationships between Mus 181 Class Voice ...... 1 music, the other arts, and disciplines Mus 183 Class Piano I ...... 1 other than the arts; Mus 184 Class Piano II ...... 1 • to broaden and deepen their under- Mus 187 Class Guitar I ...... 1 standing of the music of our cultural Mus 188 Class Guitar II ...... 1 heritage; Mus 240 Introduction to • to increase their appreciation of musical World Music ...... 3 systems and traditions of cultures other than our own. All performing ensembles ...... 0 or 1 • to become more proficient in the music Private instruction ...... 0.5 or 1 technologies appropriate to their areas of musical interest; Ensembles • for careers in elementary and second- Open to all students. ary music education; See course descriptions. • to pursue careers as performers Mus 150 Choral Union specializing in voice or piano; Mus 151 Jazz Band • for graduate study in music composi- Mus 157 Community Orchestra tion, music education, or performance. Mus 159 Chamber Ensembles Mus 163 Chamber Singers Mus 165 Wind Ensemble Mus 167 Jazz Choir Ensembles may be counted as upper- division credits in the Junior and Senior

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 111 MUSIC PROGRAMS Additional Requirements specific to degree programs: The Music Department offers: • Bachelor of Arts in Music BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC • Bachelor of Arts in Music: Performance Emphasis (voice and piano) Music Major Core Requirements plus the following: • Bachelor of Arts in Music Education Applied Music on student’s primary • Minor in Music instrument or voice: eight semesters • Certificate Program: of 0.5 cr. each, Conducting Apprenticeship Program at Mus 171 through 472 ...... 4 Pacific University Ensembles (large ensemble Note: Music courses fulfilling requirements appropriate to instrument voice, in the baccalaureate music major or music Mus 150, 157, 163, 165) ...... 6 minor must be passed with a grade of “C-” +Electives in Music ...... 9 or higher. Senior Project: Mus 495 ...... 2 Students of piano at the 300-level or Total Additional Requirement credits ... 21 above are required to provide designated Departmental accompanying, which Total Credits in Music 48 substitutes for major ensemble participation. Pianists accompanying a Departmental ensemble are to enroll for that ensemble. Those engaged in BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC: other Departmental accompanying are to enroll in Mus 120 Accompanying. PERFORMANCE EMPHASIS Transfer students and students in study Music Major Core Requirements abroad programs who major or minor in plus the following: music at Pacific University must complete Applied Music on student’s Mus 100 Recital Attendance and enroll in primary instrument or voice: the major ensemble appropriate for the eight semesters @ 1 cr. ea, student’s instrument or voice each semester Mus 171 through 472 ...... 8 in residence or until these requirements are met. Applied Music requirements are met Ensembles (large ensemble only by Departmental examination. appropriate instrument/voice Mus 150, 157, 163, 165) ...... 7 MUSIC MAJOR Music History (one additional course of Mus 321, 322, 323, 324, Core Requirements 326, 427, 428) ...... 3 Music Th eory: Mus 111, 111L, Pedagogy (Mus 490 or 491, 112, 112L, 211, 211L, 212, 212L ...... 16 as appropriate) ...... 2 Music History: Any three of Mus 394 Junior Recital ...... 0 Mus 321, 322, 323, 324 ...... 9 Mus 494 Senior Recital ...... 3 Piano: Mus 185* and 186*, and pass Mus 351 Diction for Singers (voice Piano Proficiency Test ...... 2 majors only) ...... 1 Mus 100 Recital Attendance: Mus 282 Basics of Conducting ...... 1 seven semesters ...... 0 Total Additional Requirement credits ... 25 27 Total credits in Music 52 *Waived for students who pass the Piano Proficiency Test without enrolling.

112 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 MUSIC ■

BACHELOR OF ARTS MINOR IN MUSIC IN MUSIC EDUCATION Requirements Music Major Core Requirements plus Music Theory: the following: Mus 111, 111L, 112, 112L ...... 8 Applied Music on student’s primary Music History: any two instrument or voice: eight semesters of of Mus 321, 322, 323, 324 ...... 6 0.5 cr. each, Mus 171 through 472 ...... 4 Piano: Mus 185* and 186*, and pass Ensembles: (large ensemble Piano Proficiency Test ...... 2 appropriate to instrument/voice, Mus 100 Recital Attendance: Mus 150, 157, 163, 165) ...... 6 four semesters ...... 0 Mus 301; and Mus 302 Applied Music on student’s primary or 303 asappropriate ...... 6 instrument or voice: four semesters Conducting: Mus 282; of 0.5 cr. each ...... 2 and 482 or 483 as appropriate ...... 3 Ensembles (large ensemble Techniques and Methods + appropriate to instrument/voice, Mus 490 and three of: Mus 150, 157, 163, 165) ...... 4 233, 234, 235, 236 ...... 5 *Waived for students who pass the Piano Mus 310 ...... 3 Proficiency Test without enrolling. Total Additional Requirement credits ... 27 Total Credits in Music 22

Total credits in Music 54 + Selected in consultation with faculty advisor. + Selected in consultation with faculty advisor. * May be waived by Departmental proficiency examination. * May be waived by Departmental proficiency examination. Course Descriptions Note: Students majoring in Music Education and seeking K-12 certification to teach in Music (Mus) public schools must also complete the general Mus 100 Recital Attendance courses prescribed by the School of Education. All music majors must enroll in recital See Secondary Education requirements. attendance for seven semesters and attend at least seven performances per term. All music At the end of the second year of music minors must enroll in recital attendance for study, each music major’s progress will be four semesters and attend at least five assessed to evaluate the student’s poten- performances per term. Students enrolled in tial to successfully complete upper- Mus 111, 112, 211, or 212 (except non-music division music requirements. Music majors/minors) must also register for courses fulfilling requirements in the Mus 100. Prerequisite: Must be music major music major or music minor must be or minor. 0 hours. Harshbarger. passed with a grade of “C-” or higher. Mus 101 History of Classical Music This course pursues the development of listening skills, principally with respect to the traditions of Western Classical Music. Emphasis is placed on the development of an aural sense of historical, stylistic, and idiomatic contexts. Previous musical knowl- edge or experience is neither required nor assumed. 3 hours. Sidlin. Offered fall semester.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 113 Mus 102 History of Jazz and Rock composition. Basic Macintosh computer skills Surveys the impact of jazz and rock music required. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. from both the social/historical and the musical 1 hour. Burch-Pesses. Offered both semesters. points of view. Emphasis is placed on historical context and development of aural skills. The Mus 150 Choral Union time frame will be 1900 to the present. 3 hours. Rehearsals and performance of traditional Burch-Pesses. Offered Winter III. choral literature for large, mixed choir. Open to all students, faculty, staff and members of the Mus 110 Elements of Music community. Fundamentals of vocal tone Introduction to the expressive elements of production and musicianship. Public perfor- music and musical notation. Topics include mance required. No audition. 0 or 1 hour per intervals, scales, keys, melody, rhythm, semester. May be repeated. Harshbarger. harmony, texture, and form. Recommended as preparation for the music theory sequence. Mus 151 Jazz Band No previous musical background necessary. A jazz band open to all University students. 3 hours. Harshbarger. The band regularly performs with regionally and nationally-known soloists. Repertoire Mus 111 Music Theory I ranges from early Jazz and Big Band to Jazz/ Introductory studies in harmony and counter- Rock fusion. May be repeated. Prerequisite: point. Emphasis placed on scales, intervals, audition. 0 or 1 hour. Burch-Pesses. triads, non-harmonic tones and seventh chords. Ear training utilizing solfege syllables; Mus 159 Chamber Ensembles encompassing melodic dictation, scales, Small ensembles of many different instrumenta- intervals, triads, non-harmonic tones, and tions and voices open to Pacific students, specific chords and their inversions. Prerequi- faculty, staff, and other interested members in site: placement exam or consent. Corequisite: the community. Works from all periods and of concurrent enrollment in Mus 111L and Mus all styles are studied. It is the responsibility of 100. 3 hours. Stephens. Offered fall semester. the students to form an appropriate ensemble and arrange for the appropriate faculty member Mus 111L Music Theory Lab I to provide coaching prior to enrolling in the Connecting sound and notation through course. Prerequisite: Music Department Chair analysis, aural dictation and sight singing. consent. Mus 159-06, -07 and -08 require an For music majors. Corequisite: concurrent audition. 0 or 1 hour. May be repeated. Staff. enrollment in Mus 111. 1 hour. Stephens. Offered fall semester. Mus 159-01 Chamber Ensemble — Brass Mus 159-02 Chamber Ensemble — String Mus 112 Music Theory II Mus 159-03 Chamber Ensemble — A continuation of Mus 111. Emphasis is on the Woodwind harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and basic formal procedures of the common practice period. Mus 159-04 Chamber Ensemble — Fundamental ear-training and sight singing Percussion procedures continued. Primary topics will be Mus 159-05 Chamber Ensemble — Voice secondary dominants, modulation, Neapolitan Mus 159-06 Collegium Musicum — Vocal and Augmented sixth chords, modulation and Mus 159-07 Collegium Musicum — analysis. Prerequisite: Mus 111 or consent. Instrumental Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Mus 112L and Mus 100. 3 hours. Stephens. Mus 159-08 Stage Singers’ Workshop Offered spring semester. Mus 159-09 Combination (3 or more) Mus 112L Music Theory Lab II Mus 163 Chamber Singers Connecting sound and notation through A small, select mixed ensemble that performs analysis, aural dictation and sight singing. and entertains regularly both on campus and Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Mus off campus. Open to all students. Rehearsal 112. 1 hour. Stephens. Offered spring semester. and performance of choral literature from the Renaissance to the present. Three to five major Mus 131 Introduction to MIDI Lab performances per year, plus participation in Introduction to Musical Instrument Digital choral festivals and an annual tour. Prerequi- Interface (MIDI) fundamentals and its site: audition. 0 or 1 hour per semester. May practical implications for music education and be repeated. Harshbarger.

114 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 MUSIC ■

Mus 165 Wind Ensemble Mus 172, 272, 372, 472 A large instrumental ensemble open to Applied Music: University students, faculty, staff, and other Private Lessons interested members in the community. The A continuation of Mus 171, 271, 371 or 471. band performs major concerts of standard .5-1.0 hours per semester. Prerequisite: see wind ensemble literature each semester and for music department chair for section assign- other various events. Prerequisite: high school ment. See list of instructors. level or better ability to play a wind or percussion instrument. 0 or 1 hour. May be Mus 181 Class Voice repeated. Burch-Pesses. A course designed for non-music majors to improve their singing skills. Emphasis is Mus 167 Jazz Choir placed on improving the vocal technique, This ensemble is a performance outlet for breath support, and tone quality of each singers, both majors and non-majors, who member of the class in a no-pressure, support- wish to explore jazz from a vocal perspective. ive group situation. 1 hour. Tuomi. Performances will be both on and off campus and participation in Northwest Vocal Jazz Mus 182 Class Voice II Festivals is also planned. Prerequisite: A continuation of Mus 181, this course Audition.0 or 1 hour. May be repeated. explores vocal technique for those with some Burch-Pesses. previous knowledge of singing who seek improvement as soloists and/or choral singers. Mus 171, 271, 371, 471 Students study both classical and contempo- Performance Studies: rary (musical theatre) literature and perform Private Lessons selections in a supportive group environment. Private instruction is available on all band Offered spring semester. Prerequisite: Music and orchestral instruments, piano, organ, 181. 1 hour. Tuomi. guitar, and voice for all University students, whether or not they are Music majors. The - Mus 183 Class Piano I 71/72 sequence of courses is proficiency-based Class piano for non-music majors/minors with using nationally accepted criteria for advance- little or no basic music or piano skills; scales, ment to higher levels. Exact course require- arpeggios, chords, and reading skills necessary ments will be determined by the instructor on for the playing of piano for personal enjoy- the basis of the individual student’s needs and ment. 1 hour. Lee. experience. Music majors/minors taking private instruction are required to participate Mus 184 Class Piano II in the appropriate large ensemble for their A continuation of Mus 183. Prerequisite: Mus primary instrument and individual daily 183 or consent. 1 hour. Lee. practice is required in addition to the weekly lesson. Lessons are letter graded. Performance Mus 185 Functional Piano I Studies jury exams are required of all Class piano for music majors/minors with little performance studies students at the end of or no basic piano skills; scales, arpeggios, each semester, except Mus 171. Music majors chords, and reading skills necessary for the and minors enrolled in Performance Studies playing of simple accompaniments in the courses 271 and above are required to perform public school or private studio. Prerequisite: in a Student Performance Forum (student placement exam or consent. 1 hour. Lee. recital) each semester. Half hour lessons once per week (total of twelve per semester) equal Mus 186 Functional Piano II 0.5 credit hour; one hour lessons once per week A continuation of Mus 185. Prerequisite: Mus (total of twelve per semester) equal 1 credit. 185 or consent. 1 hour. Lee. (See class schedule to coordinate section letter Mus 187 Class Guitar I with instrument/voice to be studied.) An examination of various techniques and Prerequisite: none for 171/172 level; 271 and styles of guitar playing including chord above require recommendation of the faculty, formations, positions, tuning and tone quality. based on progress demonstrated in the jury 1 hour. Franzen. exam. 0.5-1.0 hours per semester. See list of instructors. Prerequisite: see Music Depart- Mus 188 Class Guitar II ment chair for section assignment. A continuation of Mus 187. 1 hour. Franzen.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 115 Mus 191 Beginning Jazz of the class playing the instrument. Particular Improvisation I emphasis is given to the techniques of strong Techniques and materials used in the perfor- class teaching. Offered S 2000. Prerequisite: mance of basic instrumental jazz styles such Music Major or consent. 1 hour. Staff. as the Blues and Standards. Studies will include jazz theory, keyboard harmony, solo Mus 234 Woodwind Methods transcription, and required listening. Laboratory classes in playing and teaching the Prerequisite: Mus 112 or consent. 1 hour. woodwind instruments. Flute, oboe, clarinet, Staff. saxophone, and bassoon are presented with emphasis on class teaching procedures, Mus 192 Beginning Jazz positions, and tone production, the care and Improvisation II minor repairs of the instruments. Prerequisite: A continuation of Mus 191. Studies will Music Major or consent. Offered alternate expand to include alternative harmonic and years. 1 hour. Staff. rhythmic techniques and materials. Prerequi- site: Mus 191 or consent. 1 hour. Staff. Mus 235 Brass Methods Laboratory classes in playing and teaching Mus 211 Music Theory III trumpet, trombone, baritone, French horn and A continuation of Mus 112. Emphasis is on tuba. Emphasis is placed on class teaching the melodic, harmonic, rhythmic, and basic procedures, positions, tone production, and formal procedures of selected Medieval, embouchure. Offered alternate years. Prerequi- Renaissance, Baroque, Classical and Romantic site: Music Major or consent. 1 hour. Staff. schools and styles; advanced ear-training and sight singing. Prerequisite: Mus 112 or Mus 236 Percussion Methods consent. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Laboratory classes in playing and techniques for Mus 211L and Mus 100. 3 hours. Stephens. teaching, tuning, and care of idiophones, and Offered fall semester. membranophones, Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: Music Major or consent. 1 hour. Staff. Mus 211L Music Theory Lab III Connecting sound and notation through Mus 240 Introduction to analysis, aural dictation and sight singing. World Music Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Mus Through lecture, discussion, structured 211. 1 hour. Stephens. Offered fall semester. listening and participation, students will explore various music cultures throughout the Mus 212 Music Theory IV world including those in Japan, Eastern Europe, A continuation of Mus 211. This course Latin America, Africa, and India. In examines the basic harmonic, melodic, addition, the course includes an examination of rhythmic, and formal procedures of late 19th Afro-American and Native American music as and 20th century music; Advanced ear- well as other less commonly known North training and sight singing continued. Primary American forms and genres. Meets cross- topics will be the extension of tonality, cultural requirements 3 hours. Tuomi. chromaticism, impressionism, quartal harmony, atonality, serialism, electronic Mus 280 Accompanying media, and minimalism. Prerequisite: Mus A basic study of accompanying technique for 211. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in both instrumental and vocal literature. The Mus 111L and Mus 100. 3 hours. Stephens. course addresses problems of balance, ensemble, Offered spring semester. texture, and interpretive style. Prerequisite: piano major or minor and consent. May be Mus 212L Music Theory Lab IV repeated for credit. 1 hour. Lee. Connecting sound and notation through analysis, aural dictation and sight singing. Mus 282 Basics of Conducting Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Mus Seminar class covering beginning level music 212. Offered spring semester. 1 hour. conducting gestures, movement and basic Stephens. analysis of scores for both vocal and instru- mental students. Students will conduct other Mus 233 String Methods musicians with graded verbal and video Laboratory classes in playing and teaching the feedback from the instructor. Prerequisite: Mus string instruments of the orchestra. Violin, 112. This class is a prerequisite for Mus 482 viola, cello or bass are presented with members and/or Mus 483. 1 hour. Harshbarger.

116 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 MUSIC ■

Mus 285 Functional Piano III techniques; curriculum development, and A Continuation of Mus 124. Prerequisite: organizational practices. Observation. Mus 124 or consent. 1 hour. Lee. Prerequisite: Mus 212 or consent. 3 hours. Burch-Pesses. Offered alternate years. Mus 286 Functional Piano IV A continuation of Mus 223. Prerequisite: Mus 310 Orchestration and Mus 223 or consent. 1 hour. Lee. Arranging Techniques of scoring and transcribing for Mus 300 Music for various combinations of orchestral and band Classroom Teachers instruments. Scoring and arranging for Fundamental principles, techniques, and ensembles of incomplete instrumentation. procedures for teaching music in the elemen- Exploration of timbral combinations. Introduc- tary school. Examination of contemporary tion to computer applications in this field. literature and materials. Introduction to Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: Mus 212 musical notation and first experiences in piano or consent. 3 hours. Stephens. and recorder. Rote songs, reading-readiness, rhythm training, creative music, and listening Mus 311 Counterpoint lessons. Observation. Fulfills School of Intensive studies in contrapuntal techniques Education requirement for elementary and styles, species and modal, as they teachers. 2 hours. Harshbarger. developed in music history. Prerequisite: Mus 212 or consent. Offered each semester on an Mus 301 Music in the arrangement basis. 3 hours. Stephens. Elementary School An examination of techniques and materials Mus 312 Analysis for teaching classroom vocal and instrumental The study of structure and styles through music in the elementary school for the analysis of characteristic scores of the Baroque, prospective music specialist. Emphasis on Classical, Romantic, and Modern periods. lesson planning. Orff, Kodaly methods; the A study of approaches to analysis including rote song, reading-readiness, the reading song, Schenker, Reti, Cooper, Meyer and others. the rhythm program, the listening lesson, and Prerequisite: Mus 311 or consent. Offered each creative music. Observation of music-making semester on an arrangement basis. in the elementary school classroom and 3 hours. Stephens. directed teaching. Prerequisite: Mus 212 or consent. 3 hours. Harshbarger. Offered Mus 321 Music History: alternate years. Antiquity to 1585 A study of music written during the Medieval, Mus 302 Music in the Secondary Renaissance, and early Baroque periods. School (Choral) Attention will also be given to the relationships Selection and presentation of vocal music for among music, the visual arts, and historical the high school; conducting skills; examination events. Prerequisite: Mus 111 or consent. of typical problems encountered in high school 3 hours. Tuomi. Offered alternate years. music ensembles; methods and materials for classroom as well as individual teaching; Mus 322 Music History: 1585-1809 introduction to basic vocal techniques; A study of works from the early Baroque to the curriculum development, and organizational late Classic. The approach will be similar to practices. Observation. Prerequisite: Mus 212 that described for Mus 321 above. Prerequisite: or consent. 3 hours. Harshbarger. Offered Mus 111 or consent. 3 hours. Tuomi. alternate years. Mus 323 Music History: 1809-1918 Mus 303 Music in the Secondary A study of works from the late Classic, through School (Instrumental) the Romantic to the early 20th century. The Selection and presentation of instrumental approach will be similar to that described for music for the high school; conducting skills; Mus 321 above. Prerequisite: Mus 111 or examination of typical problems encountered consent. 3 hours. Stephens. Offered alternate in high school music ensembles; methods and years. materials for classroom as well as individual teaching; introduction to basic instrumental

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 117 Mus 324 Music History: The Mus 427 History of the Twentieth Century Cantata & Oratorio Surveys the major trends in twentieth-century Examines the primary cantata and oratorio compositional thought and practice: chromatic repertoire through in-depth analysis, listening, tonality, atonality, serialism, neo-classicism, and concert attendance. Both sacred and nationalism, avant-gardism, etc. Emphasis will secular works will be examined, beginning be on various composers, approaches to the with examples from the 16th century and problems of tonal language. Prerequisite: extending through 20th century works in the Mus 111 or consent. 3 hours. Stephens. idiom. An elective class for music majors/ Offered alternate years. minors. Offered by arrangement. Prerequisite: Mus 112, 323, 324, or consent. 3 hours. Mus 326 Song Literature Tuomi. Surveys the development of the art song, beginning with the troubadour and trouvere Mus 428 History of Opera songs of the 13th century and extending A comprehensive study tracing the develop- through contemporary techniques in the genre. ment of opera and music drama through Score study and in-class performance required. analysis, listening, and performance atten- An elective course for vocal performance dance. The course will concentrate on works majors/minors. Prerequisite: Mus 272, and beginning with Claudio Monteverdi and Mus 323, 324 or consent. 3 hours. Tuomi. continue through modern innovations in the Offered alternate years. genre. An elective class for music majors/ minors. Offered by arrangement. Prerequisite: Mus 351 Diction for Singers Mus 112, 323, 324, or consent. 3 hours. An introduction to International Phonetic Tuomi. Alphabet and its application to the pronuncia- tion of English, Italian, German, French, and Mus 482 Instrumental Conducting Ecclesiastical Latin. A required course for A detailed study of conducting techniques and vocal performance majors. Prerequisite: instrumental rehearsal procedures. The Mus 171 and 172 or consent. 1 hour. Tuomi. approach will be through music analysis, and Offered alternate years. will include beat patterns, body movements, and baton technique. Students will work with Mus 391 Piano Literature instrumental ensembles. Prerequisite: Mus A chronological study of standard and lesser 212, Mus 282 or consent. 2 hours. Burch- known works for solo piano, from pre-Bach to Pesses. the present. Consideration of editions and library techniques included along with regular Mus 483 Choral Conducting short performances by class members. A study of conducting techniques and choral Prerequisite: piano major or minor and rehearsal procedures to include the teaching of consent. 2 hours. Lee. vocal production, breathing, diction, basic musicianship, and performance. Choral Mus 394 Junior Recital literature for ensembles of various age groups Candidates for the degree Bachelor of Music in and experience will also be examined. Students Performance Studies are required to research will work with choral ensembles. Prerequisite: and perform one-half of a recital (one-half hour Mus 212, Mus 282 or consent. Concurrent minimum). This course is also open to other enrollment in a Pacific University choral majors and to qualified non-majors enrolled in ensemble is required. 2 hours. Harshbarger. Performance Studies. 1 hour per semester. Staff. Mus 490 Introduction to Vocal Pedagogy Mus 411 Composition I Laboratory classes in singing and teaching of Techniques of composition and arranging for voice. Emphasis is placed on class teaching various combinations of instruments and procedures, tone production, and healthy voices. Prerequisite: Mus 212 or consent. May singing techniques. Prerequisite: consent of be repeated for no credit. 3 hours. Stephens. instructor. Offered alternate years. 2 hours. Tuomi.

118 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 MUSIC ■

Mus 491 Piano Pedagogy collectively and individually, and, as Provides pianists with the skills to teach resident conductor of the Oregon Sym- reading, techniques, and basic musical phony, has the authority to determine expression to beginning, intermediate, or conducting assignments with the orchestra advanced piano students. Prerequisite: piano throughout the two year residency. major or minor. 2 hours. Lee. Please write to the Pacific University Department of Music for the most current Mus 494 Senior Recital materials and information. Candidates for the degree Bachelor of Music: Performance Emphasis are required to research Features of the program: and perform a full-length public recital of music • A total of 3 apprentices will be in (one hour minimum) from various periods residence at any one time and are during their senior year. Open to other students invited for a two-year term. enrolled in Applied Music only with approval of • Positions for up to 2 apprentices are the Music Department. 2 hours. Staff. available each academic year. Mus 495 or 496 Senior Project • Fellowships are awarded to successful Candidates for the degree Bachelor of Arts in applicants to the program to cover Music are required to complete a senior project room, board and tuition. in an appropriate area of music study. Open to • Apprentices will attend every rehearsal students enrolled in other music degree and concert of the Oregon Symphony programs only with approval of the Music during their period of residency. Department. 2 hours. Staff. • Weekly seminars will be with Mr. Sidlin, Maestro DePreist and visiting conductors and guest artists. CERTIFICATE PROGRAM • Seminar study of the current Oregon Symphony repertoire will be with The Oregon Symphony Mr. Sidlin. Conducting Apprenticeship Program • Private conducting lessons for each at Pacific University apprentice with Mr. Sidlin. Directed by Murry Sidlin, Resident • Apprentices will conduct portions of Conductor of The Oregon Symphony and Oregon Symphony rehearsals and the James DePreist Professor of Music at concerts. Pacific University • Apprentices will also observe other arts The Oregon Symphony Conducting performance organizations in and Apprenticeship Program at Pacific around Portland. University is one of total immersion in which the apprentices study under Diploma practicing professional conductors, learn At the conclusion of the two-year resi- repertoire, acquire conducting skills, and dency, the apprentice conductor will experience the enormous diversity of an receive an Artist Diploma from Pacific orchestral season. Apprentices will meet University and the Oregon Symphony with the concertmaster and other principal signifying successful completion of the players, librarian, personnel manager, program. It is important to note that this is production staff, and even represent and a non-degree program. speak on behalf of the orchestra in public informal gatherings. Requirements for entry to the program: This is the first conducting program It is the expectation that all applicants to sponsored jointly by a University and the program will have: professional orchestra in which the 1. Considerable conducting training and program director and principal teacher is a experience. professional conductor on the staff of the 2. Competence at the piano and/or orchestra and a full professor at the professional level performance skills on sponsoring University. Mr. Sidlin therefore an orchestral instrument. is able to guide the study of the students 3. There are no age restrictions.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 119 Application packet must include: Norman Leyden, Associate & • A letter describing the candidate’s Pops Conductor, Oregon Symphony current level of artistic development Gerard Schwartz, Music Director, and professional intentions. Seattle Symphony • A statement of artistic philosophy concerning the role and philosophy of Leonard Slatkin, Music Director, the conductor in American life in the National Symphony years ahead, both on and off the Michael Tilson Thomas, Music Director, podium. San Francisco Symphony • A thorough resume. Hans Vonk, Music Director, • Three letters of recommendation. St. Louis Symphony • A video of recent work with orchestra (chamber orchestra or ensemble are Certificate Program Course Descriptions acceptable). Must be within the past year. Mus 581 Conducting • A videotaped description of a sym- Apprenticeship I phonic composition, as though you Four hours per week: seminar with Mr. Sidlin, were presenting it to an audience. Maestro DePreist, visiting conductors, guest Use piano for examples. artists, and musicians of the Oregon Sym- • Applicants who are not U.S. citizens phony as well as administrative staff of the must complete and submit the Pacific orchestra. Study scores of current Oregon University Foreign National Informa- Symphony repertoire. Ten hours per week: tion form at the time of application. study and observation of the rehearsal process Final acceptance into the program is and procedure with a view from both inside contingent upon the student’s ability to and outside the orchestra. Exposure to obtain a valid visa. management, marketing and production responsibilities. One hour per week: private Send Application packet to: conducting lesson. Coursework will include Murry Sidlin, Music Department rehearsals and/or concerts of the Oregon Pacific University Symphony. Evaluation by Mr. Sidlin, 2043 College Way Maestro DePreist, and members of the Forest Grove, OR 97116 orchestra. 12 hours. Sidlin. Offered fall semester. • Application deadline: March 15. Mus 582 Conducting Course Sequence Apprenticeship II A continuation of Mus 581. Spring semester. MUS 581 Fall semester, first year 12 hours. Sidlin MUS 582 Spring semester, first year Mus 681 Conducting MUS 681 Fall semester, second year Apprenticeship III MUS 682 Spring semester, second year A continuation of Mus 582. Fall semester. 12 hours. Sidlin Conducting Advisors Mus 682 Conducting James DePreist, Chair of the Advising Apprenticeship IV Committee, Music Director, A continuation of Mus 681. Spring semester. Oregon Symphony, Music Director, 12 hours. Sidlin Monte-Carlo Philharmonic Thomas Baldner, Professor of Conducting Studies, Indiana University Sergiu Comissiona, Music director, Vancouver (B.C.) Symphony Lawrence Foster, Music Director, Barcelona Symphony Orchestra

120 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY ■ PRE-OCCUPATIONAL Social Sciences ...... 12 hours Must include courses from minimally THERAPY three (3) of the following areas: psychol- ogy, sociology, anthropology, politics, government, business and economics. In The school of Occupational Therapy offers a these areas, include a life-span develop- 29-month entry-level master’s degree program. ment course, and an abnormal psychology The curriculum consists of academic and course. laboratory experiences integrated with both Social Science courses must include: part-time and full-time professional field work. • courses in human growth and develop- Entrance to the program is in the fall semester only. ment, preferably across the life span (Psy 180 and/or Psy 318); The application deadline is usually December 1. • courses which promote an understand- Students who will have completed the ing of both normal and abnormal occuupational therapy prerequisite course adaptive development at both the requirements by the date of enrollment in the individual and group level (Psy 150 program are eligible to apply for admission. and/or Psy 160 and/or Psy 308 and/or Psy 309 and/or Psy 311) A bachelor’s degree is required prior to enrollment. Writing ...... 3 hours Engw 201, Expository Writing or Students with an interest in occupational Engw 301, Advanced Expository Writing therapy should obtain a current brochure from Applied Arts ...... 8 hours the Office of Admission for Professional Various hands-on courses such as design, Programs. The brochure is the most current ceramics, dance, photography, or music. document outlining requirements and pre- Communication requisites. Students with questions regarding (debate or public speaking) ...... 2 hours admission to the School are encouraged to talk Meda 201 or Meda 205, or IS 201 with the Office of Admissions for Professional Research Design ...... 2 hours Programs (Ext. 2900). Psy 348 or Soc 300 or Anth 201 (Statistics acceptable) Pre-Occupational Therapy is not an undergraduate major, so students interested in Humanities ...... 6 hours becoming occupational therapists are free to Must include courses from two (2) of the following areas: choose any major, as long as they also literature, religion, history, philosophy, complete the pre-requisite courses listed below. ethics, and history or appreciation Students who elect to major in a science will of art, music, or theater. need to take more math and science courses in Cross-Cultural Studies ...... 3 hours the first semesters. The faculty in the School of Courses on the cultures of Asia, Africa, Occupational Therapy requires the following Latin America, or aspects of the American pre-requisite courses in order to ensure culture that draw upon these areas or the success in the professional program. cultures of the indigenous peoples of North America. Physical Fitness (may be taken Requirements “pass/no pass”) ...... 2 hours Natural Sciences ...... 12 hours Medical Terminology ... Credit/No Credit Bio 202, General Biology I (Obtainable through School of O.T./ Bio 224, Human Anatomy with Lab Independent Study) Bio 240, Human Physiology with Lab Physics 110/111 is strongly recommended.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 121 Typical first year for Pre-OT students PRE-OPTOMETRY AND Fall VISUAL SCIENCE HUM 100 First-Year Sem Language core Admission to the College of Optometry, for Biol 190 (for Biology majors only) qualified students, usually occurs after Electives completion of the bachelor’s degree. Occasionally, some particularly able students are admissible after three years of undergraduate Winter studies. Those students admitted to the College Elective of Optometry, and only those students, may receive a Bachelor of Science degree in Visual Spring Science. The Visual Science degree is Biol 202 Gen Biol I awarded after 90 semester hours of Math 207 undergraduate study and completion of the first two years of study in the College of Optometry. Electives Please address specific questions concerning Typical second year for Pre-OT students Optometry admission to Graduate Admissions. Fall Optometry Prerequisite: Biol 224 Human Anatomy and lab Biol 202 (Gen Biol I) and Phys 110/111 Physics of Everyday Biol 204 (Gen Biol II) and Phenomena and lab Biol 304 (Gen Biol III) Electives as prerequisites for later Bio courses ...... 12 hrs required (plus 12 additional hours because Winter of prerequisites) Elective Biol 224 (Human Anatomy with lab) Biol 240 (Human Physiology with lab) Spring Biol 308 (Microbiology) Biol 240 Human Physiology Chemistry 220; 230; and a and lab complete Organic sequence, Electives either 240 or 310 and 320 ...... 12 hours (or 16 hours with 2 semester Organic sequence) Biochemistry (Chem 380) is strongl y recommended, but is not required Mathematics (Math 125 or 226) .....4 hours Statistics (Math 207 suggested) ...... 3 hours Physics 130/201 and 140/203 or Physics 232 and 242 ...... 8 hours Psychology 150 ...... 3 hours English 201(Expository Writing) plus two more English 200-level or above (writing or literature) ...... 9 hours

122 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 OPTOMETRY ■

VISUAL SCIENCE DEGREE Sophomore (IN COLLEGE OF OPTOMETRY) Fall Humanities: 12 hours from two Biol 204 ...... 4 disciplines, including Art, English, Elective ...... 3 History, Humanities, Languages, Music, Engw 201 ...... 3 Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Theater, and First-year Seminar) ...... 12 hours Foreign Language ...... 3 Social Sciences: 12 hours from two Psych 150 ...... 3 disciplines including Anthropology, Business & Economics, Geography, 16 History & Political Science, Psychology, Sociology, but not Winter First Year Seminar ...... 12 hours Elective ...... 3 Pre-Optometry students are advised to complete the Arts and Sciences core 3 requirements. Spring It is wise to begin immediately in Mathemat- ics. In addition, strong students take General Biol 204 ...... 4 Chemistry in their freshman year. Biology, Elective ...... 3 Chemistry, and Mathematics together are a Engw 201 ...... 3 heavy freshman science and math schedule, to be taken with care. Students interested in Foreign Language ...... 3 this schedule for the spring semester should Psych 150 ...... 3 discuss it first with their advisors. 16 Sample of 4-Year Pre-Optometry Curriculum Junior Chem 380 (Bio Chem) offered alternate years. Fall Chemistry 240 (Organic) ...... 4 Freshman Biology 224 (Anatomy) ...... 4 Fall Electives ...... 6 Math 125 ...... 4 14 First Year Seminar ...... 4 Chem 220 ...... 4 Winter Elective ...... 3 Elective ...... 3

15 3 Winter Spring Elective ...... 3 Biology 240 (Physiology) ...... 4 3 Biology 308 (Microbiology) ...... 4 Electives ...... 6 Spring Biol 202 ...... 4 14 Math 226 ...... 4 Chem 230 ...... 4 Elective ...... 3

15

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 123 Senior Sophomore Fall Fall Physics 130/201 or Physics 232 ...... 4 Biol 204 ...... 4 Electives ...... 12 Elective ...... 3 Engw 201 ...... 3 16 Foreign Language ...... 3

Spring 13 Chem 380 (optional) ...... 3 Winter Physics 140/203 or Physics 242 ...... 4 Elective ...... 3 Electives ...... 9 3 16 Spring Bio 204 is a pre-requisite for Bio 308 and Biol 304 ...... 4 Biol 302. Biol 300 is also a prerequisite for Math 207 (Statistics) ...... 3 Biol 302. Foreign Lang ...... 3 *Note: Math 226 is a co-requisite for Phys 230 Engw 301 ...... 3

Math 125 is a pre-requisite for Phys 130 and 16 Chem 230 Math 122 is a pre-requisite for Math 207and Junior Chem 220 Fall Physics 130/201 or Physics 232 ...... 4 Sample 3-Year Biology 224(Human Anatomy) ...... 4 Pre-Optometry Curriculum Chemistry 240 (Organic) ...... 4 Elective ...... 3 Freshman Fall 14 Arts/Soc Science ...... 3 Winter Math. 125 ...... 4 Elective ...... 3 First Year Seminar ...... 4 3 Chem 220 ...... 4 Spring 15 Physics 140/203 or Physics 242 ...... 4 Winter Biology 240 (Human Physiology) ...... 4 Elective ...... 3 Biology 308 (Microbiology) ...... 4 Electives ...... 3 3 15 Spring **Note: Biol 202 ...... 4 Math 226 is a co-requisite for Phys 230 Math 226 ...... 4 Math 125 is a pre-requisite for Phys 130 and Chem 230 ...... 4 Chem 230 Electives: Arts/Soc. Sci./Humanities ...... 3 Math 122 is a pre-requisite for Math 207 and 15 Chem 220

124 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 PEACE & CONFLICT STUDIES ■ PEACE & CONFLICT Course Descriptions STUDIES Peace and Conflict Studies (PACS) David B. Boersema, Philosophy, Chair PACS 101 Introduction to Peace & Conflict Studies Jeffrey Barlow, History An introduction to concepts, issues, and approaches relating peace and conflict studies, Vern Bates, Sociology including forms and causes of peace and Lorelle Browning, English conflict, contexts of conflict and violence, and proposed solutions for reducing violence and Alyson Burns-Glover, Psychology promoting peace. 3 hours. Steele, Boersema. Russell A. Dondero, Politics and Government PACS 105 Peace & Conflict Studies: Field Experience Ellen Hastay, Program Coordinator A course designed to introduce the student to service-learning, provided in a field site drawn Seth Singleton, Politics and Government from the Humanitarian Center’s database and Michael R. Steele, English, the consequent learning the student will Director of Pacific Humanitarian Center experience with regard to building community, applying one’s academic and own personal Byron D. Steiger, Sociology experience in the course of providing service. Robert Van Dyk, Politics and Government Graded P/NP. 1-3 hours. May be repeated once for credit. Hastay. The Peace and Conflict Studies (PACS) program and curriculum evolved from student PACS 208 Addictions & Behavior This course takes a transhistorical, interdisci- and faculty interest and concern, and has plinary approach to the question of alcohol and drawn wide attention. Students may elect a substance abuse and the social costs of minor in Peace and Conflict Studies. Courses addiction and use. The question of conscious- are drawn from faculty in six departments. They ness and why we choose to alter it will be investigate the causes and manifestations of addressed through discussions of the physiol- ogy of addiction; the sociocultural risk factors violence in self, in society, and in the world of and cultural representations of drug use. In nations, and explore alternatives to violent addition, this course will include a commu- resolution of conflict. Students are encouraged nity-activity component in which students will to develop a closely reasoned philosophical design community interventions and educa- position on peace and conflict that can have tional activities in conjunction with the student services program. 4 hours. Burns- lifelong application. Glover and Browning. Meets social science core requirement. (Same as Psy 208.) MINOR IN PACS 211 Philosophical & Theological Bases of Peace PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES From the philosophical and theological PACS 101 and 105 ...... 4-6 perspective, what is peace and how is it to be defined? What are the conditions for its Two courses chose from achievement? Do human nature and the PACS 208, 211, 213, 214, 215, structure of the universe promote or preclude 220, 221, 222, 230 ...... 6 its realization in history? What is the wisdom Three courses chosen from of human experience and the teaching of the PolS 340*, PACS 305, 313, 325, 411, great philosophers and religious leaders on 430 and 450 ...... 9-10 these questions? 3 hours. Steele. Meets humanities core requirements. 19-22

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 125 PACS 213 Psychology of Altruism and and create new ones. Empowerment and Aggression primary prevention will be the focus of Historical and modern review of the human attention. Prerequisite: Psy 150 or Soc 101 or and non-human primate behaviors related to 102. 3 hours. Schultz, Gallahan. Meets social altruism, emphathy, violence, competition and science core rquirement. (Same as Psy 220.) aggression from a social, biological, interspecies and cross-cultural perspective. PACS 222 The Civil Rights Movement 3 hours. Burns-Glover. Meets social science This course examines the causes, history, and core requirements. (Same as Psy 213.) tactics of the struggle to guarantee Aftrican- Americans equal treatment under the law in PACS 214 Vietnam and the U.S. the United States. The primary focus of the This is a survey of the origins, development course material is on the political movement and results of the American war with Vietnam. for equality in the Southern United States This course, however, will be taught more from 1954-1968. 3 hours. Van Dyk. Meets within the context of Vietnamese history and social science core requirement. (Same as culture than within that of Americanhistory POLS 222.) and culture. Consequently, more emphasis will be given to the roots of the war in Vietnam PACS 230 Navajo Service Learning than to its origins in U.S. foreign policy. There This course permits selected students to engage will be an opportunity in this course for in a cross-cultural immersion service-learning students to learn how to prepare experience in the Navajo nation during the Winter Three term. 3 hours. Hastay. Meets “Pages” for the World Wide Web cross-culture core requirement. Those who are interested should also enroll for one hour of credit in one of the two sections of PACS 305 Advanced Service Learning History 255, “History Web Lab”. Although This seminar seeks to build on the mature work concurrent enrollment in 255 is voluntary. All and insights of a variety of student placement students are strongly urged to enroll as the lab sites, growing directly from their major course will not only teach web page production, but work and a well-considered personal inventory. will also enhance student understanding of the The seminar is integrative of a wide variety of materials covered in the class itself. 3 hours. one’s educational experiences at Pacific. Barlow. Students will apply their academic and personal skills directly in a service-learning PACS 215 Conflict Resolution site placement, seeking to contribute both to Theories, strategies, and skills in resolving the site and the people there as well as to conflicts are analyzed and applied. Emphasis is augment their grasp of the applied knowledge placed on practical application of learned skills from the chosen major. Prerequisite: PACS through conflict simulations. 3 hours. Steiger. 105. 2 hours. Hastay.

PACS 220 The Middle East PACS 313 The Sociology of Violence An introduction to the places, people and This course examines the social and structural politics of the Middle East, including such causes, correlates, and consequences of concerns as the influence and importance of violence. Topics included are social and religion, the revival of Islam and Islamic political violence, subcultural violence, fundamentalism, the impact and consequences criminal violence, family violence, the media of Western colonialism, the dream and and violence, sports and violence, and racial possibility of panarabism, the Arab-Israeli violence. Prerequisite: PACS 101 or Soc 101. conflict, and future relations with the West. 3 hours. Bates. Meets social science core 3 hours. Boersema. Meets cross-cultural core requirements. requirement. PACS 325 The Vietnam War Era PACS 221 Community Psychology This course explores the origins, events The study of how psychology can be applied to and consequences of American involvement social services such as community mental in Indochina from historical, political, health centers to effect social change. Emphasis philosophical and personal perspectives. is on planning, prevention, early intervention, 3 hours. Browning. Meets humanities core research and evaluation as well as how to requirements. strengthen existing social support networks

126 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 PHILOSOPHY ■

PACS 411 Literature About War A seminar on fiction and non-fiction writing PHILOSOPHY about war, considering both text and the reality with which the author comes to grips. David B. Boersema, Chair, Readings may include works such as: The Professor of Philosophy, Douglas C. Strain Great War, Meditations in Green, All Quiet on Chair of Natural Philosophy the Western Front, Testament of Youth, Johnny Got His Gun, Harp of Burma. 3 hours. Steele. David DeMoss, Associate Professor Meets humanities core requirements. of Philosophy Marc Marenco, Associate Professor PACS 430 Human Rights of Philosophy This course offers an in-depth investigation of conceptual and political issues related to rights The Department of Philosophy seeks to and human rights, including such issues as the acquaint students with various philosophical source and extent of rights, the nature of traditions, to present the chief philosophic rights-bearers, the justification of rights claims, the legitimacy and means of imple- problems and types of philosophy, and to help menting universal human rights and critiques students cultivate the intellectual, civic, and and evaluations of the social role of rights. 4 moral virtues of the discipline of philosophy as hours. Boersema. Prerequisite: PACS 101 and well as the art and skill of philosophical analysis. Junior standing. Meets humanities core requirements. The department seeks to serve those students who intend to pursue graduate studies, those PACS 450 Issues in Peace & pursuing interdisciplinary career programs, and Conflict Studies A course wherein students examine important those who simply desire to understand human issues and ideas relative to peace and conflict reflective traditions in order to enlarge their own studies, especially for the advanced student horizon of awareness. completing a minor in PACS. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 3 hours. Staff. Majors are educated in the liberal arts tradition and are carefully counseled to take courses in *Please see Social Sciences Division all areas of the College. Majors in the bioethics for PolS 340. emphasis are educated in the liberal arts tradition, with a particular focus on the interface between philosophy and the health professions. 100- and 200-level courses are open to all students. 300-level courses are open to upper- division students, though prior lower-division coursework is recommended. 400-level courses generally require instructor approval. Courses in a foreign language are recommended.

Departmental Goals As a department, our goal is to educate our students with respect to the history, interpretive frameworks, and analytical techniques of the discipline of philosophy; given this goal, graduating majors and minors should be able to: a. exhibit a general understanding of the history and development of philoso- phy, and a specific understanding of some portion of that history, b. describe and critique several of the

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 127 most important historical and contem- PolS 308 Origins of Western porary interpretive frameworks used in sPolitical Thought the discipline of philosophy (for PolS 309 Modern Political Thought example, Plato’s Theory of Forms, the deontological approach to ethics, and Psy 315 Cognitive Neuroscience the existentialist analysis of the human Soc 414 Sociological Theory condition), Engl 332 Introduction to Linguistics c. apply the analytical techniques of the discipline of philosophy (for example, by 31-32 presenting orally and in writing succinct analyses of philosophical texts, and MAJOR IN PHILOSOPHY coherently structured arguments in defense (BIOETHICS EMPHASIS) of their own philosophical claims). Majors in the bioethics emphasis are In addition, the department strives to help educated in the liberal arts tradition, with students cultivate the intellectual, civic, and a particular focus on the interface between moral virtues of the discipline of philoso- philosophy and the health professions. phy (for example, intellectual integrity, objectivity, resilience in the face of obstacles and daunting problems, a commitment to Requirements consistency, a knack for seeing and Phil 102 Ethics and Values ...... 3 articulating what issues are at stake, the Phil/Math 212 courage to cross-examine opinions that one Language and Logic ...... 3 holds dear, respect for interlocutors and colleagues, a felt obligation to contribute to Two courses from one’s community, etc.). Phil 205, 206, 207, 208 ...... 6 We pride ourselves on preparing students Phil 307 Ethics, Medicine & who intend to pursue graduate studies Health Care ...... 4 and/or interdisciplinary career programs; Phil 409 Moral Philosophy ...... 4 graduating majors and minors should not Phil 495 Senior Seminar ...... 4 only be able to seek and obtain admission to graduate school, if that is their realistic One course in biology ...... 3 goal, or find a job that will begin their Two courses chosen career track; they should also be from the following list: ...... 6-8 able to philosophically reflect on and Phil 310 Philosophy of Science express clearly their own goals and choices at this stage in their lives. Phil 312 Philosophy of Biology Psy 440 Health Psychology and MAJOR IN PHILOSOPHY Behavioral Medicine Requirements Hist 339 History of Science Soc 319 Sociology of Medicine Phil 101 Knowledge & Reality or Phil 102 Ethics and Values ...... 3 33-35 Phil/Math 212†† Language and Logic ...... 3 MINOR IN PHILOSOPHY Two courses from Phil 205, Requirements 206, 207, 208 ...... 6 Phil 101 Knowledge & Reality or Phil 495 Senior Seminar ...... 4 Phil 102 Ethics and Values ...... 3 Upper-division electives in Philosophy ...... 12 Phil/Math 212Language and Logic ...... 3 Additional philosophy course (200 or above) or one course One course from from the following list: ...... 3-4 Phil 205, 206, 207, 208 ...... 3 PACS 430 Human Rights Upper-division electives in Philosophy 6-8 Hist 339 History of Science 15-17 Psy 226 History & Systems

128 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 PHILOSOPHY ■

MINOR IN RELIGION Phil 206 Medieval Philosophy A study of the major issues and personalities Requirements that constituted and shaped medieval western thought from the fourth century through the Phil/Math 212 Language and Logic ...... 3 fifteenth century. 3 hours. DeMoss, Boersema. Phil 110 Religion and the Quest for Offered alternate years. Meaning ...... 3 Phil 205 or 206 Ancient Philosophy or Phil 207 Early Modern Philosophy: Medieval 1500-1750 A study of the major issues and personalities Philosophy ...... 3 that constituted and shaped modern western Phil 309 Philosophy of Religion ...... 4 thought from the sixteenth century through the Upper-division elective in philosophy 3-4 eighteenth century. 3 hours. DeMoss, Boersema. Offered alternate years. 16-17 Phil 208 Late Modern Philosophy: Course Descriptions 1750-1900 A study of the major issues and personalities Philosophy (Phil) that constituted and shaped modern western Phil 101 Knowledge and Reality thought from the mid-eighteenth century An introduction to traditional issues in epistemol- through the nineteenth century. 3 hours. ogy and metaphysics, including such topics as the DeMoss, Boersema. Offered alternate years. nature and sources of knowledge, freedom and determinism, the relation of mind and body, Phil/ personal identity, the relation of knowledge and Math 212 Language & Logic values. 3 hours. Boersema, DeMoss. This course is a survey of formal syntactic and semantic features of language, including topics Phil 102 Ethics and Values such as sentential logic, predicate logic, After developing a few tools of the trade for doing axiomatic systems and set theory, and moral analysis, this course will explore the moral nonclassical extensions such as multivalued reasoning behind a number of contemporary logics. 3 hours. Boersema. moral issues. What is moral reasoning? What is the grammar of moral discourse? Is morality Phil 303 American Philosophy subjective or objective? Is moral discourse A survey of major themes, movements, and possible in the 21st century? What ethical insight figures of American philosophical thought from might we derive from such complex contempo- the seventeenth century to the present. rary debates as abortion, freedom of expression, Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 3 hours. and sexual ethics? 3 hours. Marenco, DeMoss. Boersema. Offered alternate years.

Phil 110 Religion and the Phil 305 Non-western Philosophy Quest for Meaning A study of nonwestern philosophical texts both This course is an introduction to the academic historical and contemporary from various cultures, study of religion. What are the most funda- including Indian, Chinese, Japanese, African, mental meta-narrataives that supply people Arabic, Persian, Native American, and Latin and their communities with self-understand- American. Prerequistie: Sophomore standing. ing? Typically, this course explores the identity 4 hours. DeMoss. Offered alternate years. mythologies of a variety of religious traditions. Religions normally covered are: Buddhism, Phil 307 Ethics, Medicine & Hinduism, Christianity, Judaism and Islam. Health Care Meets cross-cultural requirement. 3 hours. A study of ethical issues that arise in the health Marenco. Offered alternate years. care professions. After working through the processes of moral reasoning and learning Phil 205 Ancient Philosophy about some of the major moral theories this A study of the major issues and personalities course will focus on major topics in health care that constituted and shaped early western today. Typically this course deals with such thought, from the pre-socratics (sixth century issues as abortion, physician assisted suicide, BCE) through the Hellenistic and Roman era genetic manipulation and cloning, and (fourth century CE). 3 hours. DeMoss, comparative health delivery systems. Students Boersema. Offered alternate years.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 129 will be able to do some independent research on as epistemology, logic, metaphysics and a topic of their choice. Prerequisite: Sophomore value theory. This course will also explore a standing. 4 hours. Marenco. variety of philosophical critiques of feminist categories and theory. Prerequisite: sophomor Phil 309 Philosophy of Religion standing. 4 hours. DeMoss, Marenco. Offered An investigation of the structure and content intermittently. of religious truth-claims. The various argu- ments for and against the existence of God will Phil 403 Twentieth Century be considered along with a few of the more Philosophy important theories about the nature of religious A study of the major issues and personalities in belief, the logical status of religious proposi- twentieth-century philosophy, in such move- tions and the notion of a “religious use” of ments and schools as pragmatism, existential- language. Prerequisite: Phil 110 or Phil 101 or ism, phenomenology, positivism, linguistic instructor’s approval. 4 hours. Marenco. analysis, structuralism, poststructuralism, and Offered alternate years. critical theory. Prerequisite: Phil 208 plus one other course in the history of philosophy or Phil 310 Philosophy of Science instructor’s approval. 4 hours. Boersema. An investigation of issues and concepts within Offered alternate years. science and about science, including such topics as the nature of explanation, the nature Phil 409 Moral Philosophy of confirmation, the nature of scientific Intensive study in the field of moral philoso- progress, the relations among science, phy, including such topics as the nature of technology, values and society. Prerequisite: moral epistemology, metaethics, and the Sophomore standing. 4 hours. Boersema. metaphysics of morals. Prerequisite: nine hours Offered alternate years. in philosophy or instructor’s approval. 4 hours. Marenco. Offered alternate years. Phil 312 Philosophy of Biology An introduction to philosophical issues within Phil 412 Major Philosophers and about biology, including such topics as Intensive study of the works of a major design, fitness, and adaptation; units of philosopher. Prerequisite: nine hours in selection; the nature of species; taxonomy and philosophy or instructor’s approval. 4 hours. classification; molecular biology and reduction- DeMoss. Offered alternate years. ism; sociobiology. Prerequisite: 8 hours in philosophy or biology. 3 hours. Boersema. Phil 420 Seminar in Philosophy Offered alternate years. A concentrated study of various issues in philosophy, including such topics as philoso- Phil 314 Philosophy of Mind phy of language, advanced logic, aesthetics, This course focuses on the nature of mind and environmental ethics, moral philosophy, in- consciousness as interpreted by contemporary depth analysis of particular works or philoso- philosophers of mind. What is consciousness? phers, etc. Prerequisite: Nine hours in Who has it? How is it produced? Prerequisitie: philosophy or instructor’s approval. 4 hours. Sophomore standing. 4 hours. DeMoss. Boersema, DeMoss, Marenco. Offered alternate years. Phil 495 Senior Seminar Phil 315 Philosophy of Law Required of all Philosophy majors. The foci of An introduction to philosophical issues this seminar are learning how to write within and about law, including such topics philosophy and in-depth discussion of topics as the nature of law, legal reasoning, liberty/ guided by the instructor and the interests rights and the limits of law, the nature of represented by the philosophical work of legal responsibility, the nature and justifica- graduating students. Prerequisite: fifteen tion of legal punishment. Prerequisite: hours in philosophy and instructor’s approval. Sophomore standing. 3 hours. Boersema. 4 hours. Boersema, DeMoss, Marenco. Offered alternate years.

Phil 329 Feminism and Philosophy This course explores the philosophical potential in the application of feminist categories to traditional areas of philosophical inquiry such

130 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 PHYSICAL THERAPY ■ PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY Physical Therapy Prerequisite Biol 202, General Biology I ...... 12 Admission to Physical Therapy is highly Biol 224, Human Anatomy with lab competitive for Pacific students as well as Biol 240, Human Physiology with lab others. Pre-Physical Therapy requirements, like Chemistry 220 and 230 ...... 8 pre-medical requirements, concentrate in the Statistics ...... 3 sciences. Pacific’s Physical Therapy School has Math 207 or Psych 350 or Soc 301 always valued proficiency in writing and a strong Physics 130/201 and 140/203 or education in the humanities and social sciences. Physics 232 and 242 ...... 8 Psychology 150 (Intro) and Students do not major in “pre-physical therapy”. one other psychology course ...... 6 Most students complete a bachelor’s degree English/Writing — must include before beginning the Physical Therapy one writing course beyond the program. In extremely rare cases students who introductory level (ENGW 201 have met all the pre-requisites for Physical or higher) ...... 8 Therapy can apply in the junior year. For these Humanities — This can be satisfied exceptional students, the bachelor’s degree by carefully selected core requirements. can be completed during the first year of (At least 3 hours must be outside of English) Fine Arts, humanities, Physical Therapy school, resulting in a history, philosophy, religion, English bachelor’s degree in either Health Sciences or (in addition to English prerequsite), Biology with Human Emphasis. Students music, foreign language, wishing to pursue admission to the Physical speech/communication ...... 6 Therapy School after three years of Social Sciences (at least 3 hours undergraduate course work should talk directly must be outside of psychology) ...... 6 with the Office of Admissions. Please note that Courses from two of the following after the academic year 2002-03 the option of disciplines: anthropology, sociology, psychology, political science, economics. entering the professional program without a bachelor’s degree no longer will be available. Sample 4-Year Pre-PT Curriculum This means that students enrolling into the College in the Fall Semester, 2000 will be the Physics can actually be moved to any year if you want to double up on labs-and if last class eligible for this option. The course Math pre-requisites are met. sequences outlined below are for students completing the bachelor’s degree before Freshman admission to the School of Physical Therapy. Fall Chem 220 ...... 4 Math. 125 ...... 4 First Year Seminar ...... 4 Language Core ...... 3 15 Winter HUM Elective ...... 3 3 Spring Biol 202 ...... 4 Math 226 or elective ...... 4 Chem 230 ...... 4 Language Core ...... 3 15 www.pacificu.edu ❖ 131 Sophomore Senior Fall Fall Biol 204 ...... 4 Phys 130/201 (or 230) ...... 4 Engw 201 ...... 3 Math 207 ...... 3 Humanities or Art ...... 3 Electives (for major) ...... 5 Psych 150 ...... 3 16 Elective ...... 3 Winter 16 Elective ...... 3 Winter 3 Engl Elective ...... 3 Spring 3 Phys 140/203 (or 240 ...... 4 Spring Electives (for major) ...... 5 Chem 230 ...... 4 Social Sci (not Psy) ...... 3 13 Cross-cultural ...... 3 *Note: Art or Humanities ...... 3 Math 226 is a co-requisite for Phys 230 Elective ...... 3 Math 125 is a pre-requisite for Phys 130, 16 Chem 230 Math 122 is a pre-requisite for Math 207, Junior Chem 220 Fall Biology 224 (Anatomy) ...... 4 Soc Sci elective ...... 3 Electives (for major) ...... 9 16 Winter Elective ...... 3

3 Spring Biology 240 (Physiology) ...... 4 Engl elective ...... 3 Electives (for major) ...... 5 16

132 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT STUDIES ■

• Chemistry — 11 semester hours PRE-PHYSICIAN (3 courses*) ASSISTANT STUDIES Organic Chemistry or Biochemistry (one of the following courses) Admission to the School of Physician Assistant Chem 310/311 Organic Chemistry I with lab Studies is highly competitive. The applicant must complete a bachelor’s degree in any Chem 320/321 Organic Chemistry II with lab discipline, the prerequisite courses listed below Chem 380 Biochemistry and have a minimum of 1000 hours of experience in direct patient care prior to Two additional chemistry courses with lab (may include additional Organic or application to the program. In addition, the PA Biochemistry Courses) program utilizes computer-based learning throughout the program, therefore, each Chem 220 General Chemistry I student is required to have a laptop computer Chem 230 General Chemistry II and possess basic word pro essing skills. Chem 240-241 Survey of Organic Chemistry The Physician Assistant Program Admissions Or any course listed above Committee considers the following factors in • Statistics — 3 semester hours the selection process: (one course) • Strength and breadth of academic record Math 207 General Elementary Statistics • Type and depth of prior health care Psy 350 Behavioral Statistics experience Soc 301 Social Statistics • Strength of letters of evaluation • Psychology or Sociology — 3 semester hours (one course) • Content of application forms and care with Any course in psychology or sociology which they have been completed Soc 101 Intro to Sociology • Quality of writing ability as demonstrated by Psy 150 Intro to Psychology personal narrative • English/writing — 6 semester hours • Understanding of Physician Assistant (two courses taught at an English prorfession speaking university/college) • Type of community voulunteer activities Engw 201 Expository Writing or Engw 301 • Strength of on-campus personal interview plus a second course in writing or Prerequisite Courses literature The applicant must complete the follow- *Courses taken to fulfill the science prerequi- ing courses with a “C” or better. sites must be those for science majors.

• Biological Sciences — 12 semester Clinical Experience hours required plus 12 hours of Minimum 6 months (1000 hours, paid or prerequisites (3 courses*) volunteer) Anatomy (one course with lab) — At the time of application submission, the human preferred Biol 224 Human applicant must be able to provide docu- Anatomy with lab mentation of a minimum of 1000 hours of Physiology (one course with lab) — experience with direct patient contact in a human preferred health care setting. A wide range of types of Biol 240 Human Physiology with lab experience will be considered such as: nurse RN/LVN, paramedic/EMT/ Microbiology or Bacteriology (one corpsman, medical assistant/nurses’ aid, course with lab) medical technologist/technician, respira- Biol 308 Microbiology with lab tory therapist, physical therapist/assistant,

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 133 speech therapist/assistant, psychologist/ Spring therapist/counselor, medical office Math 207 (Statistics) ...... 4 manager, hospital/clinic/nursing home facility volunteer, home health aid, Engw 301 ...... 3 outreach worker, patient educator, dental Foreign Language ...... 3 assistant and others. Elective (optional) ...... 6 In addition to the required courses, students are encouraged to learn Spanish and to take 16 medical terminology. Students or advisors with questions about the School of Physi- Junior cian Assistant Studies should consult the Graduate Admissions office and the current Fall PA program brochure. Chemistry 240/241 (Organic) ...... 4 Sample of 4-Year Curriculum Biology 224 (Anatomy) ...... 4 of PA Pre-requisites Electives ...... 6

Chem 380 (Bio Chem) offered alternate years. 14

Freshman Winter Fall Elective ...... 3 Math 125 ...... 4 3 First Year Seminar ...... 4 Chem 220 ...... 4 Spring Elective ...... 3 Biology 240 (Physiology) ...... 4 15 Electives ...... 9 Winter 14 Elective ...... 3 Senior 3 Fall Spring Electives ...... 16 Biol 202 ...... 4 16 Chem 230 ...... 4 Elective ...... 6 Spring 14 Electives ...... 16

Sophomore 16

Fall Bio 204 is a pre-requisite for Bio 308 Biol 204 ...... 4 and Biol 302. Elective ...... 3 Biol 300 is also a prerequisite for Biol 302. Engw 201 ...... 3 *Note: Foreign Language ...... 3 Math 226 is a co-requisite for Phys 230 Psych 150 ...... 3 Math 125 is a pre-requisite for Phys 130 16 and Chem 230 Math 122 is a pre-requisite for Math 207 Winter and Chem 220 Elective ...... 3 3

134 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 PHYSICS ■ PHYSICS MAJOR IN PHYSICS The student majoring in physics must Richard Wiener, Chair, Associate Professor complete the following: Juliet W. Brosing, Professor, on Sabbatical Leave 2000-2001 Physics Core Requirements Phy 232-242 General (Workshop) Mary H. Fehrs, Professor Physics I-II W. Thomas Griffith, Distinguished or Phy 202 and 204 University Professor Introductory Physics I-II ...... 8 Stephen Hall, Assistant Professor Phy 320/321 Modern Physics with lab ...... 4 Micah Pranges, Instructor Phy 380 Classical Mechanics: Camille Wainwright, Associate Professor Dynamics ...... 4 The program in physics is designed to prepare Phy 420 Quantum Mechanics ..... 4 students for careers in applied physics and Phy 460 Electric and Magnetic Fields ...... 4 engineering, and graduate study in physics, engineering, and professional fields. Physics Phy 490-492 Physics Capstone ...... 6 students are encouraged to gain practical or experience through participation in on-campus Phy 480-482 Physics Capstone experimental projects and industrial internships. Seminar ...... 2 Facilities are available for student research in and an internship or research ...... 4-9 optics, nuclear physics, astronomy, non-linear dynamics, and solid state physics. The majority Upper-division electives ...... 9 of our graduates go to graduate school in 39-44 physics and related fields or take engineering- related positions in technical industry. Other Requirements Visit the Physics Department’s Website at http:/ Chem 220-230 General Chemistry I-II .. 8 /www.physics.pacificu.edu or through the main website at http://www.pacificu.edu. Math 226-228 Calculus I-III ...... 12 59-64 Goals for the Physics Major Because there are so many possible career By successfully completing a major in paths for physics majors, we would like to physics, students will be able to: offer some recommendations for the nine 1. Demonstrate conceptual understanding additional upper-division hours that are of fundamental physics principles. required for the major. Below are sugges- 2. Communicate physics reasoning in oral tions for what we think would offer the and in written form. best preparation for these alternatives. 3. Solve physics problems using qualita- However, each student’s interests are tive and quantitative reasoning that different; please discuss yours with a includes sophisticated mathematical member of the department to develop a techniques. personalized selection of courses. All physics majors are strongly encouraged to 4. Conduct independent research or work take Math 311 (Differential Equations), successfully in a technical position. Math 301 (Mathematical Modeling), and/ or CS 150 (Introduction to Computer Science) depending on their interests.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 135 Optics/Optometry MINOR IN APPLIED PHYSICS Geometric Optics The minor in applied physics is designed for Physical Optics students interested in employment in the Modern Topics in Physics high tech industry or in engineering. The Thermodynamics minor in applied physics can be used toward completion of the applied science major. Engineering/Applied Science Requirements Electronics Math 226-227 Calculus I-II...... 8 Engineering Mechanics: Statics Phy 232-242 General (Workshop) Modern Topics in Physics Physics I-II or Phy 202 -204 Introductory Physics I-II ... 8 Graduate School in Physical Science Phy 320/321 Modern Physics with lab ... 4 Phy 364 Electronics ...... 4 Relativity One of the following: Thermodynamics Phy 376 Engineering Mechanics: Physical Optics Statics, Modern Topics in Physics or Phy 384 Thermodynamics, or Health Science Careers Phy 340/341 Physical Optics with lab .... 3 Thermodynamics One of the following: Electronics Phy 380 Classical Mechanics: Engineering Mechanics: Statics Dynamics, or Modern Topics in Physics Phy 420 Quantum Mechanics, or Phy 460 Electric & Magnetic Fields ... 4 MINOR IN PHYSICS 31 The minor in physics is designed to give students a deeper appreciation of physics Any student interested in a physics minor than can be attained in a one-year se- should consult with a faculty member in quence. The minor in physics can enhance the Department of Physics. studies in other disciplines such as (but not limited to) chemistry, mathematics, Since many of our upper-division courses computer science, and philosophy. are taught on an alternate year basis, following is a schedule of our courses for the next two years: Requirements Phy 232-242 General (Workshop) Upper-division Physics I-II or Course offerings 2000-2001 Phy 202-204 Introductory Physics I-II .... 8 Fall Math 226-227Calculus I-II ...... 8 Modern Physics with lab Phy 320/321 Modern Physics with lab ... 4 Geometric Optics with lab Seven additional upper-division credits in physics ...... 7 Classical Mechanics: Dynamics Physics Capstone I 27 Physics Capstone Seminar I Winter III Engineering Mechanics: Statics

136 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 PHYSICS ■

Spring induction, and related concepts at an introduc- Thermodynamics tory level. Laboratory investigations are an Physical Optics with lab integral component of this course. Students cannot receive credit for both Phy 110 and Electric and Magnetic Fields Phy 120. 3 hours. Wainwright. Physics Capstone II Physics Capstone Seminar II Phy 202 Introductory Physics I The first semester of an algebra-based sequence Upper-division in physics. Topics include Newtonian Course offerings 2001-2002 mechanics, work, momentum, and energy. The lab component includes computer based Fall experiments in mechanics. Satisfies Natural Modern Physics with lab Science core requirement. Prerequisite: Math 125 4 hours. Fehrs. Geometric Optics with lab Electronics Phy 204 Introductory Physics II Physics Capstone I The second smester of an algebra-based Physics Capstone Seminar I sequence in physics. Topics include heat and thermodynamics; electricity and magnetism; Winter III sound and light waves. The laboratory Relativity component includes computer based experi- ments in heat and thermodynamics; electric Spring circuits. Satisfies Natural Science core Quantum Mechanics requirement. Prerequisite: Phy 202 or Phy 232. Physical Optics with lab 4 hours. Fehrs. Modern Topics in Physics Physics Capstone II Phy 232 General Physics I- Workshop Physics I Physics Capstone Seminar II An introductory course in physics (calculus- based) for science and pre-engineering Course Descriptions students. First term includes Newtonian mechanics. This course is an inquiry-based, Physics (Phy) laboratory-oriented course. Satisfies Natural Phy 110 Physics of Everyday Science core requirement. Co-requisite: Math Phenomena 226. 4 hours. Wiener. Designed to develop an understanding of the phenomena of our everyday life via the laws of Phy 242 General Physics II- physics. The emphasis is not on problem solving Workshop Physics II but on encouraging students to understand and A continuation of Phy 232 including electric- appreciate their environment from a new ity and magnetism, thermodynamics, and perspective. Includes topics in mechanics and nuclear physics. Satisfies Natural Science core other physics subfields such as thermal physics, requirement. Prerequisite: Math 226, Phy 232 electrical phenomena. 3 hours. Griffith. or Phy 202. 4 hours. Wiener.

Phy 111 Physics of Everyday Phy 310 Relativity Phenomena Laboratory An introduction to Einstein’s special and A laboratory course taught for Phy 110 general theories of relativity, with emphasis on students. Includes experiments in mechanics, the special theory. Topics include the principle thermal physics, and electric circuits. Satisfies of relativity, space-time effects of the Lorentz laboratory core requirement. Co-requisite: Phy transformations, relativistic energy and 110. 1 hour. Staff. momentum, Minkowski diagrams, the equivalence principle, the geometry of Phy 120 Inquiries in Electricity space-time, and gravity. Prerequisite: Phy 202 & Magnetism or 232. 3 hours. Wiener. Alternate years 2001-02. This is an activity based course for non-science majors, designed to develop a conceptual understanding of both current and static electricity, magnetism, electromagnetic

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 137 Phy 320 Modern Physics Phy 364 Electronics The historical development of modern physics The basic principles underlying circuit including the origins of the quantum theory; analysis and the operation of analog and the Bohr theory of the atom; atomic spectra; digital electronic devices, including: diodes; particle and nuclear physics. Prerequisite: Phy transistors; op-amps; logic gates; 204 or 242, Math 227. 3 hours. Staff. multivibrators; counters; registers; memories; and A/D and D/A converters. Prerequisite: Phy 321 Modern Physics Lab Math 125, Phy 202 or 242. 4 hours. Wiener. A laboratory course taught in conjunction with Alternate years 2001-02. Phy 320. Involves classic experiments in modern physics that have shaped our under- Phy 376 Engineering Mechanics: standing of matter and light. These typically Statics include (but are not limited to) e/m measure- Presentation, discussion, and application of the ments, the photoelectric effect, visible light principles of static mechanics to problems in spectroscopy, blackbody radiation, and X-ray physics and engineering including: force diffraction. Co-requisite: Phy 320. 1 hour. Staff. analysis, equilibrium in two and three dimensions, trusses and frames, internal Phy 325 Modern Topics in Physics forces, centroids, and cables. Special emphasis A class with lab on topics of current interest in is given to problem-solving techniques. physics. The topic for the semester will be one Prerequisite: Phy 232 or Phy 202, Math 226. of the following: solid state physics; nuclear 3 hours. Staff. Alternate years. 2000-01. physics; nonlinear dynamics and chaos; Fourier optics; or elementary particles. May be Phy 380 Classical Mechanics: taken more than once for credit, as the topic Dynamics will vary. Prerequisite: Phy 320, 321. 3 hours. Presentation and discussion of the kinematics Not offered in 2000-01. and dynamics of single particles and systems of particles, both in inertial and non-inertial Phy 330 Geometric Optics frames of reference. In addition to the standard (Also listed as Opt 501) The principles and analytical techniques, approximation tech- applications of geometric optics, including the niques and a computer algebra system will be propagation of light, reflection and refraction, used for problem solving. Several mechanical thin lenses, combinations of lenses, thick systems will be studied experimentally and lenses, lens systems, mirrors, aberrations, computationally. Prerequisite: Phy 204 or 242, stops and pupils, gradient-index lenses, and Math 227. 4 hours. Fehrs. Alternate years. optical systems. Prerequisite: Phy 204 or 242, 2000-01. and physics major or minor. 3 hours. Griffith. Phy 384 Thermodynamics Phy 331 Geometric Optics Presentation, discussion, and application of the Laboratory laws of thermodynamics including gas (Also listed as Opt 501) A laboratory course behavior, equations of states, phase transforma- taught to demonstrate and investigate the tions, and kinetic theory. Prerequisite: Phy 204 concepts introduced in Phy 330. Co-requisite: or 242, Math 227. 3 hours. Staff. Alternate Phy 330. 1 hour. Griffith, Wiener. years. 2000-01.

Phy 340 Physical Optics Phy 420 Quantum Mechanics (Also listed as Opt 502) Principles of wave An introduction to quantum mechanics and its optics, including interference, diffraction, thin application to: free particles, barriers, the films, optics of transformations, holography, simple harmonic oscillator, the hydrogen atom, light scattering, polarization, photometry, angular momentum, spin, and identical quantum optics, spectroscopy, and lasers. particle systems. A computer algebra system Prerequisite: Phy 204 or 242 and physics will be utilized for problem solving and major or minor. 2 hours. Wiener. visualization. Prerequisite: Phy 320/321, Math 228. 4 hours. Fehrs. Alternate years. 2001-02. Phy 341 Physical Optics Laboratory (Also listed as Opt 502) A laboratory course taught to demonstrate and investigate the concepts introduced in Phy 340. Co-requisite: Phy 340. 1 hour. Griffith, Wiener.

138 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 POLITICS & GOVERNMENT ■

Phy 460 Electric & Magnetic Fields Development of the nature and mathematical POLITICS & description of electric and magnetic fields in GOVERNMENT free space and material media, including: Maxwell’s equations, electrostatics, magnetostatics, dielectrics, and solutions of Jeffrey G. Seward, Chair, Associate Professor Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations. Prerequi- Russell A. Dondero, Professor site: Phy 204 or 242, Math 228. 4 hours. Griffithr. Alternate years. 2000-01. Seth Singleton, Professor

Phy 480 Physics Capstone Seminar I Robert Van Dyk, Associate Professor The physics seminar portion of Phy 490. (See Politics and government is the process by which description of Phy 490). Co-requisite: Senior standing as a physics major, and research or an a community decides what common goals it internship in physics. 1 hour. Brosing, Fehrs, wants to achieve, what its rules will be, and how Griffith, Wiener. those policies and rules will be carried out or enforced. Nothing is more important to a healthy Phy 482 Physics society. We are fascinated by the political Capstone Seminar II The physics seminar portion of Phy 492. (See process in the United States and in the world description of Phy 492). Co-requisite: Senior and concerned about its outcome, and we standing as a physics major, and research or an welcome all students who share that interest. internship in physics. 1 hour. Brosing, Fehrs, Griffith, Wiener. While our program provides an excellent foundation for graduate study in political Phy 490 Physics Capstone I science, the primary focus of the Department is The capstone course involves a weekly seminar and a year long research project. In the weekly on providing skills and habits of mind useful in seminar, students learn how to make presentations a wide range of professions. Recent graduates and how to do “on-the-spot” problem solving. of the Department have found jobs and careers There will also be outside speakers on current in law, politics, business, teaching, journalism, physics research. The other portion of the capstone and government service. The majority of our experience is a year long research project. In addition, there will be weekly meetings in which graduates continue their education in students discuss their ongoing research projects. professional programs in law, business (MBA), The research project will comprise 2 credits of the international affairs, education, public course. Co-requisite: Senior standing as a physics administration, and other fields. Many work major. 3 hours. Brosing, Fehrs, Griffith, Wiener. directly after college (often as staff members for Phy 492 Physics Capstone II elected officials or government agencies) A continuation of Physics 490. At the end of before going on to graduate school. Physics 482 students will give final oral presentations on their research project or their internship, and submit their research/ Goals internship paper. Prerequisite: Physics 490. The goals of our curriculum emphasize 3 hours. Brosing, Fehrs, Griffith, Wiener. broad knowledge of political phenomena, practical skills of analysis and communica- Phy 495 Research tion, and an understanding of theoretical Student-conducted individual research project. approaches to politics. Graduates will 1-3 hours. Brosing, Fehrs, Griffith, Wiener. know how to analyze policy problems in a clear and logical way; how to make ASTRONOMY oral presentations; how to find informa- Sci 170 Astronomy tion; how to write well in the form of a A survey of astronomy, including the solar memorandum, short essay, a research system, stars and stellar evolution, galaxies, report, and an academic paper; how to cosmology, astronomical instruments, and work in groups; and how to use electronic space science. Evening observing sessions. communication. 3 hours. Staff. Alternate years.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 139 Program (nine hours in the case of those studying abroad for an entire academic year) may The curriculum is focused on a variety of be directly applied to the requirements of approaches to political analysis, practical the major. hands-on experience, and student re- search. An internship or study abroad is Junior year is the best time for off-campus strongly recommended for all majors as a study. Seniors off campus in the fall useful part of their preparation. The semester may omit the fall term senior required senior thesis may take a variety seminar but during that time must prepare of forms ranging from a hands on project a first draft of their senior project for based on student field research to statisti- completion and presentation in the spring. cal analysis of quantitative data to an abstract theoretical treatment of a problem Portfolio in political philosophy. The Department will keep a file of each The Department’s co-curricular program is student to measure benchmarks of highlighted by the annual Tom McCall academic progress, to include a current Forum, an event which brings pairs of transcript, the study plan, the second year nationally prominent speakers to Pacific seminar research report, internship and and Oregon. Recent pairings have study abroad reports, selected course included Mario Cuomo and Lynn Martin, papers, material related to relevant James Carville and William Safire, John extracurricular activities, and the final Sununu and Pierre Salinger, Geraldine draft of the senior project. Students are Ferraro and William Bennett, Robert Bork welcome to add other material to their and Arthur Schlesinger, and Pat Schroeder portfolio and should keep their own copy and Jeanne Kirkpatrick. Students are of its contents. intimately involved in this event through active participation in the Politics and Law Forum, which also sponsors debates and MAJOR IN other events on campus dealing with important local, state, and national issues. POLITICS & GOVERNMENT Introductory Courses Internships and Study Abroad The department offers three introductory While it is not an absolute requirement, level courses, PolS 101, PolS 140, and PolS the Department strongly encourages all 180, described in more detail below. None majors to include in their program a of these courses are required for the major semester-long, off-campus experience. but any of them may be counted for the Over half of our majors find internships, major. Students interested in the possibil- most commonly in the Oregon Legislature ity of majoring in politics and government or Congressional offices in Washington. are strongly encouraged to begin with one Other possible internship sites include of these courses. social service agencies, government agencies, interest groups, law firms, and the Required Complementary course Work media. Internships for credit involve close collaboration with a faculty advisor and are The following complementary course limited to one semester. Only six hours of work outside the Department is a internship credit is directly applicable to required part of the major. Prospective the requirements of the major. majors should try to complete these requirements as early as possible in their Pacific offers many study abroad possibili- academic program. ties in England, France, Germany, China, Japan, Ecuador, Mexico, and a number of Econ 101 or 102 (one required, other countries. These programs are both recommended) ...... 3-6 described in detail in the Study Abroad Soc 301 Social Statistics ...... 4 section of the catalog. Students going Two semester courses in history abroad should include in their plan the approved by the Department...... 6-8 language, history, culture, and economy of their area of interest. No more than six hours of academic work taken abroad

140 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 POLITICS & GOVERNMENT ■

PolS Requirements PolS 180 The United States in World Affairs PolS 299 Political Analysis ...... 4 A first course in international relations, PolS 309 Classics of Political focused on current problems and concerns in Philosophy ...... 3 United States foreign policy. These include PolS 401-402 Senior Seminar and Thesis ... 6 both “offshore” issues such as human rights 21 Semester hours of PolS electives ...... 21 and peacekeeping and “intermestic” issues such as trade and immigration. The course will These 21 hours must include: begin with an overview of American foreign 1. at least one upper-division course in policy traditions and attitudes and of the 20th American Politics and Law century background. Students will prepare a 2. at least one upper-division course in case study analysis, a policy and negotiating Comparative Politics/International proposal, and a response to a crisis scenario. 3 Relations hours. 3. at least two other upper-division PolS PolS 221 Politics in Literature & Film courses. Up to six hours of PolS Exploration of a single major theme of politics internship credit may be counted through the medium of literature and film. toward the major, but these six hours Possible course themes include Latin American may not be counted toward any of the film, revolution, war, utopia, propaganda, the specific upper-division requirements Cold war and American political culture. May listed above. be repeated for credit when topics vary. Winter III only. 3 hours. 43-48 PolS 222 The Civil Rights Movement This course examines the causes, history, and tactics of the struggle to guarantee African- MINOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE Americans equal treatment under the law in Requirements the United States. The primary focus of course material is on the political movement for racial 18 semester hours of PolS electives, at least equality in the United States from 1954-1968. 12 hours of which must be at the upper- Winter III only. 3 hours. division level. PolS 223 Women in Politics 18 This course surveys historical perspectives and contemporary realities about the role of women in political life. Major topics covered include Course Descriptions the treatment of women in the classic texts of political philosophy and feminist reactions to Political Science (PolS) that tradition, feminist reworking of key PolS 101 Power & Community concepts in the political philosophy tradition, Exploration of such key concepts as power, a survey of historical and contemporary authority, legitimacy, justice, law, democracy, women’s political movements and political social welfare, and human rights. Introduction participation in the United States and a to analysis of policy problems. 3 hours. comparative view of women’s political participation in non-US settings (cross-listed PolS 140 Conflict & Controversy in in Feminist Studies). 3 hours. American Politics The most enduring questions about politics are PolS 224 Environmental Politics the who, the what, the when, and the how of This course introduces students to environ- politics. This course seeks to answer these mental disputes and the forces that affect questions as they pertain to the American environmental policy. Topics include the political system. 3 hours. history and evolution of environmentalism and environmental policy and an extensive case study of a local environmental issue. Students will attend the Environmental Law Conference in Eugene in March, and they will go on several shorter field trips. 3 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 141 PolS 240 Latin American History PolS 309 Classic of Political A broad survey of political, social, and Philosophy: From Plato economic history of Latin America from pre- to Postmodernism Columbian civilizations to the 20th century. Examines the evolution of ancient, modern and Special emphasis will be given to the complex contemporary political thought from the ramifications of the interaction of European ancient Greeks to the 20th century. Major conquerors/settlers, African slaves and the political theorists who may be studied include: indigenous peoples of the region (cross-listed Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, Machiavelli in History). Meets cross-cultural requirement. Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hegel, Mills, Marx, 3 hours. Arendt, Rawls, Nozick as well as feminist and postmodernist critics of traditional political PolS 299 Political Analysis Seminar thought. Required for majors. 3 hours. This course introduces students to some of the basic forms of political analysis including PolS 310 Markets, Politics, & Justice scholarly research, policy analysis, and An examination of political economy ( the political strategy. The course is organized as a interaction of politics and economics) with seminar in which students will be required to respect to topics such as macroeconomic policy- present their own projects to the class and making, industrial policy, income distribution, actively participate in class discussion. development strategies, and the welfare state Required for majors (should be taken sopho- plus the political dimensions of economic more year). Prerequisite: PolS 101 strongly ideologies including classical liberal, Marxist, recommended. 4 hours. and social democratic perspectives. Prerequi- site: Economics 101 or 102 strongly recom- PolS 301 Politics & The Media mended. 3 hours. Examines the impact of the media upon the political process; the relationship between the PolS 320 Law & Society press and politicians; and whether the press is An introduction to the role of law in structur- a “neutral” force in American politics. ing social relations. The course examines the Biennially. 4 hours. various ways we encounter the law as it is made by legislatures, as it is made by judges, PolS 302 Parties and Elections and as it is practically applied. The course The development of political parties and their requires an extensive case study of the law as organization, function and campaign methods. written and applied in a business or political Analysis of interest groups and their effect on organization. Biennially. 3 credits. government and political parties. Public opinion and propaganda. Involvement in a political PolS 321 Protest, Dissent, campaign encouraged. Biennially. 3 hours. & Social Change This course examines the causes and history of PolS 303 Congressional Politics widespread movements that use protest to Course focuses on the organizational dynamics promote political change. Topics include of the Congress as the primary legislative body theories of social movements and case studies in our national government. The external that may include the labor movement, the civil environment will also be examined to under- rights movement, the women’s movement, the stand how the lobby, the media, the other environmental movement, and the recent rise branches of government influence the of conservative Christian activism. 3 hours. legislative agenda. Biennially. 3 hours. PolS 323 Management & Policy PolS 304 Grassroots Politics How organizations function, and how they are Course examines how citizens and interest managed and led, applied to government and groups shape “grassroots” politics, i.e., state nonprofit agencies. Policy analysis, decision- and local government in the United States. making, and policy effectiveness. Students will 3 hours. write a case study analyzing an organization or decision, based on field research. Prerequi- PolS 305 The Presidency site: upper-division standing. 4 hours. An examination of the evolution of the American presidency as the dominant office within our political system. Biennially. 3 hours.

142 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 POLITICS & GOVERNMENT ■

PolS 325 Constitutional Law PolS 344 East Asia in World Affairs An introduction to the judicial process, legal Focus on China, Japan, and Korea, secondarily reasoning and interpretation of the Constitu- on Southeast Asia, interaction with the West; tion through analysis of court cases. Subjects revolutionary change and conflict in the 20th include federalism, property, race, gender, and century; the “economic miracle” privacy. Biennially. 4 hours. of Asian development and its impact; current questions of trade, Asia-Pacific integration, PolS 326 Civil Liberties nationalism and reunification, nuclear This course examines the development of civil proliferation and security, and future power liberties in the United States by focusing on relations. 3 hours. the role of the Supreme Court. Subjects include freedom of speech, freedom of press, freedom of PolS 350 Special Topics in religion, and the rights of the accused. Political Science Biennially. 4 hours. Courses of varying formats on specific topics not included in the regular curriculum. Recent PolS 332 Contemporary examples include Conservative Political Latin America Thought, Contemporary Mexico, and Salmon An introduction to the politics of the region Crisis. May be repeated for credit when the with a brief survey of history, race relations topics vary. 3 hours. and political economy of Latin America followed by an analysis of selected individual Pols 370 School & Society countries including Brazil, Mexico, Cuba and Explores the relationship between schools and others. Meets cross-cultural requirement. society. The readings, discussion, and 3 hours. reflections are designed to help aspiring teachers develop an understanding of the PolS 334 Twentieth Century Russia philosophical, historical, socio-cultural, and Russia’s development in late Tsarist times, the legal foundations of education. 2 hours. Bolshevik revolution; Soviet communism under Lenin, Stalin, Khrushchev, and PolS 399 Independent Study Brezhnev; nationalism and the non-Russian Student-conducted individual research/ republics; the Gorbachev reforms and the theoretical project. Faculty supervised. collapse of the USSR; the current situation 1-3 hours. (crosslisted as HIST 334) 3 hours. PolS 401-402 Senior Seminar & Thesis PolS 336 Contemporary Europe In the first semester, students will define their This course is a survey of contemporary research project, gather necessary information, political, economic, and (to a lesser extent) and write the first draft of their thesis. The social institutions and issues in contemporary seminar will also meet weekly or bi-weekly to Europe with a focus on the major countries of discuss selected readings in political issues and Western Europe and the pan-European process ideas. In the second semester, along with of economic and political integration. Topics further group meetings and discussions, may include the crisis of European political students will revise and complete their project parties, problems associated with economic and formally present it to the seminar. Both and political integration, resurgent national- semesters required of all majors in their final ism and ethnic conflicts within and across year. Prerequisite: PolS 299 and two 300-level national boundaries, the problem of “Euro- PolS classes.3 hours each semester. pean” identity, the New Right, the political role of women.

PolS 340 International Relations Nationalism; the international system; conflict and war; recent and current world politics; international organizations such as United Nations and the European Union; issues of economic and cultural globalization and development. Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 3 hours..

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 143 PRE-MEDICAL STUDIES General Biology I & II Biol 202 & 204 See Dr. Lisa Sardinia General Chemistry I & II Chem 220,221 & 230, 231 Because of the sequential nature of many of Organic Chemistry I & II the required courses, students who are Chem 310, 311 & 320,321 considering medical school should seek out the Calculus I advice of Dr. Lisa Sardinia, Biology during their first year. Math 226 General Physics I & II All medical schools require introductory Phys 232 & 242 or courses in Biology, Chemistry, English, Introductory Physics I & II Mathematics and Physics. However, students Phys 202 & 204 may enter medical school with any major. A list Expository Writing Engw 201 of courses that will satisfy the admission requirements of nearly all medical schools is given below. For those students who wish to enter medical school in the year following graduation from Pacific, it is necessary to complete all of the listed courses by the end of the junior year to ensure adequate background for the MCAT exam required for application to all U.S. medical schools. Applications to take the MCAT and applications for medical school (through AMCAS) are available in the Career Development Center. Most medical schools require some clinical experience prior to medical school. The Career Development Center can assist students in finding an internship or field experience in the medical field.

144 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 PRE-MED • PSYCHOLOGY ■

PSYCHOLOGY concludes with a required Senior Capstone project in which students reflect over the field, consolidate knowledge from previous classes, Linda Gallahan, Chair, Associate Professor and form and test hypotheses of their own. Alyson Burns-Glover, Associate Professor Therese Huston, Assistant Professor Goals of the Major Todd Schultz, Assistant Professor The goals of the Psychology Department are to: Psychology can be defined as the empirical • introduce students to methods of critical analysis of mind and behavior. The department analysis that will allow them to members believe that reliable knowledge of interpret and evaluate research and psychological processes represents a theory; necessary condition for meaningful action in • expose students to a broad selection of the world. History, culture, economics, courses that typify the breadth of the international affairs, health and biological discipline and the expertise of depart- mental faculty; sciences — virtually any field of study profits from attention to psychological variables. • instill in students cooperative learning strategies that will enable them to Psychology is a versatile, inherently participate effectively in group projects; interdisciplinary, and multi-methodological • perfect students’ abilities to write enterprise. We concur with William James, who clearly, succinctly and with authority, wrote: “The union of the mathematician with the and to orally present theory and data in poet, fervor with measure, passion with a research forum; correctness; that surely is the ideal.” • and guide students’ career choices by providing them with information on Our faculty teach a range of courses opportunities in basic and applied representing the discipline’s major subject Psychology, as well as allied health and areas: Social, Developmental, Biocognitive, service professions. and Personality/Clinical. Psychology classes stress the importance of data analysis, but at MAJOR IN PSYCHOLOGY the same time encourage students to keep theoretical, “Big Picture” issues in mind. The Psychology major must complete the Because we support the traditional aims of following required courses with a grade of “C” or better and maintain a 2.0 grade liberal arts education, we help students learn point average for Psychology electives: how to think clearly and critically, challenge Requirements orthodox assumptions, organize and present complicated information, make use of both Psy 150 Introduction to Psychology ...... 3 qualitative and quantitative methods, write well, and develop a commitment to ideals of Psy 248 Mind, Theory & Method .... 3 scholarship and lifelong learning. Psy 348 Experimental Psychology .. 3 Psy 349 Experimental Initial requirements for the major in Psychology Psychology Lab ...... 1 include Introduction to Psychology; Mind, Psy 350 Behavioral Statistics ...... 3 Theory & Method; Experimental Psychology; Psy 390 Junior Seminar ...... 3 and Behavioral Statistics. Students then Psy 490 Senior Thesis Preparation .. 2 choose from a menu of elective courses, some Psy 495 Senior Thesis Project ...... 2 focused on basic processes, some strictly theoretical, and some applied. The major 20

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 145 Plus required electives: Students interested in the Psychology Courses that reflect the study minor should consult with a faculty of mind, body, & behavior member of the department prior to over time: Psy 180, 318, or 340 ...... 3 choosing electives. in diverse contexts: Courses from other departments approved Psy 160, 213, 260, 308, or 408 ...... 3 for elective credits in Psychology: Bio 330 Genetics ...... 3 Courses that explore: Phil 103 Critical Thinking ...... 3 the human psyche: Psy 208, 309, 311 or 444 Phil 310 Philosophy of Science ...... 3 (or Phil 314) ...... 3 Phil 314 Philosophy of Mind ...... 3 the function of brain/body: Soc 317 Gender & Sexuality ...... 3 Psy 315, 321, or 352 ...... 3 Theory/praxis relations in Course Descriptions applied settings: Psy 341, 395, or 475, or theory/ praxis courses from Psychology (Psy) other departments, (by approval) ...... 1-4 Psy 150 Introduction to Psychology This course provides an overview of psychol- 13-16 ogy including psychobiology, learning, Plus general electives: memory, perception, motivation, development, social, behavioral/emotional problems and Any two Psychology, or approved, treatments. 3 hours. electives (One must be at the 400 level and have a Psy prefix) ...... 6 Psy 160 Culture & Behavior This course provides a cross-cultural review of 39-42 general principles of human psychology. Emphasis is on the organizing syndromes of The requirements listed above are for the particular cultures and how these world views Bachelor of Arts Degree with a major in affect an individual’s emotions, cognitions and Psychology. Students pursuing a Bachelor behaviors. Fills cross-cultural core require- of Science degree with a major in Psychol- ment. 3 hours. Burns-Glover. ogy must also complete the following requirements. Psy 180 Lifespan Human Additional courses: Development A survey of human development and develop- Two additional science mental theories from conception until death laboratory courses ...... 8 focusing on physical, cognitive, and social changes that occur across the lifespan. 47-50 Recommended for non-majors. 3 hours. Gallahan. MINOR IN PSYCHOLOGY Psy 208 Addictions & Behavior The Psychology minor must complete the This course takes a transhistorical, interdisci- following required courses with a grade of plinary approach to the question of alcohol, “C” or better and maintain a 2.0 grade substance abuse and the social costs of point average for Psychology electives. addiction and use. We will address the human motive to alter consciousness using classic and Requirements modern research in the physiology of addiction; Psy 150 Introduction to sociocultural risk factors and changing Psychology ...... 3 cultural representations of drug use. In addition, this course will include a commu- Psy 248 Mind, Theory & Method .... 3 nity-action component in which students Plus five electives ...... 15 will participate in the design of community (Two must have a Psy prefix. Two must be interventions and educational activities. upper-division courses.) 4 hours. Burns-Glover. (Same as PACS 208.)

21

146 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 PSYCHOLOGY ■

Psy 210 Current Issues in Psy 248 Mind, Theory and Method Psychology This course will present the historical dialectic A seminar-style course on subjects of special between rationalism [theory] and empiricism interest and current importance within the [data] within the discipline. We will focus our field, such as The Nature of Self-Concept, attention on the current rise of neuroscience, Life-Story Models of Identity, Intelligence, behavioral genetics and the ëreturn to mind’ in Evolutionary Psychology, or Buddhism, psychological research. Students will learn the Psychology, and the Mind. Precise topic varies current status of several controversial from semester to semester. May be repeated for dichotomies: Mind-body dualism, Nativism- credit as topic varies. 3 hours. Environmentalism, Essentialism-Operational- ism, etc., and the role that social values play in Psy 213 Psychology of Altruism the creation, testing, and interpretation of & Aggression scientific theories. 3 hours. Historical and modern review of the human and non-human primate behaviors related to Psy 260 Psychology of Women altruism, empathy, violence, competition and A survey of the physiological, emotional, and aggression from a social, biological, cognitive aspects of the female experience. This interspecies and cross-cultural perspective. course examines both the similarities and 3 hours. Burns-Glover. (Same as PACS 213.) differences between men and women, with emphasis on experiences which are unique to Psy 215 Memory & Mind women. Cultural expectations are examined, The study of human memory which focuses on particularly those which either overemphasize how memory and other mental functions work, sex differences or underestimate their psycho- how they fail, and why we think the ways that logical and sociocultural value. Prerequisite: we do. This course samples across a range of Psy 150 or FS 201 or permission of the human thought processes, including memory, instructor. 3 hours. Gallahan. reasoning, language, and problem solving. 3 hours. Huston. Psy 280 Children in Time & Place This course examines human cognitive, social, Psy 220 Community Psychology personality and physical development from The study of how psychology can be applied to conception through adolescence across cultures social services such as community mental with an emphasis on cross-cultural compari- health centers to effect social change. Emphasis sons and universals. Meets cross-cultural core- is on planning, prevention, early intervention, requirement. 3 hours. Gallahan. research and evaluation as well as how to strengthen existing social support networks Psy 308 Social Psychology and create new ones. Empowerment and A consideration of humans as social beings- primary prevention will be focus of attention. how they affect and are affected by others. Prerequisite: Psy 150 or Soc 101 or Soc 102. Topics included are: perception of persons, 3 hours. affiliation, communication and attitude change, group processes, leadership, intergroup Psy 225 Human Learning tension, cultural syndromes, and social roles. & Motivation Prerequisite: Psy 150 and upper-division Course investigates principles of learning and standing (or permission of the instructor). motivation among humans and other animals. 3 hours. Burns-Glover. Class will explore applications of these principles in education and society at large. Psy 309 Personality Psychology 3 hours. Huston. Students study the grand theories of personality through detailed examination of original writings Psy 226 History & Systems by Freud, Skinner, R.D. Laing, and Maslow, of Psychology among others. We explore the assumptions, logic, An inquiry into the foundations of modern and ramifications of psychological theory, and its psychology. The intellectual heritage of the place in modern experimental psychology. Some discipline within philosophy and the natural critique of psychology as a discipline is included. sciences will be examined and critiqued. We Prerequisite: Psy 150 and upper-division will consider major theories, emerging research standing (or permission of the instructor). directions and controversies within the sub 3 hours. Schultz. disciplines of psychology. 3 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 147 Psy 311 Abnormal Psychology Psy 340 Child Development Students critically explore major categories of An in-depth analysis of child development disorder, with special emphasis on dissociative with a focus on contemporary research from identity disorder, depression, schizophrenia, the bio-social-behavioral framework. Students and borderline personality. Questions are will conduct an in-depth study on a chosen raised about he use of psychiatric drugs, and topic that complements the research project for attention is paid to the history of insanity. the Human Development Lab. Prerequisite: Includes both textbook and original readings. Psy 348 and upper-division standing; Co- Prerequisite: Psy 150 and upper-division requisite Psy341). Recommended for Spring standing (or permission of the instructor). semester of Junior year. 3 hours. Gallahan. 3 hours. Schultz. Psy 341 Human Development Lab Psy 315 Cognitive Neuroscience A laboratory course to be taken concurrently This course examines a range of cognitive with or after Child Development or Applied processes including perception, memory, Human Development. Students will have the problem solving, imagery, and language. opportunity to work with/observe individuals A special emphasis will be placed on current of various ages in research and applied neuro-scientific investigations into these settings. Prerequisite: Psy 349 and upper- topics. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and upper- division standing.. Co or prerequisite: Psy 318; division standing (or permission of the or Psy 340. May be repeated for credit. 1 hour. instructor). Bio 110 or 224 or 240 strongly Gallahan. recommended. 3 hours. Huston. Psy 348 Experimental Psychology Psy 318 Applied Human This course examines the principles of research Development design, methodology, and analysis, and their This course explores developmental issues in application to a wide range of substantive areas applied contexts such as education, health in psychology. The use of a wide variety of services and families. Students will critically social research strategies will be addressed. examine assessment and intervention at Prerequisite: Psy 150 and upper-division various points across the life span. 3 hours. standing (or permission of the instructor). Prerequisite: Psy 150 or Soc 101 or Soc 102 Must be taken in Junior year. Co-requisite: and upper-division standing (or permission of Psy 349. 3 hours. Fall Only. Huston. the instructor). 3 hours. Gallahan. Psy 349 Experimental Psychology Psy 321 Sensation & Perception Laboratory An in-depth analysis of how organisms A laboratory course to be taken concurrently perceive and comprehend their world. The with Psy 348. 1 hour. Co-requisite: Psy 348. course explores how receptors, transaction, and Fall only. Huston. neural networks shape and constrain our perception of reality. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and Psy 350 Behavioral Statistics upper-division standing (or permission of the An introduction to experimental design, instructor.). Bio 110 or 224 or 240 strongly descriptive and inferential statistics as well as recommended. 3 hours. Huston. computer statistical analysis. Math 165 strongly recommended. Prerequisite: Psy 348 Psy 325 Applied Clinical and Psy 349. Any student substituting Math Psychology 207 for Psy 350 must obtain permission This class explores both formal and applied through the Psychology Department and must aspects of clinical work. Through readings and take one additional upper-division elective in discussions, students are introduced to theories Psychology.. 3 hours. Huston. of psychotherapy — including specific techniques for specific disorders or situations Psy 352 Physiological Psychology — and spend an equal amount of time An introduction to the basic biological working in clinically-oriented settings foundations of behavior. This course examines throughout the community. Prerequisite: Psy neuroanatomy and neurophysiology, and 311 and upper-division standing (or permis- explores how these principles help explain sion of the instructor). 3 hours. Schultz. behavior. Bio 110 or 224 or 240 strongly recommended. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and upper-division standing. 3 hours. Huston.

148 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 PSYCHOLOGY ■

Psy 390 Junior Seminar Psy 444 Psychobiography An intensive and advanced review of issues An effort to understand the form and content central to the discipline of psychology which of artistic work from the vantage point of the asks students to reflect critically on, and artist’s life history. Previous classes have consolidate knowledge gained in previous focused on Sylvia Plath, Picasso, Oscar Wilde, psychology classes. Prerequisite: Psy 348/49, Jackson Pollack, Vladimir Nabokov, Roald Upper-division standing and instructor’s Dahl, Jack Kerouac, James Agee, and Truman consent. Open to Psychology majors declaring Capote, among others. Significant use is made in Junior Year. Spring only. 3 hours. of psychological theory as a means of tracing meaningful connections between the life and Psy 408 Social Psychology of creative products. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and Intergroup Relations upper-division standing (or permission of the This course examines the theories and research instructor). 3 hours. Schultz. in the social psychological study of how group membership affects individual’s behaviors Psy 490 Senior Thesis Preparation special attention will be paid to studies of An intensive writing and research preparation international conflict, race and gender course to be taken following the Junior relations. The course is seminar style and will Seminar course, this course emphasizes the include survey research and class demonstra- selection of an area of interest from which to tions. Prerequisite: Psy 308 and upper-division develop an independent research project. standing (or permission of the instructor). Students will formulate, draft, and submit 3 hours. Meets cross-cultural core require- a Senior Thesis Research Proposal which ment. Burns-Glover. will then be used to carry out a Senior Research Project in the spring. Prerequisite: Psy 420 Special Topics in Psy 390 and permission of instructor. Psychology 2 hours. Fall only. Seminar course focusing on topics of special interest to students and faculty, such as Psy 495 Senior Thesis Adolescence, Aging, Women and Violence, Research Project Personality, Self-Concept, and Intelligence. Students will execute the research projects they Prerequisite: Psy 150 and Junior standing and designed during the fall semester and do public permission of the instructor. May be repeated presentations of their completed projects. for credit as topic varies.3 hours. Course includes both independent research and lecture components. Senior psychology majors Psy 425 Basic Clinical Techniques who are required to complete a thesis project This class introduces students to various will enroll in this course after successfully theories of psychotherapy through the use of completing the Senior Thesis Preparation original writings by the theorists themselves. A course. Prerequisite: Psy 490 and permission disorder-based approach is taken, and students of the instructor. 2 hours. Spring only. learn specific techniques for specific types of clients and situations. Some self-analysis takes place as a way of exploring principles of interpretation. Prerequisite: Psy 311 (or permission of the instructor). 3 hours. Schultz.

Psy 440 Health Psychology & Behavioral Medicine Course focuses on the application of psychologi- cal theories, principles, and techniques to the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of health problems. Topics include the role of behavioral and life style variables in illness, procedures for changing health habits and developing healthy life styles, and the utilization of psychological treatment as an adjunct to the medical treatment of health problems. Prerequisite: Psy 352 and upper-division standing (or permission of the instructor). 3 hours. Huston.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 149 SOCIOLOGY & Goals for the Majors Students who successfully complete one ANTHROPOLOGY of the majors should have the ability to carry out an independent senior research Vernon L. Bates, Chair, Professor of Sociology project and to present that project in coherent oral and written form to be Cheleen Mahar, Associate Professor evaluated by peers and by faculty. of Anthropology Students should also have the ability to carry out similar collaborative projects. It Sarah R. Phillips, Assistant Professor is presumed that these abilities are a of Sociology foundation for one’s life and career. In Byron D. Steiger, Professor of Sociology order to do this students must possess the following: Christopher Wilkes, Professor of Sociology • an ability to exercise sociological/ The Department of Sociology and Anthropology anthropological imagination-seeing the offers the following programs: a major in relationship between individuals and Anthropology and Sociology; a major in historical, cultural,and social forces; Sociology; and an interdisciplinary major in • an ability to see the general in the Social Work. In addition to the majors, the particular-how one’s particular life experiences are shaped by the general Department offers a minor in Sociology and categories into which one happens to in Anthropology. fall: class, age, race, ethnicity, gender, The major in Anthropology and Sociology religion, and subculture; recognizes that both fields share a common • a fundamental understanding of the philosophical and theoretical history. As well, important theoretical constructs of each discipline; both share a concern for the social and cultural conditions of human life. The fundamental aims • a fundamental understanding of the basic scientific methods of the disci- of the major are to provide students with the plines, both quantitative and qualita- analytical perspectives for the systematic tive, and an ability to choose the understanding of human social and cultural appropriate methodologies for one’s existence and to prepare students for graduate work; education and professional employment in • an ability to understand and use data which cultural diversity and cross-cultural and statistics. understanding are essential. MAJOR IN ANTHROPOLOGY The major in Sociology is designed to provide AND SOCIOLOGY basic knowledge about the development, structure and function of human groups and A major in Anthropology and Sociology societies, and conflicts among these groups must complete the following core courses and societies. The program contributes to with a grade of “C-” or better and liberal education, prepares for graduate training maintain a 2.0 average in the major. These same standards apply to the minor in in sociology, and is preparatory for social Anthropology. services and other careers. The interdisciplinary program in Social Work Requirements provides general knowledge about human needs Anth 101 Introduction to and resources and elementary skills in building Anthropology ...... 3 counseling relationships. The major is intended to Anth 301 Research Methods in either provide sufficient skills to function at an Anthropology, or entry-level position, such as Public Assistance Soc. 300 Methods of Case-worker, or to provide the background Social Research ...... 4 necessary for entry into graduate study, which is Anth 400 Transnationalism in a required for many specific careers. Postmodern World ...... 4

150 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY ■

Anth 494 Senior Research Seminar ... 1 MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY Anth 495 Independent Research ...... 3 Requirements Soc. 414 Sociological Theory ...... 4 Three of the following Soc 101 Introduction to Sociology .. 3 courses in Anthropology: Soc 102 Social Problems ...... 3 202, 210, 320, 330, 340 ...... 9-10 Electives ...... 15 and three of the following Choose five or more 3-hour courses in courses in Sociology: sociology (at least four of which must be 308, 366, 325, 412, 413 ...... 9-10 upper-division.)

37 or 38 Note: Soc 400, 401, 470, 471 and 472 cannot be used for the Sociology minor. MINOR IN ANTHROPOLOGY 21 Requirements Anth 101 Introduction to Any student interested in a Sociology Anthropology ...... 3 minor should consult with a faculty Anth 301 Research Methods in member in the Sociology Department Anthropology ...... 4 before the end of the sophomore year. Electives ...... 9 Choose three courses in Anthropology (at MAJOR IN SOCIAL WORK least two must be upper-division courses.) The Social Work major must complete the 16 following core courses with a grade of “C-” or better and maintain a 2.0 average MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY in the major. The Sociology major must complete the Requirements following core courses with a grade of “C-” or better and maintain a 2.0 average in Psy 150 Introduction to the major. These same standards apply to Psychology ...... 3 the minor in sociology and anthropology. Psy 180, Psy 318 or Psy 340 (a Developmental Psychology course) .... 3 Requirements Psy 311 Abnormal Psychology ...... 3 Soc 101 Introduction to Sociology .. 3 Psy 425 Basic Clinic and Counseling Techniques ...... 3 Soc 102 Social Problems ...... 3 Either Soc 101 or Soc 102 ...... 3 Soc 300 Introduction to Social Research ...... 4 Soc 101 Introduction to Sociology Soc 301 Social Statistics ...... 4 Soc 102 Social Problems Soc 414 Sociological Theory ...... 4 Soc 299 Field Experience ...... 2 Soc 494 Senior Research Seminar ... 1 Either Anth 301 or Soc 300...... 4 Soc 495 Independent Research ...... 3 Anth 301 Research Methods in Anthropology Additional courses in sociology which must include at least one Soc 300 Intro to Social Research 400 level course ...... 18 Soc 301 Social Statistics ...... 4 Note: Soc 400, 401, 470, 471, and 472 cannot Soc 400 Micro Social Work be used for the Sociology major. Practice ...... 4 Soc 401 Macro Social Work 40 Practice ...... 4 Strongly recommended for a Soc 470 and either Soc 471 or Soc 472: sociology major: Hist 101, 102; Phil 101; Econ 101, 102.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 151 Soc 470 Social Work Anth 301 Research Methods in Research Seminar ...... 1 Anthropology Soc 471 Evaluation Research for Helps students critically evaluate anthropo- Social Work ...... 3 logical methods and their own fieldwork strategies. Explores ethnographic fieldwork Soc 472 Social Work and methods through an analysis of the nature Internship ...... 4-14 of social practice as it is reflected in the Two of the following courses ...... 6 anthropological literature. Ethnographic Soc 304 Criminology methods include participant observation, survey skills, interviewing skills, careful Soc 308 Race Relations attention to language and the ethical dimen- Soc 309 Sociology of the Family sions of research. Students have the opportu- Soc 311 Delinquency nity to apply these methods in research projects in the local community. Prerequisite: 6 hours Soc 325 Hispanics in the U.S. of Anthropology or Sociology or consent of Soc 321 Sociology of the City instructor. 4 hours. Mahar. Biennially. Soc 317 Gender and Sexuality Anth 320 South American Soc 366 Deviance Traditional Societies Ethnographic studies of the social, economic 47-57 and political forms of small-scale non indus- trial societies. This class looks at a variety of cultural systems from the Amazon Basin to the Course Descriptions Andes, during historical and contemporary Anthropology (Anth) times. Prerequisite: 6 hours of Anthropology or Sociology or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Anth 101 Introduction to Mahar. Biennially. Meets cross-cultural Anthropology requirements. The character of culture and the nature of social behavior as developed through the Anth 330 Gender in Cross-cultural anthropological study of contemporary peoples. Perspective 3 hours. Mahar. Annually. This class investigates the notion of gender as it has been constituted in different times and Anth 202 Film, Text and Culture places. The course examines theoretical This course examines the use of film, photogra- developments in the anthropology of gender phy and text as data collection methods and and explores gender cross-culturally, using representations for ethnographic research. examples from a wide range of societies, past Methodological and epistemological issues are and present. Prerequisite: Anth 101 or Soc 101 explored in a comparison of ethnographic or 102 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: documentaries. As part of the course require- 6 hours of Anthropology or Sociology or ment students are expected to complete short consent of instructor. 3 hours. Mahar. observational and photographic projects. Biennially. Meets cross-cultural requirement. Prerequisite: Anth 101 or Soc 101 or 102. 3 hours. Mahar. Anth 340 Symbolism, Myth and Ritual Anth 210 Mesoamerican Cultures Anthropological approaches to the study of A survey of early Mayan and Aztec societies, myth, ritual and symbols which focus upon how they fared under Spanish Colonial rule cultural meaning. Examines the nature of and their contemporary lives. The course myth and ritual in a variety of cultures. focuses upon indigenous peoples, examining Prerequisite: Anth 201 or 202 or Soc 413 or their articulation in contemporary states in consent of instructor. 3 hours. Mahar. relation to ethnic consciousness and cultural Biennially. Meets cross-cultural requirement. processes. Prerequisite: Anth 101 or Soc 101 or 102 or consent of instructor 3 hours. Mahar. Biennially. Meets cross-cultural requirement.

152 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY ■

Anth 400 Transnationalism in a Post Soc 300 Introduction to Modern World Social Research Ethnographic approaches to the study of an Analysis and application of the logic and increasingly mobile and interconnected world. methods of science in sociology is studied. The Topics include migration, identity, student learns by doing a research project that transnational communities; tourism and goes through all stages: theory, hypothesis, cultural self-representation; developments in operationalization, research design, popula- mass media and communications; and tion/sampling, data collection, and analysis. consumerism and international markets. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102. 4 hours. Prerequisite: 9 hours of Anthropology or Biennially. Phillips. consent of instructor. 3 hours. Mahar. Biennially. Meets cross-cultural requirements. Soc 301 Social Statistics Introductory statistics course for students in Anth 494 Senior Research Seminar the social sciences. The emphasis of the course The focus is to assist students in selecting an will be on understanding how social scientists area of interest from which to draw an use numerical data to understand social independent research project, to do an initial phenomena, and how to use and interpret literature review, to develop a theoretical statistical measures and techniques commonly framework, and to develop a research method- reported in the social sciences literature. ology for the senior research project. Prerequi- Prerequisite: Math 122 or consent of instruc- site: 19 hrs. of Anthropology or Sociology tor. 4 hours. Phillips. including Anth 301 or Soc 300. 1 hour. Annually in the Fall. Pass/No Pass. Staff Soc 304 Criminology An analysis of criminal behavior from theft to Anth 495 Independent Research homicide, and society’s reaction to it. Specific Student-conducted individual research/ areas covered include: the defining of criminal theoretical project. Prerequisite: 20 hours of behavior, the varieties of crime, the causes of Anthropology or Sociology including Anth crime, and the criminal justice system from 494. 3 hours. Faculty supervised. arrest to imprisonment. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102. 3 hours. Steiger. Sociology (Soc) Soc 308 Race Relations Soc 101 Introduction to Sociology The primary emphasis is on the relationships Provides an intensive introduction to human between dominant (majority) and subordinate behavior in groups including a study of family, (minority) racial and ethnic groups in the education, religion, government, ecology, United States. Designed to enable the student deviancy. Basic concepts and terminology are to understand the principles and processes emphasized. 3 hours. Staff. which shape the patterns of relations among Soc 102 Social Problems racial, ethnic, and other groups in society. Study of the nature, scope, causes, effects Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102. 3 hours. Bates. alternatives and solutions to the major Soc 309 Sociology of the Family problems in society, such as poverty, crime, The primary emphasis is on the relationship and health. 3 hours. Staff. between the familial institution and the society Soc 299 Field Experience in which it is being studied. Attention is given A course to introduce the student to social to trans-historical and cross-cultural data, service occupations. Placement is made in social change, definitions of the family, agencies such as youth services, counseling, socialization, courtship, marriage, divorce, sex and welfare services. Paper required. roles, sexuality, socio-economic forces, Instructor’s consent required at least two alternative forms, and the future. Prerequisite: weeks prior to the beginning of the course. Soc 101 or 102. 3 hours. Bates. Graded P/N. 2 hours. Course may be repeated Soc 311 Juvenile Delinquency once for credit. Staff An analysis of the definition of delinquency, its history, causes, societal reaction, and treatment and prevention. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102. 3 hours. Phillips.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 153 PACS 313 The Sociology of Violence relationship between deviant behavior and social (See PACS in section on Special Academic justice will be explored. Topics include drug use, programs.) Counts toward the major in mental disorder, the sex industry, suicide, Sociology. 3 hours. Bates. Biennially. sexual preference, crime and corporate crime. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102. 3 hours. Bates. Soc 315 Equality and Inequality The course analyzes inequalities of wealth, Soc 400 Micro Social Work Practice power, and prestige in societies. The sources and This course focuses on the change process at consequence of inequality as well as the moral the three levels of social work practice issues involved are emphasized. Implications for (individual, family and group). Students will social mobility for the individual or for social acquire specific skills which will assist them in groups are analyzed. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or assessing, contacting, working with and 102. 3 hours. Steiger. Biennially. terminating some clients. Prerequisite: Soc 299 and Junior standing. 4 hours. Staff. Soc 317 Gender and Sexuality An introduction to the theories and methods Soc 401 Macro Social Work Practice used by sociologists to study masculinity and This course provides an overview of the major femininity, the social and historical construc- influences on the service delivery system, tion of sexuality, love, and romance. Discus- including social work values and ethics. The sion includes the sociology of homosexuality, student will trace the evolution of social bisexuality, and heterosexuality, as well as welfare and American social policy in a issues of HIV/AIDS, teen pregnancy, prostitu- multicultural context. Macro intervention and tion, pornography, sexual harassment and rape the change process at three levels of social work in the United States. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or practice (organizations, community, and state 102. 3 hours. Biennially. Phillips. and federal public policy) will be the focus of the course. Prerequisite: Soc 299 and Junior Soc 319 Sociology of Medicine standing 4 hours. Staff. The course analyzes the social and demo- graphic variables affecting health, morbidity, Soc 407 Collective Behavior and and mortality rates. It also examines the social Social Movements roles in illness (e.g., doctor and patient): their Description and analysis of human behavior in definitions and consequences. Attention is collectives. Concentration focuses on the given to the study of medical care institutions dynamics of rumor, panics, crowds, mass and their systems and structures. The relations behavior, mass communication, fashions, fads, between social policy and health are debated. public opinion, and social movements. Prerequisite: Soc 101. 3 hours. Steiger. Biennially. Prerequisite: 9 hours of Sociology. Junior standing 4 hours. Bates. Biennially. Soc 321 Sociology of the City An exploration of the modern United States Soc 411 Social Change city. We will use Portland as a “laboratory” Review and critique of theories of social change. for understanding the evolution of cities, how Analysis of factors causing change and the modern cities “work,” the problems and mechanisms by which social change comes successes of urban areas. Prerequisite: Soc 101 about. Emphasis is placed on understanding the or 102. 3 hours. Phillips. 20th century. Prerequisite: 9 hours of Sociology. 3 of the 9 maybe taken in Anthropology. Junior Soc 325 Hispanics in the U.S. standing. 3 hours. Steiger. Biennially. A study of the history, literature, culture, and demographics of Hispanic groups in the U.S. An Soc 412 Social Interaction interdisciplinary approach will be taken toward A study of the interaction process as the placing in perspective the major political, social, central element in human social life, the and educational issues facing these groups. primary occasion for communication, and the Students will simultaneously be engaged in a origin of both social structure and the field experience in the Hispanic community. individual human identity. Attention is given Prerequisite: Spanish 102. Fulfills cross-cultural to symbolic communication, interaction, requirement. 4 hours. Bates/Phillips socialization, role theory, self-concept, deviance. Prerequisite: 9 hours of Sociology. Soc 366 Deviance 3 of the 9 may be taken in Anthropology. An analysis of definitions of deviance, causes of Junior standing. 3 hours. Bates. Biennially. deviance, and societal reaction to deviance. The 154 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY ■

Soc 413 Sociology of Religion students doing evaluation research, in a A sociological analysis of religious belief, seminar setting (Soc 470) to discuss their work ritual, experience, and organization. Issues to in this field placement. Prerequisite: 2.75 be considered include the social origins of G.P.A., 19 hours in Social Work required religion, its significance as a social force and as courses including Soc 300 or anth 301 and a form of social control, and the relation Soc 301, and Soc 470. 4-14 hours. Staff. between religious institutions and the larger society of which they are a part. Prerequisite: Soc 494 Senior Research Seminar 9 semester hours of Sociology. 3 of the 9 may The focus is to assist students in selecting an be taken in Anthropology. Junior Standing. areas of interest from which to draw an 3 hours. Bates. Biennially. independent research project, to do an initial literature review, to develop a theoretical Soc 414 Sociological Theory framework, and to develop a research method- The origin and development of sociology are ology for the senior research project. Prerequi- analyzed through the examination of major site: 19 hrs of Sociology, including Soc 300 historical theorists and of contemporary and Soc. 301. 1 hour. Staff. Annually in the schools of sociological thought. Prerequisite: Fall. Pass/No Pass. Staff. 9 hours of Sociology. Junior standing 4 hours. Steiger. Biennially. Soc 495 Independent Research Student-conducted individual research/ Soc 450 Special Topics in Sociology theoretical project. Prerequisite: 20 hours of Seminar or tutorial course focusing on topics Sociology including Soc. 494. 3 hours. Faculty of interest to students and faculty. This course supervised. may be repeated for credit when topics vary. 3 hours. Prerequisite: Sociology 101 or 102 Special topics in sociology taught and Junior Standing. periodically at faculty discretion: Soc 255 Sociology of Humor Soc 470 Social Work Humor and laughter play a part in all Research Seminar societies. This course examines various theories The focus is to assist students in selecting an of humor (including Aristotle, Darwin, and area of interest from which to draw an Freud) and analyzes the contributions that the independent evaluation research project for sociological perspective can add to our social work. Students will do an initial understanding of the functions and roles literature review to develop a theoretical humor plays in society. Prerequisite: Any framework and to develop a research methodol- Soc or Anthro course. 3 hours. Steiger. ogy. This course is to be taken before or concurrently with Soc 471 or Soc 472. Soc 255 Sociology through Prerequisite: 19 hours in Social Work required Science Fiction courses including Soc 300 or Anthro 301 and Sociology is concerned with understanding the Soc 301. 1 hour. Staff. culture and organization of societies. Sociology is concerned with norms, roles, values and Soc 471 Evaluation Research for institutions (e.g., economics, family, political). Social Work The course will develop sociological thinking Social work majors may choose, as one through the analysis of selected science fiction alternative, to engage in an evaluation research novels, which have to develop fully realized project-evaluating a social service agency alternative worlds. Prerequisite: Any Soc or using social science research methods-to fulfill Anthro course. their Social Work major requirements. Prerequisite: 19 hours in Social work required Soc 255 The Sociology of HIV/AIDS courses including Soc 300 or Anthro 301, An examination of the epidemiologic, political, Soc 301 and Soc 470. 3 hours. Staff. and social history of HIV and AIDS in the United States. The social construction of AIDS Soc 472 Social Work Internship is studied, as is the social response to AIDS An internship in a social service agency may and people living with AIDS. We will examine be chosen as one alternative to fulfill the the ethical issues raised by testing, reporting, requirement for social work majors. Interns and treatment policies. Psy 350, 450 and Psy will be required to meet with the instructor, 490 and permission of the instructor. Spring with other social work interns, and with those only. Phillips.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 155 THEATRE 2. Theatrical production: • Performance: acting; dance musical theatre; improv and public speaking. Edwin S. Collier, Chair, Associate Professor • Production management. Greta Christensen, Costume, Make-up • Directing and producing. Instructor* • Design: scenography, costume, David Thorpe, Technical Director* audio and lighting. Joan Gunness, Instructor of Dance* • Playwriting. 3. Real-world work experience for Rebecca Campbell, Instructor of Dance careers after college: Barbara Stalick, Instructor of Dance* • Team and small group projects. *adjunct faculty • Practical problem solving. • Management, budget and project At Pacific, the theatre experience is offered to organization. all students regardless of background or major. • Personal and group communication. As the most collaborative of the arts, theatre • Aesthetic decision making blends performance with literature, history and • Time and stress management the visual arts and provides practical, technical and organizational training. • Publicity and audience development 4. Preparation for careers in television, For those interested in professional theatre or film, theatre, advertising, arts manage- teaching, the curriculum provides a well-rounded ment, public relations, etc. foundation for graduate school or the professional 5. Preparation for graduate study and world. Students in theatre-related fields such as careers in teaching. the performance arts of dance and music, or literature, television, film, and advertising, may MAJOR IN THEATRE enroll in theatre courses to develop skills which can best be practiced in theatre productions. Dual Requirements majors are often advised. Core courses At Pacific, students are encouraged to become Thea 110 Acting I: Fundamentals ..... 3 involved. Acting, directing, scenic and costume Thea 120 Technical Theatre ...... 3 construction, design, playwriting, lighting and Thea 150 Theatre Company: makeup are but a few of the variety of activities Performance ...... 1 available. We invite you to participate. Thea 151 Theatre Company: Technical and Organizational ...... 1 Theatre Department Goals Thea 215 Intro to Scene Design ...... 3 Through theatrical production and academic Thea 225 Makeup ...... 1 study the Pacific Theater Department strives Thea 330 Directing I: to provide students with: Fundamentals ...... 3 Thea 350 Theatre History or 1. A broad spectrum of high-quality Thea 360 Modern Theatre ... 3 theatrical production experiences Thea 495 Thesis (Directing, • Appreciation for the Theatre Arts; play writing, choreography, plays, dance, and musical theatre. design or performance — • Human interaction and social issues Learning Contract from historical and foreign cultures. required) ...... 3-6 • Dramatic literature: serious drama; historical and social drama; comedy. • Theatrical spectacle.

156 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 THEATRE ■

Arts Electives Course Descriptions (6 hours from the following) ...... 6 Thea 101 The Theatre Experience Art 110, 210, 218, 226, 235, 270, An introductory course for the curious — 274, 310, 335 those with little or no background in theatre. MEDA Television, film or Students write, rehearse and produce plays in audio production class. Attend and critique 4-5 plays during Danc 105, 121, 126, 205, 221, 226, term. Not required for theatre majors. 3 hours. 426 (all 1 hour) Collier. Offered in even numbered years. Mus 101-102, 111, 112, 211, 212 Thea 110 Acting I: Fundamentals Upper-Division Electives Basic Method technique and vocabulary. Students (9 additional hours [6 in Theatre] who hope to act in plays encouraged to take course chosen from the following or Freshman or Sophomore years. (Advanced others with the approval of beginning acting students are encouraged to Theatre Advisor) ...... 9 enroll in Thea 210) 3 hours. Collier. Art 310, 316, 335 Thea 120 Technical Theatre MEDA Television, film or audio An introductory practicum to technical production Theatre: scenic construction, painting, Danc 426 lighting, costume and audio production. Engl 323, 340 sA minimum of 35 lab hours will include Fren 304 assignments on construction and running crews for department productions.3 hours. Mus 321-325 Collier. Span 304 Thea 310, 325, 360, 370 Thea 150 Theatre Company or approved individual Performance Study Topics Active participation in a dramatic production as an actor or performer. 1 hour, Collier. Graded P/NP. Offered each semester. May be 36-39 taken 4 times. Must audition and be cast in a play to enroll. MINOR IN THEATRE Thea 151 Theatre Company Technical and Organizational Requirements Active participation in a dramatic production or project as a production assistant or Thea 110 Acting I ...... 3 technician. 1 hour. Thorpe. Offered each Thea 150 Theatre Company: semester. May be taken 4 times. Performance ...... 1 Thea 151 Theatre Company: Thea 210 Acting II: Intermediate Technical and Intensive scene work and an introduction to Organizational (P/N) ...... 1 classical and style acting, dialect and film acting technique based on fundamentals and Thea 120 Technical Theatre ...... 3 vocabulary from Acting I. Advanced begin- Thea 330 Directing I: Fundamentals . 3 ning actors with considerable prior experience Thea 350 Theatre History ...... 3 and basic understanding of method acting may enroll with instructor’s consent. Prerequisite: Electives: Six upper-division hours in Thea 110. 3 hours. Collier. Offered in even Theatre Arts in consultation with the numbered years. Theatre Director ...... 6 Thea 215 Intro to Scene Design 20 Introduction to scenic design for the stage, with emphasis on concepts of design, script analysis, lighting, drawing, mechanical and computer design and model building. 3 hours. Collier. Offered in odd-numbered years or by arrange- ment in connection with a specific production.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 157 Thea 225 Makeup Thea 360 Modern Theatre The theoretical and practical application of Development of theatre from 1875, to the makeup to the theatre and media. Students are present with special emphasis on the influential expected to purchase their own makeup practitioners and styles of the period. Attend supplies. 1 hour. Christensen. Offered fall and critique 3-5 plays during the term. 3 hours. semester. Collier. Offered in even-numbered years.

Thea 270/370 Theatre in London Thea 495 Senior Thesis An experiential two-week exploration of Intensive practicum arranged with the theatre in England, during which students Director of Theatre. 3-6 hours. Most often a attend and critique at least 9 professional directing assignment, but project may be in plays, meet with British theatre professionals any of the following disciplines: and tour theatre facilities in London and Stratford-upon-Avon. Extra cost for airfare, • Directing tickets and lodging. (Approximately $1,875. • Playwriting See schedule for current rate) Offered Winter • Performance Three. 3 hours. Collier. • Choreography Thea 310 Acting III: Style • Design: Costume or Scenic Video Drama Introduction to style acting through research and scene work from classic drama: Greek play, Comedia del’Arte, Elizabethan (Shakespeare) DANCE 17th century French and Restoration, 19th century melodrama. 3 hours. Collier. Offered All dance classes count toward satisfaction in even numbered years. of the arts core requirement for and can be repeated. All are one credit and are Thea 325 Directing Performers graded P/NP. for the Camera Danc 105 Ballet I An exploration of the relationship between Classical ballet technique beginning at basic directors and performers in television and film level. Graded P/N. May be repeated for credit. production. Rehearsal and production of short 1 hour. Stalick. dramatic scenes utilizing video tape. Prerequi- site: A basic working knowledge of Method Danc 121 Jazz Dance I Acting, television production experience, or Basic Jazz dance for beginners. Graded P/N. consent of instructor. 3 hours. Collier. Offered May be repeated for credit. 1 hour. Campbell. in odd-numbered years. Danc 126 Modern Dance I Thea 330 Directing Exploration of basic concepts of dance Lecture-laboratory course exploring the movement — space, time, design, expression director’s art: script analysis, production — and appropriate techniques. Graded P/N. design, casting, rehearsal and production. May be repeated for credit. 1 hour. Gunness. Prerequisite: Thea 110 and 220 or consent of instructor. Limited to a small number of Danc 205 Intermediate Ballet students committed to the demanding task of Continuation of ballet technique. Graded P/N. producing one-act plays during a regular May be repeated for credit. 1 hour. Stalick. . 3 hours. Collier. Offered in even-numbered years or by arrangement in Danc 221 Jazz Dance II connection with a specific project. Continuation of Jazz Dance I. Graded P/N. May be repeated for credit. 1 hour. Campbell. Thea 350 Theatre History An exploration of theatre production from Danc 226 Modern Dance II Greece to Broadway, including comparisons Continuation of modern dance technique. with film and TV drama. Attend and critique Graded P/N. May be repeated for credit. 4-5 plays during term. 3 hours. Collier. 1 hour. Gunness. Offered in odd-numbered years. Danc 426 Advanced Modern Dance Continuation of Dance 226. Graded P/N. May be repeated for credit. 1 hour. Gunness.

158 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

WORLD LANGUAGES faculty carry out research or creative writing projects, publish regularly, and participate & LITERATURES actively in professional organizations. The Modern Languages student may Naoya Fujita, Chair, Associate Professor of Japanese concentrate in Chinese, French, German, Japanese, or Spanish as a primary language. Sara Bagley, Instructor of Spanish Majors are required to complete 12 semester Susan U. Cabello, Professor of Spanish hours in an accredited program outside the Nancy Christoph, Assistant Professor United States, offered in the language in which of Spanish the student is specializing. Students may also select a major in Japanese or Spanish or a Mingfen Cui, Instructor of Chinese major in Chinese, French or German Studies. Lorely French, Professor of German Pacific students may apply their financial aid Kazuko Ikeda, Associate Professor awards to foreign study undertaken through the of Japanese Study Abroad program of the department. (For Garbriella Ricciardi, Assistant Professor more information on studying abroad, see the of French appropriate section in this catalog.) Elana Rodríguez, Instructor of Spanish All courses in the department are open to Victor Rodríguez, Associate Professor non-majors having the appropriate of Spanish prerequisites. Students are invited to pursue their area of interest within the Sara Steinert Borella, Associate Professor of French framework of departmental offerings. David F. Stout, Associate Professor of For information about language courses, the German, Associate Dean of Arts and Sciences major, or the Study Abroad program, contact Sandra Garcia, Instructor of Professor Fujita. Spanish and Japanese* * indicates part-time Goals for Majors in the Department of World Languages and Literatures The Department of World Languages and The department seeks to graduate Literatures seeks to provide the general student majors who: with awareness of and sensitivity toward the • embody the essence of liberal arts cultural and linguistic diversity of an increasingly values; interconnected world. For students specializing • have a high level of proficiency in all in language study, the Modern Languages four skill areas of the language of curriculum teaches proficiency in speaking, concentration: listening, speaking, writing, and comprehending a modern language. reading, and writing; Majors spend a semester or a year in study • have participated in at least a semester abroad. The curriculum is designed to ensure of study abroad and are sensitive to mastery of the languages studied through cultural differences; intensive conversational training. • have some knowledge of the major literary and intellectual trends of the The faculty of the Department is diverse and culture of concentration; international. There are nine full-time faculty • are acquainted with the different modes members and three part-time members. Seven of research within their field; languages are represented in the curriculum: • have conducted original research and Chinese, French, German, Italian, Japanese, written a senior thesis in the language of specialization or have completed a Latin, and Spanish. All the members of the capstone project;

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 159 • are prepared to pursue graduate/ MAJOR IN SPANISH professional studies or immediately enter the job market able to seek Requirements employment in a broad spectrum of Span 101-102 ...... 6 career possibilities. Span 201-202 ...... 6 2 classes numbered 300 at Pacific ...... 6 MAJOR IN MODERN LANGUAGES (one of these classes may be waived, if student studies abroad for the whole year) Requirements 1 class from the following list: Primary Language (Chinese, French, Pols 332, Pols 336, Pols/History 240; German, Japanese, Spanish) ...... 30 Hist 207; Anth 210, Anth 320 ...... 3 Lower Division ...... 12 Upper-Division hours Upper-Division (at Pacific) ...... 6 earned overseas ...... 12 Upper-Division (overseas) ...... 12 2 classes numbered 400 at Pacific ...... 6 Secondary Language(s) ...... 12 Span 485 Seminar in Hispanic Studies .... 3 English Literature or Linguistics (300 or above) ...... 3 42

45 Students will enter the sequence at a level appropriate to their previous preparation Students will enter the sequence at a level and may be exempt from up to 12 hours of appropriate to their previous preparation lower-division credit. and may be exempt from up to 12 hours of lower-division credit. MAJOR IN CHINESE STUDIES International students, who have taken ESL classes at the university level and who Rationale: To provide a viable major that want to major in Modern Languages, may emphasizes Chinese language, literature, be exempted from the 12 credits of a and culture. secondary foreign language. Requirements MAJOR IN JAPANESE Chin 101-102 ...... 6 Chin 201-202 ...... 6 Requirements Upper-Division hours Japn 101-102 ...... 6 earned overseas in a Japn 201-202 ...... 6 Chinese-speaking country ...... 12-16 Upper-Division hours 3 upper-division earned overseas ...... 12 Chinese courses at Pacific ...... 9 4 Upper-Division classes at Pacific, 3 classes from the following list at least two of which must of related classes: (Must include be numbered 400 ...... 12 at least 6 credit hours taken at Pacific) ...... 9-12 36-40 Anthropology: Anth 340 Symbolism, Myth and Students will enter the sequence at a level Ritual ...... (3 hours) appropriate to their previous preparation and may be exempt from up to 12 hours of Art: lower-division credit. Art 273 Art and Architecture of China ...... 3

160 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

English/International Studies: Art: Engl 33 Introduction to Art 271 History of Western Art II: Linguistics ...... 3 Renaissance through or Engl 343 Studies in Criticism Impressionism ...... 3 & Theory ...... 3 Art 272 History of Western Art III: or IS 201 Intercultural Post Impressionism Communications ...... 3 Through 20th Century ...... 3 History: English/International Studies: Hist 111 Foundations of East Asia .... 3 Engl 332 Introduction to Linguistics ...... 3 Hist 112 East Asia ...... 3 or Engl 343 Studies in Criticism Hist 212 China Past and and Theory ...... 3 Present with Film ...... 3 or IS 201 Intercultural Hist 316 China from Communications ...... 3 Mao to Tinanmen ...... 3 History: Philosophy: Hist 206 France from Phil 305 Nonwestern Philosophy .... 4 Caesar to Napoleon ...... 3 cCheck individual departments for Hist 301 The Medieval World: course descriptions and course schedules for 400-1500 ...... 3 semesters offered. Hist 302 Renaissance, Reformation, Thesis (2 credits/semester) ...... 4 Revolt: 1500-1800 ...... 3 Hist 401 Charlemagne and his Era .... 3 46-53 Media Arts: MedA 401 Film Topics* ...... 3 Philosophy: MAJOR IN FRENCH STUDIES Phil 412 Major Philosophers* ...... 4 Rationale: To provide a viable major that Phil 420 Seminar in Philosophy* ..... 4 emphasizes France and the French- (*will depend on topic) speaking world. Note: Check individual departments for Requirements course descriptions and course schedules for semesters offered. Fren 101-102 ...... 6 Thesis (2 credits/semester) ...... 4 Fren 201-202 ...... 6 Upper-Division hours earned 46-53 overseas in a French-speaking country ...... 12-16 2 French classes numbered 300 at Pacific ...... 6 MAJOR IN GERMAN STUDIES 1 French class Rationale: To provide a viable major numbered 400 at Pacific ...... 3 that emphasizes Germany and the 3 classes from the following list German-speaking world. of related classes: (Must include at least 6 credit hours taken Requirements at Pacific) ...... 9-12 Ger 101-102 ...... 6 Anthropology: Ger 201-202 ...... 6 Anth 340 Symbolism, Myth and Ritual...... 3 Upper-Division hours earned overseas in a Anth 400 Transnationalism in a German-speaking country ...... 12-16 Postmodern World ...... 3

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 161 2 German classes Requirements numbered 300 at Pacific ...... 6 Chinese: 1 German class Chin 101-102 Introduction to numbered 400 at Pacific ...... 3 Chinese Language 3 classes from the following list and Culture ...... 6 of related classes: ...... 9-12 Chin 201-202 Intermediate Chinese .... 6 (Must include at least 6 credit hours Upper-Division work in Chinese ...... 6 taken at Pacific) English/International Studies: 18 Engl 332 Introduction to Linguistics ... 3 French: or Engl 343 Studies in Criticism Fren 101-102 Introduction to French and Theory ...... 3 Language and Culture ... 6 IS 201 Intercultural Fren 201-202 Intermediate French ...... 6 Communications ...... 3 Upper-Division work in French ...... 6 Engl 220 Literature and Human Concerns: The 18 Holocaust History: Hist 232 The Holocaust ...... 3 German: Hist 301 The Medieval World: Ger 101-102 Introduction to German 400-1500 ...... 3 Language and Culture .. 6 Hist 302 Renaissance, Reformation, Ger 201-202 German Conversation Revolt: 1500-1800 ...... 3 and Grammar Review .... 6 Hist 401 Charlemagne and his Era .. 3 Upper-Division work in German ...... 6 Hist 430 Adolf Hitler and the Question of Germany ...... 3 18 Media Arts: Japanese: MedA 401 Film Topics* ...... 3 Japn 101-102 Introduction to Music: Japanese Language Mus 322 Music History: 1585-1809 .... 3 and Culture ...... 6 Mus 323 Music History: 1809-1918 .... 3 Japn 201-202 Intermediate Japanese .... 6 Philosophy: Upper-Division work in Japanese ...... 6 Phil 403 Twentieth Century Philosophy 18 Phil 412 Major Philosophers* ...... 4 Spanish: Phil 420 Seminar in Philosophy* ..... 4 Span 101-102 Introduction to (*will depend on topic) Spanish Language and Culture ...... 6 Note: Check individual departments for course descriptions, prerequisites, and course Span 201-202 Intermediate Spanish .... 6 schedules for semesters offered. Upper-Division work in Spanish ...... 6 Thesis (2 credits/semester) ...... 4 18

46-53 Students who enter with previous foreign language training may be exempt from a maximum of 6 hours of the minor require- MINORS IN MODERN LANGUAGES ment. Students entering the sequence at Students interested in a minor are urged to the 301 level will complete a minimum of consult with the professor of the language 12 hours selected from upper-division they wish to pursue. offerings.

162 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

MINOR IN SPANISH FOR WorL 432 Teaching English as a Second Language ELEMENTARY TEACHERS The course is designed as a practicum for Proficiency level of students who may be planning to teach Spanish 202 required ...... 6 English abroad. The first half of the course covers elements of English grammar and Span/Ed 465 Spanish in the phonology, together with theoretical aspects of Elementary School ...... 4 second language teaching. The second half of Span/Ed Mexico: A Cultural Mosaic ...... 4 the semester will involve practice teaching Hum 306 or 325 Latino Fiction or with ESL students in the University’s English Hispanic in U.S...... 3/4 Language Institute. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 3 hours. Maxfield. Spring. Span/Ed Practicum in Tapalpa, Mexico .... 3 5th year/MAT students can student teach in Mexico for 3 of their 18 weeks in the WORLD LANGUAGES schools. & LITERATURES (The above Spanish courses may not replace Spanish 401, 402, 411, 412 in the Chinese (Chin) Spanish major.) Chin 101-102 Introduction to Chinese Language and Culture Course Descriptions The beginning course is intended to give Teaching Languages training in the basic listening and reading of Chinese (Mandarin). Introduction of Chinese World Languages (WorL) characters and presentation of the cultural WorL 301-302 behaviors that influence language usage. Mentoring in 3 hours each semester. Cui. Language Teaching Each student serves as a mentor in one section Chin 201-202 Intermediate Chinese of a beginning language class (101 and 102 The intermediate course is intended for classes in Chinese, French, German, Japanese, expansion of conversational skills, reading Latin, and Spanish). Mentors attend all three practice, and grammatical constructions. of the regular sessions of the class, which will Development of writing skills. Emphasis on be taught by the professor. Mentors are effective spoken communication and reading responsible for facilitating the activities for the practice. Prerequisite: Chin 102 or equivalent fourth hour. They do not participate in the proficiency. 3 hours each semester. Cui.. evaluation of students, except to take atten- Chin 301 Communicating in Chinese dance during the fourth hour. The mentor Development of communicative competence in meets once a week with the supervising Chinese with emphasis on conversational skill. professor in the language to develop activities Application of cultural awareness in various that build oral proficiency, grammatical communication situations. Prerequisite: accuracy, and cultural understanding of the Chinese 202 or equivalent proficiency. Taught language. Mentors also meet as a group with in Chinese. 3 hours. Cui. language faculty to discuss pedagogical issues associated with language instruction. Mentors Chin 305 Chinese Reading are selected by an application process in the and Writing spring. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study of Chinese writing and the enhancement of 3 hours. Graded P/NP. Fujita, Staff. reading skills. Acquisition of more vocabulary to facilitate Chinese reading and writing. Cultural WorL 430 Methods of Teaching and social influences on expressions and styles will Foreign Languages be discussed. Taught in Chinese. 3 hours. Cui. Theoretical and practical considerations in the teaching of foreign languages at the elementary and secondary school levels. Required of all who are working for certification as language teachers. Prerequisite: consent of the instruc- tor. 3 hours. Staff. Offered intermittently. (G)

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 163 Chin 401 Selected Chinese Fren 301 Composition & Conversation Short Stories Practice in conversational idiom through This course will focus on selected topics in reading and discussion of contemporary short contemporary Chinese short stories, which stories, periodical literature and oral inter- include such themes as nature and humans, views. Extensive practice in composition with life and death, love and loyalty, family and analysis and correction of students’ errors in friends, and self and public. Students will the classroom. Taught in French. Prerequisite: understand Chinese values, beliefs, and norms Fren 202 or equivalent competency. 3 hours. through extensive analysis of these topics. Steinert Borella. Offered alternate years. The course also provides the opportunity to enhance Chinese reading skills by studying Fren 304 Twentieth Century various styles of the stories. Taught in Chinese. French Theatre Prerequisite: Chinese 301 and 305, or Analysis of representative plays by French and equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. Meets Francophone authors including Jarry, Sartre, Humanities core requirement. Cui. Offered Anouilh, Genet, Beckett, Ionesco, Schwarz- alternate years. Bart, and others. Introduction of theoretical texts relevant to the plays studied. Prerequi- Chin 485 Seminar in Chinese Studies site: Fren 202 or an equivalent competency. An in-depth study of various cultural issues as Taught in French. 3 hours. Meets Humanities reflected in the literature, history, poilitics, core requirement. Steinert Borella. Offered society, films & television, art & music, and intermittently. (G) sports & leisure of China. Taught in Chinese. 3 hours. May be repeated once for credit when Fren 305 French Literature and content varies. Prerequisite: consent of Culture: 1637 to the present instructor. Cui. Offered alternate years. An introduction to major developments in French literature and culture including Chin 494/495 Senior Thesis in Classicism, the Enlightenment, Romanticism, Chinese Studies Realism, surrealism, and the “nouveau This course is designed to assist senior students roman”. Prerequisite: French 202 or equiva- who are writing a thesis for a major in Chinese lent. Taught in French. 3 hours. Meets Studies. Students will receive direction in Humanities core requirement. Steinert Borella. completing their research proposal and help in Offered intermittently. (G) conducting and writing their senior thesis. These are student-conducted individual research Fren 307 The Contemporary Short theses. Students take 494 and 495 in consecu- Story tive semesters. Prerequisite: Senior standing Study of significant short stories by major and study abroad. 2 hours per semester. Cui. writers in the French-speaking world, among them Maupassant, Leciezio, Kamanda, Roy, French (Fren) and others. Prerequisite: Fren 202 or an equivalent proficiency. Taught in French. Fren 101-102 Introduction to French 3 hours. Meets Humanities core requirement. Language & Culture Steinert Borella. Offered alternate years. (G) The beginning course is intended to give training in the basic patterns and structures Fren 308 Contemporary Issues in of French. Conversation and reading related French Press to the cultures of French-speaking areas. Reading and discussion of selected articles Classroom work is supplemented by laboratory from French newspapers and magazines. experience. 3 hours each semester. Steinert Course work would be supplemented by Borella, Richardson. relevant video and audio-visual materials. Prerequisite: Fren 202 or equivalent profi- Fren 201-202 Intermediate French ciency. Taught in French. 3 hours. Steinert Expansion of conversational skills and Borella. Offered intermittently. (G) continuation of reading practice. Use of periodical and literary sources and audio- visual aids. Prerequisite: Fren 102 or an equivalent proficiency. 3 hours each semester. Steinert Borella, Richardson.

164 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

Fren 401 Gender, Culture, and Ger 301 Topics in German Culture Society: Women’s Writing in Extensive practice in composition and the Francophone World conversation. Reading and discussion of Survey of women’s writing in the Francophone materials from German newspapers, maga- world throughout the 20th century. Special zines, and short story collections. Audio-visual focus on the novel and the development of materials develop the students’ comprehension alternative prose forms. Authors of the German language, media, society and from France, Switzerland, Belgium, Quebec, culture. Prerequisite: Germ 202 or an the French Caribbean, Senegal, and Algeria equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. French. will be included. Taught in French. 3 hours. Offered alternate years. Meets Humanities and Cross-cultural core requirement. Steinert Borella. Offered Ger 302 Contemporary Short Stories intermittently. (G) and Narrations Study of significant short stories by major Fren 485 Seminar in French Studies writers in the post-WWII, German-speaking A concentrated study of one of the major world: Ingeborg Bachmann, Peter Bichsel, movements in French and Francophone Heinrich Bˆll, Irmtraud Morgner, Peter literature, art, and culture. Topics include: the Schneider, Christa Wolf, and others. Students rise of Classicism, the French Revolution, the report on stories or authors not covered in the 19th century French novel, writing and classroom. Prerequisite: Germ 202 or equivalent resistance: 1848-1968, and literature in French- proficiency. 3 hours. Meets Literature core speaking Switzerland. May be taken more than requirement. French. Offered alternate years. (G) once for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Taught in French. Ger 303 German Literature and 3 hours. Steinert Borella. Offered intermittently. Culture 1750 to the present Study of significant developments in literature Fren 494/495 Senior Thesis in and culture with focus on the Enlightenment, French Studies Classicism, Romanticism, Realism, Expression- This course is designed to assist senior ism, the Nazi period, and the post-WW II period, students who are writing a thesis for a major including the 1990 unification. Prerequisite: in French Studies. Students will receive Germ202 or equivalent proficiency. Taught in direction in completing their research proposal German. 3 hours. Meets Literature core and help in conducting and writing their requirement. French. Offered intermittently. (G) senior thesis in French. These are student- conducted individual research theses. Students Ger 315 Advanced Grammar and take 494 and 495 in consecutive semesters. Composition Prerequisite: Senior standing and study Extensive review of advanced grammatical abroad. Taught in French. concepts and practice of written idiom through 2 hours per semester. Staff. reading, viewing, discussing, and writing using short stories, newspapers, films, and German (Ger) magazine articles. Development of vocabulary and grammatical constructions through Ger 101-102 Introduction to German composition with analysis and correction of Language and Culture students’ errors in class. Prerequisite: Germ The beginning course is intended to give 202. or equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. French. training in the basic patterns and structures of Offered intermittently. (G) German. Conversation and reading related to the cultures of German-speaking areas. 3 hours Ger 400 German Film each semester. French. Analysis of significant 20th-century German films with concentration on films from the Ger 201-202 Intermediate German Weimar Republic and on New German Cinema. Designed to prepare students to identify Study of theoretical and literary texts in relation conversational vocabulary. Expansion of to the cultural and political climate. Prerequisite: conversational, reading, and comprehension consent of the instructor. Taught in German. skills. Review and development of grammatical 3 hours. French. Offered alternate years. (G) constructions most commonly used in speaking. Use of periodical and literary sources and audio- visual materials. Prerequisite: Germ 102 or an equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. French, Stout.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 165 Ger 485 Seminar in German Studies Japn 301-302 Communicating in Japanese An in-depth study of various cultural issues as Development of communicative competence in reflected in the literature, art, history, and politics Japanese with emphasis on conversational of German-speaking countries Topics include: skills. Reading and writing skills will also be survey of German literature in historical context; practiced to expand vocabulary and cultural German unification; knowledge. Application of cultural awareness gender and society; politics and culture. Taught in various communication situations. in German. Prerequisite: consent of the instruc- Prerequisite: Japn 202 or equivalent profi- tor. 3 hours. French. Offered alternate years. (G) ciency. 3 hours. Ikeda, Fujita.

Ger 494/495 Senior Thesis in Japn 307 Readings in Contemporary German Studies Japanese Writers This course is designed to assist senior Study of short stories and essays written by students who are writing a thesis for a major major writers in Japan. Reading materials are in German Studies. Students will receive utilized for vocabulary expansion, Kanji direction in completing their research proposal recognition and writing in order to achieve and help in conducting and writing their better understanding of the content by senior thesis in German. These are student- grasping cultural meanings. Prerequisite: Japn conducted individual research theses. Students 202 or equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. Meets take 494 and 495 in consecutive semesters. Literature core requirement. Ikeda, Fujita. Prerequisite: Senior standing and study Offered alternate years. abroad. Taught in German. 2 hours per semester. Staff. Japn 315 Grammar and Composition Extensive review of grammatical concepts Italian (Ital) and practice of written idiom through reading, writing, and discussing short stories, Ital 100 Elementary newspapers, films, and magazine articles. Conversational Italian Development of vocabulary and grammatical This beginning course is intended to give constructions through composition with immersion training in Italian during the analysis and correction of students’ errors in Winter 3 period. Conversation and reading class. Prerequisite: Japn 202 or equivalent related to the cultures of Italian-speaking areas. proficiency. 3 hours. Ikeda, Fujita. Offered Classroom work is supplemented by video work alternate years. and laboratory experience. This course does NOT meet the core requirement. 3 hours. Japn 401 Topics in Contemporary Steinert Borella. Offered intermittently. Literature Study of Japanese culture through selected Japanese (Japn) topics in contemporary literature. Topics Japn 101-102 Introduction to Japanese include various human relationships in Japan, Language and Culture love and death, aesthetic attitudes, attitudes Intensive introductory Japanese. Training in toward religion. Extensive analysis of these the basic patterns and structures of Japanese. topics by understanding Japanese cultural Emphasis on oral and aural skills. Japanese values, beliefs, norms and behavioral patterns. writing of Hiragana and Katakana is intro- Taught in Japanese. Prerequisite: 302. 3 hours. duced from the beginning to ensure the overall Meets Literature core requirement. Ikeda, development of language skills. Development Fujita. Offered alternate years. (G) of cultural awareness that influences language usage. 3 hours each semester. Ikeda, Fujita. Japn 402 Selected Issues in the Japanese Press Japn 201-202 Intermediate Japanese The course provides the opportunity to Expansion of conversational skills. Develop- enhance Japanese reading skills and acquisition ment of reading and writing skills in three of cultural knowledge through newspaper and different characters in Japanese. Application of magazine article reading. Supplementary cultural awareness in Japanese language materials are brought in to broaden the learning. Prerequisite: Japn 102 or an students’ understanding of the Japanese equivalent proficiency. 3 hours each semester. language, people, and culture. Prerequisite: Ikeda, Fujita. Japn 302. Taught in Japanese. 3 hours. Ikeda, Fujita. Offered intermittently. (G)

166 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

Japn 415 Structure of Japanese to the cultures of Spanish-speaking areas. Development of linguistic knowledge about the Classroom work is supplemented by laboratory Japanese language. Study of structure of practice. 3 hours. Christoph, Rodr“quez, Japanese words and their categorization. and Staff. Grammatical and syntactical analysis of Japanese sentences. Structural analysis of Span 201-202 Intermediate Spanish Japanese paragraphs. This course will be of use Expansion of conversational skills and to both students of Japanese and to those who continuation of reading practice. Use of intend to become teachers of Japanese. periodical and literary sources and audio- Prerequisite: Japn 301 and 302, or equivalent visual aids. Prerequisite: Span 102 or an proficiency. 3 hours. Fujita. Offered intermit- equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. Cabello, tently. (G) Christoph, and Rodríguez.

Japn 431 Methods of Teaching Span 301 Composition and Japanese Conversation This course will provide the opportunity to Practice in conversational idiom through develop methods, knowledge, and techniques reading and discussion of contemporary short which are specific to teaching Japanese. FL 430 stories, periodical literature, and oral inter- Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages, views. Extensive practice in composition with which deals with methods and techniques analysis and correction of students’ errors in about foreign language teaching in general, is the classroom. Prerequisite: Span 202 or the prerequisite for this course. Students will equivalent proficiency. Taught in Spanish. be required to demonstrate the methods in the 3 hours. Christoph and Rodríguez. Offered classroom situation for practice. Prerequisite: annually. FL 430 Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages. 2 hours. Ikeda. Offered intermittently. (G) Span 302 Contemporary Spanish Novel Japn 445 The Sociolinguistics of Study of representative 20th century novels Japanese from both Spain and Latin America. Student This course will provide the opportunity to reports on works and authors not covered in study the impact of the Japanese social norm, the classroom. Prerequisite: Span 202 or an and cultural attitudes and values on language equivalent proficiency. Taught in Spanish. usage. Attitudes toward standard language 3 hours. Meets Literature core requirement. and dialects will be discussed. Variations of Cabello and Rodríguez. Offered intermittently. styles in spoken and written Japanese will be (G) also analyzed. This course will be of use to both students of Japanese and to those who intend to Span 303 Introduction to become teachers of Japanese. Prerequisite: Hispanic Literatures Japn 302, or equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. An introduction to the study of literature in Fujita. G) Spanish through the genres from different periods and countries of the Hispanic world. Japn 485 Seminar in Japanese Continued practice in composition with in- Studies (G) class editing. Prerequisite: Span 202 or an An in-depth study of various cultural issues as equivalent proficiency. Taught in Spanish. reflected in the literature, art, history, and 3 hours. Christoph. Offered annually. politics of Japan. Topics include: survey of Japanese literature in historical context; gender Span 304 Contemporary Spanish and society; politics and culture. Taught in Drama Japanese. Prerequisite: consent of the instruc- Analysis of representative plays of contempo- tor. 3 hours. May be taken more than once for rary dramatists from both Spain and Latin credit. Ikeda, Fujita. (G) America: Sastre, Mihura, Arrabal, Usigli, Wolf, Carballido, and others. Students report Spanish (Span) on plays and authors not covered in class. Prerequisite: Span 202 or equivalent profi- Span 101-102 Introduction to Spanish ciency. Taught in Spanish. 3 hours. Meets Language and Culture Literature core requirement. Christoph. The beginning course is intended to give Offered intermittently. (G) training in the basic patterns and structures of Spanish. Conversation and reading related

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 167 Span 305 Contemporary Span/Ed 465 Spanish in the Spanish Poetry Elementary School Analysis of representative poems of the major This course is an introduction to the principles contemporary poets of Spain and Latin of second language acquisition as they apply to America: Antonio Machado, Garcia Lorca, bilingual education and second-language Juan Ramon Jimenez, Vicente Alexandre, instruction in elementary school programs. Pablo Neruda, Cesar Vallejo, and others. Students will become acquainted with dual Student reports on poems and authors not language materials, bicultural perspectives, covered in the classroom. Prerequisite: Span and strategies for the achievement of biliteracy. 202 or equivalent proficiency. Taught in This class includes the observation component Spanish. 3 hours. Meets Literature core in a bilingual classroom. Prerequisite: Spanish requirement. Cabello. Offered Intermittently. 202 or equivalent. Taught in Spanish and (G) English. 4 hours. Cabello and McClain. Offered intermittently (G) Span 308 Contemporary Short Story A study of short stories by major contemporary Span/Ed 466 Mexico: writers in the Spanish-speaking world: Borges, A Cultural Mosaic Cortazar, Rulfo, Onetti, Garcia Marquez, This class will focus on Mexican history, Concha Lagos, Carmen Conde, Medardo folklore, culture, music, and visual arts with Fraile, and others. Student reports on stories the needs of the elementary classroom in mind. and authors not covered in the classroom. The class will be taught bilingually and Prerequisite: Span 202 or equivalent profi- discuss the historical and cultural basis for ciency. Taught in Spanish. 3 hours. Meets the Mexican aesthetic. In addition, students Literature core requirement. Cabello and have opportunities to participate in musical Rodríguez. Offered intermittently. (G) experiences and hands-on art projects also suitable for the elementary classroom. As a Span 315 Advanced Grammar culminating event, the students will design and Composition and implementa Festival day that will include Grammatical analysis of the syntax of Spanish community participation. Includes an and English with emphasis on the differences observation component in a bilingual in structure and idiom.. Taught in Spanish. classroom. Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or Prerequisite: Span 202. 3 hours. Christoph. equivalent. 4 hours. Cheyne/ Rodríguez. Offered intermittently. (G) Offered intermittently. (G)

Span 401-402 Span/Ed 467 Practicum Survey of Peninsular in Tapalpa, Mexico Spanish Literature Students will complete a teaching practicum A study of the major works and literary in an elementary/middle school in Tapalpa, movements of Spain. Student reports on Mexico. This will also include a weekly authors, genres, or works not covered in the seminar and weekend cultural excursions and classroom. Prerequisite: a Spanish course at a two day orientation prior to departure. 300 level or consent of the instructor. Taught Prerequisite: Span/Ed 465 Spanish in the in Spanish. 3 hours. Meets Literature core Elementary School or consent of instructors. requirement. Cabello and Christoph. Offered 3 hours. Cabello/ McClain. Offered intermit- alternate years. (G) tently. (G)

Span 411-412 Span 485 Seminar in Survey of Spanish Hispanic Studies American Literature Detailed study of the works of one or more A study of the major works and literary contemporary writers or of selected areas of movements of Spanish America from the Hispanic culture. Students will conduct pre-Columbian era through the 20th century. research and complete a major paper. Taught in Prerequisite: a Spanish course at 300 level Spanish. Prerequisite: completion of study or consent of the instructor. Taught in abroad or near-native fluency. May be repeated Spanish. 3 hours. Meets Literature core once for credit when content varies. 3 hours. requirement. Christoph and Rodríguez. Cabello, Christoph, and Rodríguez. Offered alternate years.

168 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 POLICIES & PROCEDURES ■ Academic Policies & Procedures ACADEMIC POLICY A student is officially registered for classes only after needed approvals from the ADMINISTRATION advisor and instructors have been filed In the College of Arts and Sciences, the with the Registrar and classes are entered Associate Dean in cooperation with the into the computer registration system. All Registrar handles matters of academic students are required to sign the final rules and regulations. The office of the registration form at the beginning of each Associate Dean is located in Bates House. term in the Registrar’s Office. Course Registration REGISTRATION POLICIES Course registration procedures and class schedules are distributed each semester by Registration Requirements the Registrar’s Office. Continuing students In keeping with Pacific’s philosophy may pre-register for classes (see Academic regarding the student-advisor relationship, Calendar). The University reserves the prior to registration all students are required rights to cancel the registration of any to meet with their advisor and together student who is delinquent in meeting their develop the student’s schedule of classes. financial obligation to the University. New students meet with their assigned advisors during orientation; continuing Measles Vaccination Policy students are advised in April for the fall The State of Oregon requires all full-time semester, and in November for the winter college students born after 1956 to have term and spring semester. An early had two doses of the measles vaccine. registration occurs at the end of those Students who have not satisfied this advising periods in November and April, requirement by November 1 of Fall with students registering in priority semester (March 15 for Spring semester) according to the number of credits earned. will not be permitted to pre-register for All new students must complete their future classes until they are in compliance. initial registration no later than the fourth Please direct questions regarding this day of classes (or equivalent) of the matter to the Student Health Center at semester; continuing students may 503-359-2269. complete initial registration through the 10th day (or equivalent) of the semester. Oregon Independent Colleges Students may add and drop classes Cross-Registration through the 10th day (or equivalent) of the semester. The adding of classes is not Pacific University participates in the normally allowed after the 10th day. Oregon Independent Colleges (OICA) Students may withdraw from classes Cross-Registration program, in which through the 10th week (or equivalent) students enrolled full-time at any OICA of the semester, with a “W” posted college may take a maximum of one on the student’s academic record. Please undergraduate course per term at another refer to the Schedule of Classes for add/ OICA campus. No additional tuition will drop equivalents for Winter III and be charged for the cross-registered course summer terms. by either institution, with the exception of possible overload or special course fees. Students may not cross-register for a

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 169 course that is offered on their own meet academic and behavioral standards campus unless scheduling conflicts in each class. Misconduct or disruption prevent taking the course. Registration is does not apply to the content of speech or permitted on a “space-available” basis. written work protected by freedom of For more information contact the Pacific expression or academic freedom. Due University Registrar’s Office. process will be followed and students may appeal such decisions to the appropriate Withdrawals committee or administrator. Students may drop a class through the The Dean of Students, acting on behalf of first ten class days of the semester (first the University, may withdraw a student three days of a three week term) without from the University if the student has having the class appear on the transcript. mental or physical health problems that Students may withdraw through the tenth cause the student to engage in or threaten week of the semester (second week of a to engage in behavior which (a) poses a three week term) and receive a “W” on the danger of causing physical harm to the transcript, with no grade penalty. Late student or to others or (b) directly and withdrawals are normally not permitted substantially impedes the activities of unless approved by the appropriate other members of the campus community. Academic Standards committee. (The procedure to be followed in these withdrawals is printed in its entirety in It is the responsibility of the student to Pacific Stuff and is in accord with the notify the Registrar’s Office and the guidelines of the American Psychiatric instructor regarding withdrawing from a Association and Section 504 of The class, otherwise the student may receive a Rehabilitation Act of 1973.) Re-enrollment failing grade. Prior to the end of the will be at the discretion of the Dean of withdrawal period instructors may notify Students, in consultation with appropriate the Registrar of student(s) not attending health professionals. class, and may withdraw them and issue a grade of “W”. If a student has pre- registered for a class and does not attend Normal Load, Overloads during the first two weeks (first three To be a full-time student, the student must days of a three week term), that student be registered for at least 12 hours in the may be dropped from the class (unless semester. prior arrangements have been made). Students may register up to 18 semester If a student wishes to withdraw from all hours with no additional tuition charges. classes, an exit interview with the Dean of A normal load is 14 or 15 hours. Hours Students is necessary to initiate the formal over 17.5 require approval of the advisor withdrawing process. This will ensure and the Dean. that all student account and credit In the Winter III a normal load is one calculations occur appropriately. course or three credit hours. Overloads Students who must withdraw for health during Winter III are not possible. emergencies or other emergency reasons may be granted an Administrative Class Standing: Withdrawal by the Dean of Students (for undergraduate students) or by the • Freshman appropriate Dean or Program Director 0-29 semester hours completed (for Professional students). The Dean/ • Sophomore Program Director will consult with the 30-59 semester hours completed course instructors and may require a • Junior statement from a physician or other 60-89 semester hours completed documentation. • Senior Instructors may withdraw a student from 90 + semester hours completed a class for misconduct, or for disruptive or endangering behavior that interferes with the faculty member’s obligation to set and

170 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 POLICIES & PROCEDURES ■

GRADING POLICIES While the College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Optometry utilize all of the Grades are recorded by letter, with the letter grade options, the College of following point values: Optometry considers semester grades A 4.0 ...... Excellent below C as substandard, and substandard grades may not be used toward fulfillment A- 3.7 ...... Excellent of the Doctor of Optometry degree. The B+ 3.3 ...... Good Schools of Education, Occupational B 3.0 ...... Good Therapy, Physician’s Assistant Studies and B- 2.7 ...... Good Physical Therapy consider all marks with C+ 2.3 ...... Satisfactory point values below C as failure. The School of Professional Psychology uses C 2.0 ...... Satisfactory only A, B, and F grade marks. C- 1.7 ...... Substandard D+ 1.3 ...... Substandard Auditing D 1.0 ...... Substandard As an auditor, a student enrolls in, pays F 0 ...... Failure for, and attends classes, but does not P ...... Pass necessarily complete assignments or take H ...... Pass-A equivalent examinations. No credit is received for an HP ...... Pass-B equivalent audited course. Students must declare the N ...... No Pass Audit option before the end of the add- drop period. Once you declare the Audit I 0.0 ...... Incomplete option you may not revert back to the IA 4.0 ...... Incomplete; graded option. contingent grade A IA- 3.7 ...... Incomplete; Pass/No Pass Option contingent grade A- Students must declare the Pass/No Pass IB+ 3.3 ...... Incomplete; option before the end of the tenth week of contingent grade B+ the course, by completing the appropriate IB 3.0 ...... Incomplete; form in the Registrar’s Office. Once you contingent grade B declare the Pass/No Pass option you may IB- 2.7 ...... Incomplete; not revert back to the graded option. contingent grade B- Arts and Sciences, Education, Optometry: IC+ 2.3 ...... Incomplete; “P” grade is equivalent to a “C” or above. contingent grade C+ Optometry students may receive an “H” IC 2.0 ...... Incomplete; grade for “A” work that is demonstrated contingent grade C by exemplary achievements in patient care IC- 1.7 ...... Incomplete; or an “HP” for “B” work in patient care contingent grade C- that is consistently above proficiency ID+ 1.3 ...... Incomplete; standards in patient care courses. In Arts contingent grade D+ and Sciences, students may take one course, in addition to courses requiring P/ ID 1.0 ...... Incomplete; N grading, each semester on a Pass/No contingent grade D Pass basis; such courses may not be used IF 0.0 ...... Incomplete; to fulfill core requirements, science contingent grade F requirements for the B.S. degree, major or W ...... Withdrawal by Student minor requirements, or teaching endorse- AW ...... Administrative ment requirements. Withdrawal Occupational Therapy, Physical Therapy, X ...... Continuing Course Professional Psychology: “P” grade (Limited to courses approved by the equivalent to a “B” or above. College or Program Curriculum Committee. The grade of “X” will revert to a “P,” “N,” or letter grade when work is completed.)

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 171 Incompletes Retro-Active Credit Instructors may issue a grade of Incom- There is a one year time limit for granting plete only when the major portion of a retro-active Pacific University institutional course has been completed satisfactorily, credit for which the student did not but health or other emergency reasons initially register. This course work must be prevent the student from finishing all documented, with the instructor’s requirements in the course. The instructor approval, and completed at Pacific and the student should agree upon a University. deadline by which all work will be completed, with the following limitations: Grade Reports 1. Incompletes given for Fall and or Grades will be reported to students at the Winter III terms must be completed by end of each grading period. Grades the following April 15. normally are sent to the student’s perma- 2. Incompletes given for Spring semester nent address, unless otherwise specified. or Summer session must be completed According to the Student Academic by the following November 15. Records Policy, parents of students will be Instructors will issue the grade the mailed grade reports only if the student student would have earned by not has provided the Registrar with a signed completing the course, preceded by an release. “I”. This grade is determined by including a failing grade for the missing Transcripts assignment(s) in the calculation of the Students may review their academic final grade. If the agreed upon course records upon request or order a transcript work is not completed in the period of the Pacific University record in accor- allotted and an extension has not been dance with the Family Rights and Privacy granted, the grade issued will become Act guidelines. A signed request for the permanent. The contingency grade will be transcript must be supplied to the used in the computation of the GPA until Registrar’s Office, with a $2 fee assessed such time as a new grade is recorded. for each official transcript requested. Unofficial transcripts for presently Repeated Courses enrolled students are free, with a limit of If a course taken at Pacific University is two per request, and are to be picked up repeated at Pacific University, in the in person. Up to one week may be College of Arts and Sciences and in necessary for official transcript requests; Education, only the higher grade is used two days for unofficial requests. in computing the grade point average; in all other professional programs BOTH Dean’s List grades are counted in the grade point In order to make the Dean’s List in the average. College of Arts and Sciences, a student If a course taken at Pacific is repeated at must achieve a term GPA of 3.70 with 12 another institution, the Pacific grade will or more graded hours. still be counted in the GPA. No course may be counted more than once towards graduation requirements. TRANSFER CREDITS AND GPA Grade Change Only grades earned at Pacific are calcu- lated into the Pacific GPA. Courses taken Once a grade is submitted to the Registrar elsewhere, if approved by the Registrar, it shall not be changed except in the case can be used to meet degree requirements, of recording errors. Grade changes will be but the grades in transfer courses are not approved by the appropriate Dean or included in the calculation of the GPA. A Director. grade of below “C-” earned at another institution will not transfer to Pacific University. Transfer courses used to satisfy a major or minor requirement may need department approval.

172 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 POLICIES & PROCEDURES ■

SATISFACTORY READMISSION AFTER ACADEMIC PROGRESS SUSPENSION Students will maintain satisfactory Suspended students may apply to the academic progress with: Dean’s Office to begin the readmission 1. a cumulative GPA at Pacific University process one year after suspension. of at least 2.0. Applications will be reviewed by the Standards and Advising Committee. 2. 12 hours of coursework credited Complete applications for readmission for toward graduation in the previous fall semester must be received no later semester in which they were enrolled than August 1st; complete applications for as a full-time student. spring semester must be received no later 3. a GPA of at least 2.0 in the previous than January 2nd. Completed applications semester. received after those dates will be consid- ered for the following semester. Warning Within the application for readmission Full-time students who do not meet each students should present evidence of of these three standards for the first time renewed motivation and commitment to will be placed on Warning. Students on academic success such as successful warning, after meeting with their faculty employment or study at another college adviser, may be asked to consult with the during the interim. With such evidence Associate Dean, who can help students readmission may be granted, unless the get the help they need. Standards and Advising Committee determines that academic success at The academic progress of students Pacific is still unlikely. receiving an academic “warning” who have received a “warning” for any Students re-admitted after being on previous semester at Pacific University suspension will be placed on probation will be reviewed by the Standards and (see above). If a re-admitted student Advising Committee to determine if their subsequently does not meet the academic status should be changed to “probation” standards of Pacific University and or “suspension”. becomes eligible for suspension, that student may be dismissed from the Students encountering academic problems University by the Standards and Advising are reminded that financial aid eligibility Committee. also depends on academic achievement. See Financial Aid section in this catalog, and consult the Financial Aid office. VETERANS’ EDUCATIONAL Suspension and Probation BENEFITS Students on Warning who fail to meet one The Registrar is the certifying official for or more of the three standards in any all Veterans’ benefits for students. All subsequent semester may be suspended eligible students are requested to fill out from the College for one academic year. necessary application and certification Students on Warning whose records show documents prior to the start of classes. significant improvement, or whose circumstances are unusual, may be allowed to continue on academic proba- tion. Decisions on suspension or proba- tion are made by the Standards and Advising Committee of the College of Arts and Sciences. Students on academic probation are not in good academic standing and are ineligible to participate in University sponsored activities including intercollegiate athletics, forensics, student media and in other activities as the Dean of Arts and Sciences may direct. www.pacificu.edu ❖ 173 SUMMER SESSIONS Attendance Students are responsible for class atten- Each summer, Pacific University offers dance, participation, and completion of three intensive 4-week terms through the assignments. The University believes that Summer Sessions program. A variety of students should attend all classes. classes are available which apply to undergraduate degree requirements and Individual faculty members should notify graduate teacher education programs. students in their classes of their atten- Summer Sessions provides an affordable dance policy at the beginning of each option for earning additional credits or semester; students should request a clear accelerating degree completion. The statement of policy. The instructor may Summer Sessions catalog is available in lower a student’s grade or may officially mid-March and may be requested by withdraw the student from the course writing or calling the Registrar’s Office. through the tenth week of the semester for poor attendance or participation. Students are encouraged to inform their OTHER POLICIES & PROCEDURES instructors of unavoidable absence in advance. Assignment of make-up work is at the discretion of the instructor. Academic Advising Students are assigned a faculty advisor by Auditing the Dean’s Office upon admission to With the consent of the instructor, Pacific. Advisors work closely with students may attend any class. Students students to develop a sequence of courses auditing classes may participate in that meets individual needs. Experience discussion with the instructor’s consent, shows that successful students are those but will not receive credit. The evaluation who have frequent contact with their of papers or tests is at the discretion of the Faculty Advisors, and students may not insturctor. To receive notation on their register for classes until they have transcripts, students must register as consulted with their advisor. auditors and pay the auditing fee. All When students declare a major, during the Audits must be declared by the end of the sophomore year, they should be working add-drop period. with a Faculty Advisor in their major area. Problems with advising should be taken Independent Study (Learning Contract) to the Dean’s office. Students who expect to apply to Pacific To undertake advanced and independent programs in Teacher Education, Optom- study in subjects not covered by regular etry, Physical Therapy, Occupational courses, students may arrange independent Therapy, or Professional Psychology must study with a professor. An independent pass specific prerequisite courses: see the study form, available at the Registrar’s relevant sections of this catalog. Office, must be to the Dean’s office, complete with all approval signatures. Students are urged to seek the help of the Admissions Office which maintains information on prerequisite courses. International Baccalaureate Degree Pacific University recognizes the Interna- Advanced Placement tional Baccalaureate program as providing college-level work. Six semester credits Credit toward graduation will be given will be awarded for each higher examina- for a score of 4 or 5 on the advanced tion passed with a score of 5 or higher. placement test in any field. Credit Course credits will be regarded as transfer awarded will be four credits in mathemat- credit and will be determined by the ics and the natural sciences and three Registrar in consultation with the appro- credits in all other subjects. Actual priate department chairs. No credit will be placement in college courses depends on awarded for Subsidiary courses. A the student’s preparation and is arranged maximum of 30 credits can be earned. through the relevant department.

174 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 POLICIES & PROCEDURES ■

Progress Assessments access and notify the student of the time and place where the records may At the beginning of a student’s senior be inspected. If the records are not year, or upon student request, the maintained by the Registrar’s Office, Registrar’s Office will prepare an aca- the student shall be advised of the demic evaluation showing progress correct official to whom the request toward meeting graduation requirements. should be addressed. Students are expected, however, to know what the requirements are. 2. The right to request the amendment of the student’s education records that the ROTC student believes are inaccurate. Students may ask Pacific University to Students attending Pacific University who amend a record that they believe is are receiving ROTC funding and wish to inaccurate. They should write the take ROTC coursework may do so at Registrar, clearly identify the part of Portland State University. Pacific will the record they want changed, and accept up to 14 semester hours of Military specify why it is inaccurate. science coursework from PSU, excluding If Pacific University decides not to MS 111, 112, 113. amend the record as requested by the Under a cooperative agreement with the student, the student shall be notified of , Pacific University the decision and advised as to his or students may participate in the Air Force her right to a hearing regarding the Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC) request for amendment. Additional offered on the University of Portland information regarding the hearing campus. The purpose of the program, procedures will be provided to the which is administered by the Aerospace student when notified of the right to a Studies faculty, is to select and train hearing. students to serve as officers in the United 3. The right to consent to disclosures of States Air Force. personally identifiable information AFROTC is available to men and women contained in the student’s education with a minimum of 2 years of college records, except to the extent that remaining. Scholarships are available on a FERPA authorizes disclosure without competitive basis for those who qualify. consent. For more information, check out the One exception which permits disclo- University of Portland web site or contact sure without consent is disclosure to the Program Counselor at the University school officials with legitimate educa- of Portland. tional interests. A school official is a person employed by Pacific University in an administrative, supervisory, STUDENTS’ RIGHTS UNDER THE academic or research, or support staff FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS position (including law enforcement AND PRIVACY ACT (FERPA) unit personnel and health staff); a person or company with whom Pacific The Family Educational Rights and University has contracted (such as an Privacy Act (FERPA) affords students attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a certain rights with respect to their person serving on the Board of education records. They are: Trustees; or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplin- 1. The right to inspect and review the ary or grievance committee, or student’s education records within 45 assisting another school official in days of the day Pacific University performing his or her tasks. receives a request for access. Students should submit to the Registrar’s Office A school official has a legitimate written requests that identify the educational interest if the official needs record(s) they wish to inspect. The to review an education record in order Registrar will make arrangements for

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 175 to fulfill his or her professional honored by the University for no more responsibility. than one academic year. Re-authorization Pacific University may disclose to withhold Directory Information must be education records without consent to filed annually in the Registrar’s Office officials of another school, upon within the first two weeks of the fall request, in which a student seeks or semester. intends to enroll. 4. The right to file a complaint with the Policy Availability U.S. Department of Education concern- Pacific University policy explains in detail ing alleged failures by Pacific Univer- procedures to be used by the institution sity to comply with the requirements of for compliance with the provisions of FERPA. The name and address of the FERPA. Copies of the policy are on the Office that administers FERPA is: Registrar’s Office Web Site or are available Family Policy Compliance Office in the Office of the Registrar. U.S. Department of Education 400 Maryland Avenue, SW Washington, DC 20202-4605

Directory Information At its discretion Pacific University may provide Directory Information in accor- dance with the provisions of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act. Directory Information is defined as that information which would not generally be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed. Designated Directory Information at Pacific University includes the following: student name, permanent address, local address, temporary address, electronic mail address, telephone number, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of members of athletic teams, theses titles/topics, photograph, full-time/part-time status, most recent previous school attended, date and place of birth. Students may withhold Directory Infor- mation by notifying the Registrar in writing; please note that such withholding requests are binding for all information to all parties other than for those exceptions allowed under the Act. Students should consider all aspects of a Directory Hold prior to filing such a request.Although the initial request must be filed during the first two weeks of the enrollment period, requests for non-disclosure will be

176 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 CONDUCT POLICIES ■ Academic Conduct Policies

CODE OF ACADEMIC CONDUCT uphold academic and personal integrity, to respect the rights of others, to refrain from Honesty and integrity are expected of all disruptive, threatening, intimidating, or students in class participation, examina- harassing behavior, or behavior which is tions, assignments, patient care and other harmful to themselves, other persons or academic work. Students have the property. Students have the responsibility to obligation to conduct themselves as abide by the standards, policies, and mature and responsible participants in regulations of the University. this community. Towards this end, the University has established policies, standards and guidelines that collectively POLICY OF ACADEMIC INTEGRITY define the Student Code of Conduct. The Student Code of Conduct includes all The College of Arts and Sciences at Pacific policies, standards and guidelines University is an academic community included in, but not limited to: where the pursuit of knowledge, under- • The University Catalog standing, and skills unites us as its members. This community depends on • The University Handbook the integrity of its members to fulfill its • The Student Handbook, “Pacific Stuff” mission, and we all have a clear and • Residence Hall Handbook and vested interest in promoting it. Every one Contracts of us has reasons to be concerned about academically dishonest practices. Among such reasons are the following: STATEMENT OF STUDENTS’ 1. Academic integrity is at the core of our RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES community values. 2. Academic dishonesty can undermine Every student has a right to conditions the value of Pacific diplomas by favorable to learning. Students have the weakening the reputation of Pacific right to pursue an education free from University, associating it in the public discrimination based on gender, race, mind with institutions whose students ethnicity, religion, marital status, age, have little integrity and a poor work sexual orientation or physical handicap. ethic. Students at Pacific enjoy the freedoms of 3. Academically dishonest practices are speech, expression, and association, the corrosive of individual and community right to privacy, the right to freedom from integrity. harassment, the right to due process in judicial matters, and the right to appeal 4. In the long run they harm the perpetra- judgments and penalties for alleged tor, who fails to give him/herself the misconduct. opportunity to develop ideas and skills. Students have the responsibility to conduct themselves, both individually and in 5. They are unfair, because they give the groups, in a manner which promotes an cheater an advantage over other atmosphere conducive to teaching, studying students who are relying on their own and learning. Students are expected to work and knowledge.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 177 6. They are unfair because they weaken 8. taking a test for someone else, or the link between grades and work, allowing someone else to take a test undermining the immediate incentive for you. of students to put in the hard work 9. stealing another student’s work, necessary to develop skills and including material in a computer file, knowledge. and submitting it as your own. 7. Certain forms of academic dishonesty, because they infringe on copyrights, are Plagiarism illegal. Plagiarism is the use of someone else’s 8. Academic dishonesty is a violation of words, ideas, or data as your own without the Pacific University Code of Aca- proper documentation or acknowledg- demic Conduct and will be punished ment. Quotations must be clearly marked, according to university and college and sources of information, ideas, or policy. opinions of others must be clearly indi- Students wishing to join Pacific’s under- cated in all written work. Plagiarism can graduate academic community are asked be unintentional, depending on the nature to sign a document confirming that they of the violation; nevertheless, in all cases it have read, understood, and agree to is and will be treated as a violation. uphold the University’s Standards of Behaviors that fall under this category academic integrity. include, but are not limited to: 1. Quoting another person’s actual words, complete sentences or paragraphs, or FORMS OF ACADEMIC an entire piece of written work without DISHONESTY acknowledgment of the source. 2. Using another person’s ideas, opinions, Cheating or theories, even if they are presented Cheating is an attempt to use deception to entirely in your own words, without portray one’s knowledge and skills as better proper acknowledgment of the source than they really are. Behaviors that fall under from which they were taken. the label of cheating include, but are not limited 3. Using facts, statistics, or other material to: to support an argument without 1. giving or receiving unauthorized aid in acknowledgment of the source. academic work such as the improper use of books, notes, or other students’ 4. Copying another student’s work. tests or papers. 2. taking a dishonest competitive Fabrication advantage, for instance preventing Fabrication is the intentional use of others from obtaining fair and equal invented information, or the use of access to information resources. falsified results or data with the intent to 3. using work done for one course in deceive. Behaviors that fall under this fulfillment of the requirements of category include, but are not limited to: another, without the approval of the 1. Citation of information not taken from instructors involved. the source that is cited. 4. copying from another student’s paper. 2. Listing sources in a bibliography not 5. allowing another student to cheat from used in the academic project. your test paper. 3. Submitting a paper or lab report or any 6. collaborating on projects or exams that other kind of document based on are clearly meant to be individual falsified, invented information, or the enterprises. deliberate concealment or distortion of 7. using any unauthorized materials the true nature of such data. during a test. 4. Forging a signature on a University document.

178 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 CONDUCT POLICIES ■

Other Forms of Academic Misconduct In all instances, the violation shall be reported to the Dean. In most first These address the intentional violation of offenses, no permanent record of the University policies, including but not violation will be made. Should the student limited to: not be involved in any subsequent 1. tampering with grades or helping incidents of academic dishonesty, then the another to tamper with grades or any confidential file will be destroyed upon other part of a student’s academic the student’s graduation. Only those record. faculty members directly involved in the 2. furnishing to a University office or incident and those serving on panels that official a document based on informa- might hear a student’s appeal will be tion that you know is false or which has notified. Serious or second violations will, been tampered with in an unauthorized however, be noted on the permanent fashion. record. 3. stealing, buying, or otherwise obtaining all or part of an unadministered test. Procedures Also the unauthorized (by the instruc- The faculty members will follow these tor) use of a previously administered procedures when they believe that an test. instance of academic dishonesty has 4. changing a grade in a faculty member’s occurred. records, on a test, or on other work for 1. Review the evidence to ensure that which a grade has been given. there are sufficient grounds to warrant 5. using electronic information resources a charge of academic dishonesty. in violation of the “Acceptable Use Faculty involved will not consult with Policy” (which must be signed before colleagues and discuss the details of the joining the University’s electronic incident, but instead consult with the network). Dean’s office to help determine what course of action to pursue. Sanctions and Procedures for Handling 2. If the faculty member is fairly certain Cases of Academic Dishonesty that she or he is dealing with a case of academic dishonesty, the faculty It is Pacific University policy that all acts of member should meet with the student academic dishonesty occurring within the in question as soon as possible. If the confines of the College of Arts and Sciences student is unable to explain away the be reported to the Dean of the College. faculty member’s suspicions, then the faculty member will collect all available Sanctions evidence, keeping the originals and The range of possible sanctions that may submitting photocopies to the Dean. be imposed in instances of academic Consultation with the Dean will occur dishonesty includes, but is not limited to, immediately after having consulted those listed below; it is College policy that with the student(s) involved. Either the sanctions are imposed that are consistent faculty member or the Dean will make with the severity of the violation. a photocopy of the work in question available to the accused student(s) on 1. An “F” for the assignment. request. 2. An “F” for the course. 3. When a faculty member believes that a 3. In case of violations of the “Acceptable student has violated the academic Use Policy,” sanctions range from being honesty code during the final examina- barred from the campus electronic tion period and cannot discuss the issue network to suspension from the with the student in question (because College. he/she has left campus for the holiday 4. In particularly serious broaches of the or summer), the faculty member will academic honesty code, or in repeat assign the student an “L” grade to offenses, suspension or dismissal from show that the actual grade will be the College may be imposed, as well as turned in late. other appropriate sanctions.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 179 4. In cases in which the student and the Following the receipt of the appeal, the faculty member come to an agreement Board shall convene to consider the about the violation and its sanction, the appeal. On the basis of the available faculty member may assign the grade evidence, the Board will deny the appeal, agreed upon. In any event, the faculty call for a hearing, or when deemed member will submit a timely, brief, appropriate, return the appeal to the written report of the incident to the original academic standards committee Dean. for reconsideration. Decisions of the 5. In cases where mutual agreement University Standards and Appeals between student and faculty member Board are final. has not been reached, the following The Vice President for Academic Affairs procedures shall be followed: shall appoint alternate members in cases a. The faculty member will collect all of conflict of interest or if a regular available evidence and submit member is unavailable. photocopies of it (keeping the originals) to the Dean, along with a Things Students Can Do to Avoid Charges brief written report of the incident of Academic Dishonesty and a recommended sanction. 1. Prepare in advance for examinations b. The Dean will review the evidence, and assignments; don’t let yourself get consult with the student(s), make a too far behind in your reading and determination about whether or not studying for any of your courses. academic dishonesty occurred, and, if so, will impose a sanction com- 2. Prevent other students from copying mensurate with the nature of the your exams or assignments. Try to offense. choose a seat during an exam away from other students. Shield your exam. c. The student may appeal the decision Don’t distribute your papers to other of the Dean to the Standards and students prior to turning them in. Advising Committee of the College of Arts and Sciences. 3. Check with your instructor about special requirements that might pertain to that particular course or assignment. University Level Appeals If you cannot find a written section in Final appeals for all cases of academic the syllabus or on the actual assign- misconduct will be heard by the Univer- ment to answer your questions about sity Standards and Appeals Board. All what is acceptable, ask the instructor requests for appeals of rulings by college what his/her expectations are. or school academic standards committees 4. Utilize a recognized handbook on the shall be submitted in writing to the Vice citation of sources (Many professional President for Academic Affairs within 10 organizations have style manuals for school days after the ruling is received by this purpose, for example, the APA the student. Appeals shall be considered Style Manual for psychology or the by the University Standards and Appeals MLA Style Sheet for the humanities). Board, which is a standing committee of Be sure to ask your professor what an the University. acceptable style guide is for the written Appeals must be explicitly justified by at work you will be submitting in her/his least one of the following reasons: course. 1. Evidence of error in procedure by a 5. Discourage dishonesty among other school or college academic standards students. committee, 6. Refuse to help students who cheat. 2. New evidence sufficient to alter 7. Protect your rights and those of other a decision, honest students by reporting incidents 3. Evidence that the sanction(s) imposed of cheating you have observed to the was not appropriate to the severity of professor. the violation.

180 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 UNIVERSITY RESOURCES ■ College & University Resources

CAREER DEVELOPMENT CENTER INTERNSHIP PROGRAM Brian O’Driscoll, Brian O’Driscoll, Director of Career Development Director of Career Development Located in Chapman Hall, the Career Pacific University’s Internship Program Development Center’s mission is to help reinforces the University’s commitment to students integrate their classroom education an outstanding education and service to with careful preparation for professional the surrounding communities. Recogniz- opportunities and graduate programs. ing the value of a healthy marriage Students should take full advantage of the between classroom and experiential wealth of resources here supporting career learning, Pacific aggressively helps exploration, job and internship search, students to develop opportunities to graduate school search, employer research, apply knowledge and skills gained in the and related topics. Many career programs classroom to a professional work situation and workshops are offered throughout the for a sustained period. Typically, intern- year, covering such things as resume ships are developed in concert by the writing, graduate school applications, and student, a faculty advisor, a participating interview preparation. Larger profile organization, and the Career Develop- programs include alumni career panels ment Center. Internships are available in a throughout the year, as well as an annual variety of settings — large corporations, job fair in the spring featuring over 150 non-profit organizations, government employers and a graduate school fair in the agencies, and small businesses — depend- fall drawing representatives from over 60 ing on the needs of the student. The programs across the country. Also figuring Career Center maintains a rich array of prominantly among these resources is the opportunities in collaboration with Alumni Career Network, a database alumni and other professionals in the profiling several hundred Pacific alumni area, across the country, and around the ready and willing to lend career networking world. assistance to students and graduates of the To be eligible for a for-credit internship, a University. Additionally, through the Career student must have upper-division Center’s Partnership Program students can standing and normally at least a 2.70 GPA. embark upon a series of thoughtful work Internships require careful and early and internship opportunities in a wide planning with a faculty advisor and the range of businesses and organizations. Career Center, and must be approved by Career Center staff and faculty work the student’s academic advisor, the together to develop these opportunities and department chair, and the Dean of Arts shepherd students through this process to and Sciences. To receive academic credit, complement an outstanding liberal arts the student must first complete a learning education with a thorough grounding in contract, obtained in the Registrar’s practical, professional preparation. The staff Office. Interns typically keep a daily of the Career Development Center take journal analyzing work experiences and pride in working with students individually recording personal reflections, write a to ensure that they receive the very best paper that integrates course material career support and guidance possible.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 181 and on-the-job experience, assemble a The Director, Malheur Field Station, portfolio of materials developed during HC 72 Box 260, Princeton, OR 97721, the internship, and give a presentation on telephone 541-493-2629, e-mail: the internship to the Pacific community [email protected]. Information can also upon completion of the experience. be obtained by visiting the web site at Both part- and full-time internships are www.geol.pdx.edu/MFS. available, and carry one semester hour of credit for each 40 hours of work up to a maximum of 14 credits in any one OREGON CAMPUS COMPACT semester. A maximum of 17 credits of internship may be counted toward Ellen Hastay, Director graduation. For further information, In 1996, Pacific University joined with five students should contact Brian O’Driscoll, other Oregon colleges and universities to Director of Career Development, form the Oregon Campus Compact, a Chapman Hall. division of national Campus Compact: Higher Education in Service to the Nation. This is an organization of college and MALHEUR FIELD STATION university presidents committed to helping students develop the values and Dr. William Jordan, skills of citizenship through participation Chemistry, Campus Representative in public and community service. Pacific University participates in Malheur Oregon Campus Compact has as its Field Station as part of a consortium of 15 purpose to increase campus wide partici- colleges and universities in Oregon, pation in community and public service, Washington and Idaho. and to integrate community service and/ Malheur Field Station is located in the or service learning as valued elements of high desert country, 32 miles south of undergraduate education. It is committed Burns, Oregon, on the western edge of the to enhancing a sense of personal and social Malheur National Wildlife Refuge. An responsibility, citizenship, and awareness astounding range of wildlife habitats in of societal institutions and structures by all the region generates more than 840 members of the academic community species of vascular plants, 280 species of while reinvigorating higher education’s birds and 50 species of mammals. Steens concern for improving the quality of life in Mountain, a large fault block which rises our society. to 9,700 feet, lies along the southeast Faculty members, staff, and students may boundary of the refuge. Desert landforms, take advantage of ORCC services and outstanding volcanic features, massive resources including: technical assistance uplifts carved by ancient glaciers, numer- for developing service learning courses ous 9,000 to 10,000-year-old archeological and programs, mini-grants, a quarterly sites, cattle baron ranches, pioneer newsletter, resource library, and work- settlements, mines and ghost towns are shops on topics of interest in community just a few of the rich discoveries nearby. service learning. The Oregon Campus The field station has dormitories and Compact is head quartered at the trailers, food service, laundry facilities, a Humanitarian Center in Chapman Hall. store, laboratory and classroom facilities, a small library and a museum. Courses in such areas as ethnobiology, OREGON HOLOCAUST ecology, natural history, biology, RESOURCE CENTER ornithology, geology, art, astronomy and photography are offered during the Geralyn Senft, Program Director summer. Pacific students are encouraged to take classes for credit offered by Established independently in 1984, The Malheur Field Station. Information about Oregon Holocaust Resource Center is a classes and use of the field station is not-for-profit educational organization available from Professor Jordan and from dedicated to communicating the lessons of the Holocaust to teachers, students and

182 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 UNIVERSITY RESOURCES ■ the general community in Oregon and agencies and public schools. Among the southwest Washington, in fulfillment of more popular placements are tutoring and the testament left by the victims to the mentoring youth, working at homeless survivors — to remember, to record, to and women’s shelters, working with understand, to explain, and to enlighten senior citizens, helping environmental future generations. agencies, teaching in literacy programs for The OHRC maintains curricular materials, Hispanic families, and sponsoring a the Sylvia Frankel Collection, the Shirley variety of projects on the Navajo Reserva- Tanzer Oral History Project, and is a tion each Winter Three Term. repository for documents, photographs, The purpose of the Humanitarian Center letters, and other Holocaust artifacts. It is to help Pacific students make a signifi- also has a Speaker’s Bureau that includes cant contribution to the community and Holocaust witnesses as well as scholars integrate the learning from that experience who go out to schools, exhibit sites, and in their studies and understanding of civic other institutions around the state. responsibility. Students who take advan- The OHRC organizes a series of annual tage of a service learning placement also educational events which include teach- gain unique insight and experience related ers’ workshops and seminars, the Sala to careers and valuable life skills. Kryszek Writing Competition, and the The Pacific Humanitarian Center is the Holocaust High School. Center Programs action arm of the Peace and Conflict Studies targeted at the general public include Program and students can receive one to lectures by internationally known three credits for each PACS field placement. scholars, film presentations, plays, Interested students should visit the Humani- exhibits, symphony and commemorative tarian Center to register for PACS 105 and events such as Yom Hashoah, Day of 305 and for assistance in finding community Holocaust Remembrance. involvement opportunities. The Center is Pacific University recognizes and fully located in Chapman Hall. supports the importance of the work of the OHRC and, accordingly, the OHRC and Pacific joined in a mutual affiliation in PACIFIC UNIVERSITY’S MUSEUM 1994. The OHRC’s executive director’s (OLD COLLEGE HALL) office is located in Warner 25 on the main campus. In addition, the OHRC maintains The first permanent structure of Pacific an office in Portland. University, Old College Hall, was built in 1850. It is among the oldest collegiate buildings in the western United States. PACIFIC HUMANITARIAN CENTER In 1894 it was moved from its original site where Marsh Hall stands and became Michael R. Steele, FacultyDirector Science Hall. Containing laboratories and classrooms for biology and chemistry, Ellen Hastay, Service Learning Coordinator for years it was fondly know as the “Chem The Pacific Humanitarian Center facilitates Shack”. Old College Hall was moved in student access to service-learning opportu- 1963 to its present location. nities for field placement and courses This compact two-story building with its having a service component. Living octagonal belfry or cupola is symbolic of groups, campus organizations, and pioneer efforts during territorial days. A individual students may also find assis- significant structure for Oregon and the tance in developing or finding sites for region, Old College Hall was listed on the volunteer projects. The Center’s data base National Register of Historic Places in contains more than 200 local organizations 1974. A few years later, in 1980, a major that utilize volunteers as well as commu- renovation project was completed. The nity outreach programs coordinated first floor area contains the Tualatin through the Humanitarian Center itself. Academy Room and the Henry Price Most of the Center’s service placements Memorial Chapel. Both of these spaces are are in local social service organizations, used for special gatherings and events. peace organizations, governmental

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 183 As part of Pacific’s centennial celebration UNIVERSITY FACILITIES in 1949, the second floor rooms of Old College Hall were converted into museum Sharon Ginn, Facilities Director galleries. The Pacific University Museum exhibits artifacts relating to the history of The 55-acre Forest Grove campus contains the University. Many interesting objects 18 major buildings in a picturesque setting donated by alumni and friends of the of green lawns and tall shade trees. University are interpreted here. Personal Architecture at Pacific is a pleasant blend items from founder Tabitha Brown and of the old and new, represented at one end President Sidney Harper Marsh are of the spectrum by historic Old College among the collections on exhibit. Trea- Hall (1850), the first permanent structure sures from various foreign cultures are of Pacific University, and at the other by also featured in the museum, reflecting the University’s new science, music and Pacific’s missionary heritage. professional buildings. It also includes the 90,000 square foot Pacific Athletic Center and the Tom Reynolds Soccer Field. TUTORING AND STUDY SKILLS In addition to its Forest Grove campus, the University has a satellite campus located Pauline Beard, Supervisor of House Tutors in Eugene that serves the needs of the School of Education, and operates facilities Steve Smith, Director of Writing in Portland that support the academic and Resource Center clinical programs of the College of All students who want assistance with Optometry and the School of Professional their course work are encouraged to use Psychology. the Writing Resource Center, House Tutors, and the Math/Science Center. The Writing Resource Center, UC 104, provides free consultation service to students who require assistance with writing, English as a second language, World Languages, and with courses in the humanities and social sciences. Trained peer consultants are available on a drop-in system, and by appointment arranged with individual consultants. The Center is open to all students from 7 p.m. to 10 p.m. from Sunday through Thursday during the school year, with limited hours during the day and during Winter Three. House Tutors also provide tutoring, in the Residence Halls, for a wide range of Arts and Sciences subjects, plus workshops on time management and study skills. Please contact the Writing Resource Center web page through Pacific University’s home page — www.pacificu.edu. The Math and Science Center, located in Strain 322, provides free tutorial service to students from 7 p.m. to 10 p.m. every Sunday through Thursday. Qualified tutors are available on a walk-in, first- come, first-served basis.

184 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 STUDENT SERVICES ■ Student Services

THE DEAN OF STUDENTS friendship and understanding among students with diverse backgrounds is a The Dean of Students has overall responsi- priority of the residence program. bility for many of the services to students The University offers accommodations in at the University such as student health four on-campus residence facilities, all of and counseling centers, residence life, which are smoke-free environments. student activities, crisis intervention, Resident Directors, professional staff mediation services, disability services, members who live in the halls, supervise health and wellness, multicultural the three residence halls of Clark, Walter services, new student orientation, and the and McCormick. Each hall has lounges, student handbook, PACIFIC STUFF. Both storage areas, and a coin-operated undergraduate and professional student laundry. The halls are divided into smaller governing bodies work closely with her in living units called “wings”. Students in presenting, discussing and resolving each wing vote on a variety of matters student concerns. The Dean assists such as how to use activity funds or individual students and student groups determine quiet hours. They are also with a wide variety of interests and involved in governance and judicial concerns, and ensures that student opinion matters. There are also several Theme is communicated throughout the Univer- Wings-International Wing for students sity. As the Dean for all students at the who want an even greater exposure to University, she should be regarded as a other cultures; Environmental/Outdoor resource by undergraduates and profes- Wing for students who wish to actively sional program students alike for ques- participate in outdoor activities and/or tions, problem solving, or simply when it environmental projects; Wellness Wing for is unclear where to go with a particular health- conscious students. Trained issue. The Dean welcomes students’ undergraduate Resident Assistants live in viewpoints on programs, policies and each wing and assist students with the facilities. transition to college, with personal and academic concerns, and in mediating and solving residence life problems. Tutors RESIDENCE LIFE and Wellness Program Coordinators are available in each hall. Students in these Residence Halls halls live in single, double, triple, quad Because learning outside of the classroom rooms or suites. is as essential as learning inside the The fourth residential area, Vandervelden classroom, residential living is an integral Court, offers apartment-style living in part of the total Pacific experience. 37 four-bedroom suites with living and Residence halls are designed to be living- cooking facilities in each unit. This facility learning environments where trained is designed primarily for junior and senior residence staff help students make undergraduate students, and graduate/ smoother transitions to the next phase of professional students (when space permits), their development. Fostering a climate and offers more independent living.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 185 Residence Policies entrance fee in order to reserve their room for the following year. Cancellation of a Because residence hall living is an room reservation before June 30 will result important factor in the process of social in a $50 refund; cancellation after June 30, and academic growth, it is necessary for will result in forfeiture of the entire $100. all students to be aware of the policies that apply to residence: Meal Service Freshmen and sophomores are required to live and board on campus unless: Meal service is provided by ARAMARK 1. They have graduated from high school Food Service in the dining commons in the at least two years prior to matriculation, University Center. In addition to provid- ing meal service throughout the year — 2. Are married and/or the parent of a with the exception of Thanksgiving and dependent child, Christmas vacations — ARAMARK also 3. Are 21 years of age or caters meals for special events. On-campus 4. Live full-time with their parent(s) and/ students pay for meals with a meal ticket. or legal guardians. Off-campus students may dine at the commons by either purchasing a meal (Note: criteria #2 requires a residency waiver plan for dining commons service, or by form on file. These forms are available through purchasing individual meals. the Student Services Office.) Housing contracts are binding for a full academic year. Early releases are rare and only STUDENT ACTIVITIES by approval from the Residency Options The Associated Students of Pacific Committee. University (ASPU) supports numerous The University owns some off-campus student activities including intramural apartment complexes and rental houses sports, concerts and lectures, an outdoor that are available to upperclassmen. The and off-campus program, and interest Student Services Office does not provide groups such as the Politics and Law off-campus housing placement but does Forum and Students for Environmental have a Housing Network website to assist Awareness. In addition, the University students looking for housing off-campus sponsors a variety of student activities and/or roommates. Visit the University’s aimed at providing diverse and challeng- web site for more information. ing opportunities for students to learn Pacific University admits students with outside of the classroom. the understanding that they will uphold standards of community living. All Forensics students are expected to respect the rights Students wishing to increase public and integrity of other members of the speaking skills or analytical skills may community. Conduct that is detrimental to compete in Forensics (intercollegiate the University community, that violates speaking and debating). Students repre- the Student Code of Conduct, or that sent Pacific at regional and national transgresses civil law is grounds for Speech and Debate Tournaments through- disciplinary action. If a student is asked to out the academic year. leave the residence halls for disciplinary reasons, room and board fees will not be Membership on the Forensics Team refunded. includes membership in Pi Kappa Delta, a National Honorary Fraternity. In addition New students receive housing informa- to competing, students are expected to tion over the summer. New students help with the administration and promo- applying for space in Vandervelden Court tion of the “Hap” Hingston Invitational must submit a non-refundable $100 High School Speech and Debate Tourna- housing application fee. Returning ment, held in early December. students select rooms in the spring of the preceding academic year through a lottery process, and must pay a $100 lottery

186 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 STUDENT SERVICES ■

Pacific Athletic Center and Student Media Intramural Sports Student publications and the campus Home for athletic activities at Pacific is the radio station provide valuable opportuni- newly remodeled and spacious Athletic ties for Pacific students wishing to gain Center, which houses a gymnasium with management and production experience three activity areas, a state-of-the-art in these particular media fields. fitness center, a fieldhouse, three hand- , the campus newspaper, ball-racquetball courts, a squash court, gives students the opportunity to gain sauna, dance studio, wrestling room and valuable writing, editing, advertising and sports medicine/training room with business experience. The Index is pub- whirlpools-all available for student use. lished bi-weekly. An active intramural schedule for both The Pacific Review, a literary magazine, men and women includes activities in flag includes poetry, graphics, articles, football, volleyball, 3-on-3 basketball, 5- photography, short stories and other items on-5 basketball, racquetball, softball and contributed by students. It is published tennis, with each sport played seasonally. twice a year, and sponsored by the The intramural program also sponsors English Department. aerobic dance activities, a golf tourna- KPUR, the campus radio station, is ment, and the popular Rock ‘n Bowl broadcast to residence halls and the throughout the school year. University Center. Student-managed and In intercollegiate athletics, Pacific fields operated, KPUR, 94.5 FM offers music, teams in baseball, basketball, cross news and special programs — all pro- country, golf, soccer, softball, tennis, track vided by students. and field, wrestling and volleyball. The Pacific Productions provides an opportu- university belongs to the Northwest nity for video production experience Conference and is affiliated with the through the taping of athletic events, National Collegiate Athletics Association, campus activities and independent Division III. projects. Productions are broadcast over the community cable TV system. Student Government Student government at Pacific provides ample opportunity for students to develop and exercise leadership, to make decisions, and to create a stimulating campus atmosphere. All students at Pacific University are members of the Associated Students of Pacific University (ASPU). Undergraduate students are represented by the President and Vice President of the undergraduate student body and by the Pacific Undergraduate Community Council (PUCC). The PUCC, which includes faculty, administrators, and undergraduate students develops, reviews, and recommends policy on matters affecting undergraduate students. Professional students are represented by the Professional Programs Council (PPC) which includes a representative of each of the professional schools. The PPC makes recommendations on major policy matters to the appropriate individuals or govern- ing bodies. The PPC also serves as a means by which professional students communicate between schools and articulate common concerns.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 187 STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES Health Services Quality health care is provided through Career Programs the Tuality Student Health Center. Staffed Numerous career programs and work- by two Nurse Practitioners, a Registered shops are offered throughout the year, Nurse, an Office Administrator and covering such topics as resume writing, Receptionist, the Student Health Center choosing a major, graduate school applica- provides treatment of acute illness/injury tions, and interview preparation. Addi- and stable chronic illness, family planning tional programs include alumni career services (to partners as well as to stu- panels and internship fairs, as well as an dents), health education and referral to annual spring job fair featuring over 150 physicians. Nurse Practitioners provide employers and a fall graduate school fair general health care including physical providing a rich array of resources for exams and prescription medication when students interested in graduate or profes- appropriate. Appointments are available sional study. throughout the week as well as some A few additions to an ever-growing evening and weekends. All records in the program schedule include the following: Student Health Center are confidential. Sophomore Majorfest, which provides The University retains the right to require information in a creative format to assist certain immunizations prior to enroll- with selection of majors and career options; ment. Optometric care is provided Junior Jumpstart, a festive evening through the Pacific University College of program featuring timely information on Optometry. internships, graduate school preparation, Tuality Student Health and and career exploration; and the Senior and Counseling Center Alumni Job Search Series, which brings 2011 Cedar Street these groups together for a series of Forest Grove evening programs featuring networking 503-359-2269 opportunities and professional seminars on Forest Grove Optometry Clinic job search. Pacific and Birch The University also maintains an Alumni Forest Grove Career Network, a database which profiles 503-357-5800 about 1000 Pacific alumni interested in lending career networking assistance to International Student Services students and graduates. For more informa- tion, contact the staff at the Career Pacific University and the Office of Development Center. International Programs understands that an international student population often has needs that are different from those of Counsseling Services U.S. students. The staff in the Office of Assistance is available through the Tuality International Programs is available to Student Health Center for students assist international students throughout experiencing personal problems or their academic tenure at Pacific Univer- academic adjustment difficulties. The sity. In addition to providing an interna- counseling center offers individual tional student orientation, the Office of appointments during daytime and International Programs provides assis- evening hours. Staffed by a Ph.D. Director, tance with U.S. immigration requirements, full time Staff Psychologist, a half-time academic issues, cultural adjustment, Masters in Social Worker, and other English language support, financial trained counselors who provide guidance concerns, housing and University and support to students, the counseling admissions requirements. center offers services which are free and confidential. Student Health Center 2011 Cedar Street Forest Grove 503-359-2191

188 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 STUDENT SERVICES ■

Learning Support Services Computing and Network Services for Student’s with Disabilities All students attending Pacific University The Learning Support Services Office is will have access to a state-of-the-art designed to arrange for specialized computing and network infrastructure, academic support services or modifica- providing access to a myriad of research tions to the learning environment for and communications tools including e- students with disabilities. In general, the mail, the World Wide Web, Telnet, FTP, and University will work with students to an international collection of academic provide a variety of services that will reference materials. Campus residence accommodate their specific needs. The halls are Ethernet enabled and provide following services are available: Test communications access over 100 times accommodations: Extended Test Time, faster than average dial up connections. Distraction Free Testing, Test On campus, there are several shared computer facilities which provide software Readers, Alternative Format, Adaptive packages for word processing, spread- Technology, Text on Tape, and Notetakers. sheets and presentation graphics, research, All services can be adapted to accommo- e-mail access and Internet exploration. date individual needs. The University LaserJet printing is also available on requires appropriate documentation of a a cost-per-copy basis. disability in order to better enable students to meet the established academic standards. The Pacific Information Center (PIC) It is the responsibility of each student to The Pacific Information Center is located inform the Director of Learning Support in the University Center between the Services of his or her status and particular Dining Commons and the mailroom. issues. Students are encouraged to work Designed to be a “one-stop shop” for proactively with the faculty and staff in almost all University information, the PIC developing strategies for accommodation. provides a plethora of services, forms, The University complies with the Ameri- newspapers and brochures. Computer cans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA). terminals allowing students to access Questions or complaints about University personal enrollment and financial policy should be directed to the Dean information can be found at the PIC, as of Students. well as Conference Services, the Switch- board, Event Planning Management, and the offices of the Director and Coordinator OTHER STUDENT RESOURCES of the Pacific Information Center. The PIC is responsible for room scheduling, Bookstore newsletters such as “Boxer Briefs” and “Week At A Glance,” ID cards, phone The Pacific University Bookstore, located cards, parking permits, vendors, sales of in the University Center, carries all movie tickets, stamps, bus tickets and required texts and supplies for course personal sundries. Open days, evenings work, plus general books and office and weekends, the PIC is one of the supplies, stamps, gifts, snacks, T-shirts, busiest corners on campus! sportswear and drug-store items. The bookstore stocks both new and used textbooks, and buys back textbooks at the end of each term. Other services include special orders for class rings, graduation caps and gowns, optometry equipment, books, and office supplies.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 189 Security ALUMNI Security at Pacific University is provided The purpose of the Pacific University by the Office of Campus Public Safety. Alumni Association, formed in 1892, is to They provide assistance and education in extend and deepen the social and intellec- matters of personal security, the handling tual experience of college years and to of emergencies, and the protection of further the welfare of Pacific. All gradu- personal property. They also coordinate ates of Pacific University and all former nightly checks of residence halls, off- students having completed a year here campus University owned housing, and and who have expressed a desire to retain campus grounds and buildings. However, ties with the University are considered Campus Public Safety cannot be fully members. responsible for the security and safety of students. Students must exercise good Members of the Alumni Association are judgment and personal responsibility in represented by an Executive Council. The matters of personal safety. The University Alumni Relations Office provides services is not responsible for losses of personal to the Alumni of Pacific University, property of students, faculty or staff. including group travel opportunities, various alumni gatherings and class Service Center reunions. The Alumni Relations Office also, upon request, assists in the mailing of The Service Center, located on College alumni-relations newsletters, invitations to Way, produces many of Pacific’s print alumni gatherings and offers assistance material including small, low-cost projects with reunion planning. for students and university family The Alumni Association also provides members as time permits. The center also opportunities for former students to processes outgoing mail from academic interact with current students. The Student divisions, student organizations, and Alumni Association organizes a variety of administration. events that bring current and former students together for career seminars, job University Relations seeking advice, externships, internships, The University Relations Office, located in and social functions. Alumni Association Marsh Hall, coordinates fund-raising and members may also participate in scholar- alumni activities for Pacific. This office is ship programs and recruitment activities. also responsible for public relations For further details contact the Alumni activities including the dissemination of Office in Marsh Hall. news and public information. Print communications for external audiences of Pacific are produced in this office includ- ing Pacific Magazine (the University quarterly magazine), catalogs, brochures, and other publications. University Relations also keeps local and national media in contact with happenings at Pacific, sends news of Pacific students to their hometown media, and operates a Speakers Bureau to facilitate Pacific professors’ speaking before area civic and public school groups. Special events such as the annual Tom McCall Forum political debate, and the performing arts series are coordinated by University Relations staff.

190 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 FACULTY ■ Faculty of Arts & Sciences

Edmond Alkaslassy (1993) Michael E. Boardman (1995) Assistant Professor of Biology Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., University of California at Los Angeles, 1989 B.A. Western Washington University, 1985 M.A., Austin College, 1992 M.S. Western Washington University, 1987 Ph.D. , 1992 Sara Bagley (2000) Instructor of Spanish Jack Boas (1999) B.A., Pacific University, 1997 Visiting Professor of History M.A., Miami Unversity, Ohio, 2000 B.A., McGill University, 1966 M.A., University of California, 1969 Jeffrey G. Barlow (1994) Ph.D., University of California, 1977 Professor of History, Matsushita Professor of Asian Studies David Boersema (1985) B.A., Southern University, 1964 Professor of Philosophy M.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1965 Douglas C. Strain Professorship in Natural Ph..D., University of California, Berkeley, 1973 Philosophy B.A., Hope College, 1973 Michelle M. Baron (1999) M.A., Michigan State University, 1978 Assistant Professor of Business Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1985 Administration B.Sc., University of California at Sara Steinert Borella (1993) Santa Barbara, 1990 Associate Professor of French M.S., Stanford University, 1992 B.A., Bates College, 1988 Ph.D., Stanford University, 1996 Ph.D., Brandeis University, 1993 Vernon L. Bates (1975) Robert Brooks (1999) Professor of Sociology Assistant Professor of Exercise Science B.A., University of Oregon, 1969 B.S., University of Idaho, 1977 M.A., University of California at Davis, 1973 M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1979 Ph.D., University of California at Davis, 1976 Ph.D., Washington State University, 1994 Pauline Beard (1994) Juliet Brosing (1987) Associate Professor of English Professor of Physics B.A. English London University, 1978 B.Sc., Humboldt State University, 1976 M.A. English SUNY Binghamton, 1981 M.Sc., Florida State University, 1978 Ph.D. English SUNY Binghamton, 1986 Ph.D., University of British Columbia, 1983 Thomas D. Beck (1991) Lorelle Lee Browning (1990) Dean of the College of Arts & Sciences and Associate Professor of English Professor of History B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara B.A., University of California, Berkeley, 1965 M.A., University of California, Santa Barbara M.A., University of California, Berkeley, 1966 Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara, 1986 Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, 1972

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 191 Michael Burch-Pesses (1995) Mingfen Cui (1999) Associate Professor of Music Instructor of Chinese B.S. University of the State of New York, 1989 B.A., Yantai Teachers’ College, 1981 M.M. The Catholic University of America,1992 M.A. Beijing Normal University, 1982 DMA The Catholic University of America, 1995 M.A. Zhengzhou University, 1988 Alyson L. Burns-Glover (1989) James O. Currie Jr. (1972) Associate Professor of Psychology Distinguished University Professor B.A., California State University, Long Beach, 1983 of Chemistry M.A., University of California, Davis, 1985 B.S., Ohio State University, 1965 Ph.D., University of California, Davis, 1989 Ph.D., University of Washington, 1970 Susan U. Cabello (1975) David DeMoss (1993) Professor of Spanish Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A., University of Arizona, 1966 B.A., Oklahoma Baptist University, 1981 M.A., University of Arizona, 1971 M.A., Baylor University, 1983 Ph.D., University of Arizona, 1978 Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1987 David Cassady (1984) Russell A. Dondero (1974) Associate Professor of Journalism Professor of Politics and Government B.S., Arizona State University, 1971 B.A., , 1964 M.A., University of Iowa, 1977 M.A., University of Minnesota, 1968 Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1980 Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1973 Patricia B. Cheyne (1994) Mary H. Fehrs (1979) Associate Professor of Art Professor of Physics B.F.A., University of Hartford, 1978 B.A., Wellesley College, 1966 M.A., Wesleyan University, 1988 M.A., Boston University, 1968 M.F.A., University of Colorado, 1992 Ph.D., Boston University, 1973 Margaret Y. Chou (1968) Lorely French (1986) Associate Professor of Mathematics Professor of German B.A., National University, 1961 B.A., McGill University, 1979 B.A., University of Oregon, 1965 M.A., University of California, LA, 1981 M.A., University of Montana, 1968 Ph.D., University of California, LA, 1986 M.B.A., Portland State University, 1983 Naoya Fujita (1994) Nancy K. Christoph (1995) Associate Professor of Japanese Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., University of Hawaii at Hilo, 1986 B.A., Williams College, 1986 M.A., Ohio State University, 1988 M.A., University of California, 1990 Ph.D., University of Rochester, 1994 Ph.D., Cornell University, (1995) Linda B. Gallahan (1993) Michael C. Clock (1967) Associate Professor of Psychology Professor of Mathematics B.S., College of Charleston, 1985 B.S., Lewis and Clark College, 1957 M.A., University of Southern California, 1990 M.S., Oregon State University, 1961 Ph.D.,University of Southern California, 1993 Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1967 Michael Geraci (1999) Edwin S. Collier (1978) Assistant Professor of Media Arts Associate Professor of Theatre B.A, Pacific University, 1991 B.S., Lewis and Clark College, 1964 W. Thomas Griffith (1967) M.S., Portland State University, 1970 Distinguished University Professor of Physics Diane Coughlin (1987) B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1962 Associate Professor of English M.S., University of New Mexico, 1964 Instructor of Bassoon Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1967 B.A., Northwestern University, 1983 M.A., University of Michigan, 1986 Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1987

192 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 FACULTY ■

Christine Guenther (1998) Kazuko Ikeda (1983) Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences Associate Professor of Japanese B.A., Stanford University, 1989 B.A., Portland State University, 1981 M.S., University of Washington, 1993 M.A., Portland State University, 1985 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1998 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1992 Deke T. Gundersen (2000) Kevin E. Johnson (1994) Assistant Professor of Biology Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S., Indiana University Southeast, 1987 B.A. Stanford University, 1983 M.S., University of Louisville, 1990 M.S. University of Washington, 1987 Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1995 Ph.D. University of Washington, 1991 Jamie R. Haag (2000) Melissa Jones (1997) Assistant Professor of Economics Assistant Professor of Media Arts B.A., University of Washington, 1991 Head Softball Coach M.A., University of Oregon, 1996 B.A. St. Louis University Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1996 M.A., Southern Illinois University Stephen Hall (2000) William T. Jordan (1976) B.S., Worchester Polytechnic Institute, 1988 Professor of Chemistry Sc, M., Brown University, 1991 B.A., Portland State University, 1964 Ph.D., Brown University, 1995 M.A., Portland State University, 1968 Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 1972 Tom Haner (1999) Instructor of Biology Perrin Kerns (1999) B.S., Kansas State University, 1989 Assistant Professor of English M.S., Fort Hays State University, 1992 B.A., University of Oregon, 1986 M.A., University of Oregon, 1991 George A. Harshbarger (1993) Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1998 Associate Professor of Music B.A., California State University, 1967 Chris Lane (1999) M.A., San Francisco State University, 1973 Assistant Professor of Mathematics D.M.A., University of Washington, 1985 B.A., University of Oregon, 1991 M.S., University of Oregon, 1993 Shawn Henry (1998) Assistant Professor of Exercise Science Lawrence M. Lipin (1992) B.S.Ed., Montana State University, 1988 Associate Professor of History M.S, University of Montana A.B., University of California, Davis, 1978 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1959 M.A., University of California, L.A., 1981 Ph.D., University of California, L.A., 1989 Johanna Hibbard (2000) Assistant Professor of Media Arts Pamela T. Lopez (1993) B.A., University of Oregon, 1992 Associate Professor of Biology M.A., New School for Social Research, 1995 Thomas J. and Joyce Holce, Professorship in Science M.A, University of Iowa, 1998 B.S., Columbus College, 1980 M.F.A., University of Iowa, 2000 Ph.D., University of California, L.A., 1990 Michelle Hribar (1999) Cheleen Mahar (1994) Assistant Professor of Mathematical Science Associate Professor of Anthropology B.A., Albion College, 1991 B.A., University of Northern Colordado, 1967 M.S., Northwestern University, 1994 M.A., University of Illinois, 1972 Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1997 Ph.D., Massey University, 1986 Therese A. Huston (1998) Marc Marenco (1988) Assistant Professor of Psychology Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion B.A., Carleton College, 1991 B.S., California State University-Chico, 1975 Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University, 1996 M.Div., , 1982 D. Phil., University of Oxford, 1992

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 193 Marlene Martinez (1999) Elena Rodríguez (2000) Assistant Professor of Biology Instructor of Spanish B.S., University of California-Davis, 1990 B.A., Universidad Autónoma de Barcelona, 1996 Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley, 1998 B.A., Universidad Autónoma de Barcelona, 1999 Samuel Mathies (1998) Victor M. Rodríguez (1996) Instructor of Media Arts and Associate Professor of Spanish Director of Forensics B.A., Universidad de Puerto Rico, 1982 B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1986 M.A., Brown University, 1987 M.A.,California State University, Northridge, 1990 Ph.D., Brown University, 1993 Gowri Meda (1999) Philip J. Ruder (1994) Assistant Professor of Mathematics Associate Professor of Economics B.S., Visva Bharati University, 1988 B.A., Dartmouth College, 1983 M.S.,Visva Bharati University, 1990 M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1991 M.A., Bryn Mawr College, 1992 Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1994 Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, 1997 Douglas J. Ryan (1983) N. Charles O’Connor (1985) Professor of Computer Science Professor of Business Administration B.A., University of Northern Colorado, 1980 B.S., University of Northern Colorado, 1972 M.S., Colorado State University, 1983 M.A., University of Iowa, 1976 Lori S. Rynd (1981) Terry Fischer O’Day (1998) Professor of Biology Assistant Professor of Art B.S., University of Washington, 1970 BFA, University of Illinois, 1982 M.S., Oregon State University, 1975 MFA, Arizona State University, 1985 Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1979 Jodi Paar (2000) Sheryl Sanders (1998) Assistant Professor of Chemistry Assistant Professor of Anatomy B.A., University of Nebraska, 1990 B.A., Asbury College, 1985 M.Ed., Northern Arizona University, 1993 Ph.D., University of Kentucky, 1989 M.S., Cornell University, 1998 Ph.D., Cornell University, 2000 Lisa Sardinia (1996) Associate Professor of Biology Sarah R. Phillips (1995) B.S., Whitworth College, 1979 Assistant Professor of Sociology Ph.D. Montana State University, 1985 Director of Honors J.D., Hastings College of Law, 1996 B.A., Whitman College, 1986 Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1993 Jon Schnorr (2000) Assistant Professor of Biology Mark Pourier (2000) B.A., University of , 1990 Assistant Professor of English Ph.D., University of Washington, 1997 B.A., Georgetown University, 1991 M.A., Dstnford University, 1992 Todd Schultz (1996) M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1994 Assistant Professor of Psychology M.F.A., University of Iowa, 1997 B.A. Lewis and Clark College, 1985 M.A. University of California, Davis, 1987 Martha Rampton (1994) Ph.D. University of California, Davis, 1993 Associate Professor of History B.A., University of Utah, 1979 Jeffrey G. Seward (1990) M.A., University of Utah, 1988 Associate Professor of Politics and Government Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1998 B.A., University of Texas at Austin, 1969 M.A., University of Washington, 1981 Gabriella Ricciardi (2000) Ph.D., Stanford University, 1994 Assistant Professor of French M.A., University of Oregon, 1981 Jan Shield (1971) Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1992 Professor of Art B.A., Whitworth College, 1967 M.F.A., University of Oregon, 1969

194 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 FACULTY ■

Murry Sidlin (1994) Scott Tuomi (1993) Professor of Music Assistant Professor of Music James DePreist Professorship in Music B.M., University of Southern California, 1981 B.M., Peabody Conservatory of Music, 1962 M.S.T., Portland State University, 1993 M.M., Peabody Conservatory of Music, 1968 Robert Van Dyk (1994) Seth Singleton (1984) Associate Professor of Politics and Government Professor of Politics and Government B.A., Duke University, 1986 A.B., Harvard College, 1962 M.A., University of Washington, 1989 M.A., Yale University, 1963 Ph.D., University of Washington, 1995 Ph.D., Yale University, 1968 Doyle Walls (1989) Steve R. Smith (1999) Associate Professor of English Instructor of English B.A., Wayland University, 1975 Director of the Resource Center M.A., Baylor University, 1979 B.A., University of Utah, 1978 Richard V. Whiteley, Jr. (1986) M.A., Portland State University, 1997 Professor of Chemistry John Suroviak (2000) A.A., Santa Ana College, 1972 Associate Professor of Business Administration B.S., California State University at Long Beach, 1974 B. A., Trinity College, 1973 Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1978 M.S., University of Hartford, 1976 Richard J. Wiener (1995) Michael R. Steele (1975) Associate Professor of Physics Distinguished University Professor of English, B.A., University of California, Berkeley, 1978 Director of the Humanitarian Center M.S., University of Oregon, 1988 B.A., , 1967 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1991 M.A., Michigan State University, 1971 Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1975 Byron D. Steiger (1974) Professor of Sociology B.S., University of Oregon, 1966 M.S., University of Oregon, 1972 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1976 Timothy Stephens (1993) Associate Professor of Music B.M., University of New Mexico, 1975 M.M., University of New Mexico, 1977 D.M.A., University of Colorado-Boulder, 1984 Robert E. Stockhouse II (1976) Distinguished University Professor of Biology B.S., Colorado State University, 1969 Ph.D., Colorado State University, 1973 David F. Stout (1988) Associate Dean of Arts and Sciences Associate Professor of German B.A., University of Rochester, 1974 Ph.D. Cornell University, 1979 Tim Thompson (1994) Assistant Professor of English B.A. University of South Florida, 1985 M.A. University of South Florida, 1988 Ph.D. Emory University, 1996

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 195 FACULTY EMERTI Albert M. Freedman Professor of Music Amy Beaupre B.M., VanderCook School of Music, 1938 Professor of Music A.B., Central College, 1939 B.M, Pacific University, 1933 M.M., Roosevelt University, 1947 D.M.E., Indiana University, 1972 Ramendra K. Bhattacharyya Assciate Professor of Mathematics Leigh Hunt Jr. B.S., Calcutta University, 1951 Professor of Political Science M.S., Calcutta University, 1953 B.A., Yale College, 1947 Ph.D., Stanford University, 1964 M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949 Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1968 Edward J. Buecher Professor of Biology Leonard Levine B.A., St. Anselm’s College, 1960 Distinguished University Professor of M.A., Indiana University, 1962 Physiology and Pharmacology Ph.D., University of California at Davis, 1968 B.S., Rutgers University, 1950 Ph.D., , 1959 Richard T. Carter Professor of Biology Ruth Loomis B.S., Portland State University, 1963 Associate Professor of Physical Education M.S., Oregon State University, 1968 B.A., Mills College, 1926 Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1973 M.A., Columbia University, 1936 Florence S. Chino James V. Miller Associate Professor of Music President Emeritus B.M., MacPhail College of Music, 1942 B.A., Indiana Central College, 1942 B.S., Bemidji State College, 1945 M.Div., United Seminary, 1946 M.M., EastmanSchool of Music, University of Ph.D., Boston University, 1955 Rochester, 1948 LL.D., Otterbein College, 1972 LL.D., Indian Central College, 1979 Robert A. Davies Professor of English Gary V. Mueller A.B., University of , 1952 Professor of Art M.A., University of Michigan, 1953 B.S., University of Oregon, 1957 M.S., University of Oregon, 1962 Jane L. Ellis-Horner M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art, 1971 Professor of Education M.A.T., Lewis and Clark College, 1965 John L. Neff Professor of Dance George G. Evans Indiana University, 1947 Distinguished University Professor of English Edna McRae School of Dance, 1951 B.A., Beloit College, 1956 Gertrude Shurr-May O’Donnell School of Modern M.A., Northwestern University, 1957 Dance, 1955 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1966 School of American Ballet, 1955 Grazio Falzon W. Steve Prince Professor of Romance Languages Professor of English B.A., Malta University, 1959 B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara, 1950 Licent., Malta University, 1959 Ph.D., Yale University, 1954 J.C.D., Lateran University, 1963 Miller A.F. Ritchie Joseph K. Frazier President Emeritus Professor of History A.B., Roanoke College, 1932 B.A., , 1950 A.M., William and Mary College, 1942 L.H.D., Florida Memorial College, 1953 LL.D., Roanoke College, 1957 Litt.D., Wagner College, 1958 Sc.D., Parsons College, 1960 Ped.D., Hartwick College, 1978

196 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 FACULTY ■

Fred Scheller Professor of Speech and Communications B.A., Pacific University, 1943 M.A., Pacific University, 1954 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1959 Miles M. Shishido Distinguished University Professor of Religion and Philosophy A.B., University of Hawaii, 1947 D.B., Federated Theological Faculty, 1948 A.M., , 1963 Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1967 H. Joe Story Distinguished University Professor of Economics B.A., University of California at Santa Barbara, 1959 M.A., San Francisco State College, 1968 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1975 Dr. Truman Teeter Professor of Chemistry B.S., Oregon State University, 1942 M.S., University of Oregon, 1949 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1954

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 197 Academic Calendar 2000-2001

2000 FALL SEMESTER November November 7 Last Day to Withdraw August from Courses August 21 November 22 Food Service Closes thru 22 Faculty Conference after Lunch August 22 International Student November 22 Begin Thanksgiving Orientation Holiday, Noon August 23 Residence Halls Open November 23, 24 Thanksgiving for Freshmen, 7a.m. November 26 Food Service Opens August 23 New Student for Dinner Orientation Begins August 26 Residence Halls Open December for Returning Students, 10 a.m. December 5 Last Day of Classes August 27 Food Service for December 6 Reading Day Residence Hall Students December Opens for Dinner 7, 8, 11, 12, 13 Final Examinations August 28 Classes Begin December 13 Residence Halls Close, August 31 Last Day for New 9 p.m. Student Registration Food Service Closes September after Dinner September 4 Labor Day No Classes 2001 WINTER III September 11 Last Day to Add Courses January September 11 Last Day to Drop January 2 Residence Halls Open Courses With for Returning Students, No Record Noon Food Service Opens October for Dinner October 6 No classes for College of January 3 Winter III Term Arts and Science Classes Begin October 30 thru January 5 Last Day to Nov 20 Advising for Winter III Add Courses and Spring Semester 198 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001 ACADEMIC CALENDAR ■

January 5 Last Day to Drop Courses With May No Record May 8 Last Day of Classes January 14 Last Day to Withdraw May 9 Reading Day from Courses May January 23 Reading Day 10, 11, 14, 15, 16 Final Examinations January 24 Winter III Final Exams May 16 Residence Halls Close January 25 Residence Halls Open for for Students Not in Returning Students, Noon Commencement, 9 p.m. January 31 Fall Graduation Date May 16 Food Service Closes for Residence Hall Students after Dinner 2001 SPRING SEMESTER May 19 Commencement January 25 International May 20 Residence Halls Student Orientation Close for Students in Commencement, January 26 New Student Noon Orientation January 29 Spring Classes Begin 2001 SUMMER TERM February May 29 Classes begin for Term I February 1 Last Day for New Classes conclude on the Student Registration date printed in the class February 9 Last Day to schedule Add Courses February 9 Last Day to Drop June Courses With June 25 Classes begin for Term II No Record Classes conclude on the date printed in the class March schedule March 23 Food Service Closes July 23 Classes begin for Term III after Dinner Classes conclude on the March 26 date printed in the class thru 30 Spring Break schedule April August 31 Summer Graduation April 1 Food Service Opens for Dinner April 2 thru 23 Advising for Fall Semester April 5 Last Day to Withdraw from Courses April 18 Senior Projects Day

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 199 Telephone Directory

Pacific University Optometry, College of ...... 503-359-2202 2043 College Way Forest Grove, OR 97116 USA Pacific Information Center 503-357-6151 (PIC) ...... 503-359-3174

Physical Therapy, Academic Vice President ...... 503-359-2215 School of ...... 503-359-2846 Admissions ...... 503-359-2218 Physician Assistant Studies, School of ...... 503-359-2898 Alumni Relations ...... 503-359-2828 President’s Office ...... 503-359-2214 Business Office ...... 503-359-2128 ...... or 2231 Professional Psychology, School of ...... 503-359-2240 Career Development Center ... 503-359-2877 Public Affairs/Events ...... 503-359-2211 Catalogs ...... 503-359-2218 Registration ...... 503-359-2793 Continuing Education ...... 503-359-2223 Student Services/ Dean of the College of Residential Programs ...... 503-359-3157 Arts and Sciences ...... 503-359-2201 Study Abroad ...... 503-359-2725 Education, School of ...... 503-359-2205 Transcripts/Records ...... 503-359-2793 Financial Aid and Scholarships ...... 503-359-2222 Tuition/Fees/ Payment of Bills ...... 503-359-2128 Information Services ...... 503-359-2944 or 2231

International Programs ...... 503-359-2725 University Relations ...... 503-359-2211

Library ...... 503-359-2204

Occupational Therapy, School of ...... 503-359-2203

200 ❖ P A C I F I C U N I V E R S I T Y ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2000-2001